Datasheet Download

Delta Building Control System
Data Sheet
Delta Taoyuan R&D Center
LEED Gold / EEWH Gold
- 2012 Energy Savings: 53%
- Water Savings: 75%
- Delta’s Integrated Solutions Applied
- Smart HVAC Solution
- Energy-Efficiency Elevator Solution
- LED Lighting Solution
- Solar PV Systems
- Concepts of
- Green Building
- Building Automation
- Factory Visualization Management
Contents
Delta Building Control System
01
Programmable Building Control System
03
Monitor and Control Software
BACsoft Monitor and Control Software
BACsoft
07
NVT70PE
NVT70P
NVT35U
NVT28U / NVT28U-H
NVP20V
DST70P
DST35U
DST28U / DST28U-H
DSP20U
MST20V / MST20V-H
MST20S
NFT28U
NFC32V
NGC32V
MFC32V
MFT28U
11
13
15
17
20
22
24
26
28
30
33
36
38
41
43
46
WC-RB10 / WC-RB11 / WC-RB12
WC8846P
GC-RB23
GC-RB21
GC8846P
GC8846
GC-DB01
GC-RB01
BACems / BACemsPro
GC-RT12 / GC-RT15
WC-FB11 / WC-FB13
PC-ME11
PC-ME10
PC-MP11
PF-BM12 / PF-BM15
PF-PM11 / PF-PM12/PF-PM13 / PF-PM14
49
53
55
57
59
62
64
66
68
71
73
77
80
83
86
89
Human Machine Interface
BACnet Operator Display Control Panel
LCD Control Panel (For single DDC)
LCD Control Panel (For single DDC)
LCD Control Panel (For multiple FCUs)
LCD Control Panel (For single FCU)
Integrated Control Devices
BACnet Web-Server Embedded Building Controller
BACnet Building Controller
BACnet Web Embedded BEMS Server
BACnet Ethernet Router
BACnet Web-Server Embedded FCU Master Controller
Modbus to BACnet Protocol Converter
Modbus to MS/TP Protocol Converter
Modbus to BACnet Ethernet FCU Protocol Converter
Modbus to BACnet MS/TP FCU Protocol Converter
Field Control Devices
BACnet Advanced Application Controller
BACnet AAC VAV Controller
BACnet AAC SMS Alarm Modules
BACnet Application Specific Controller
BACnet Application Specific Controller
BACnet ASC VAV Controller
BACnet PID Temperature Controller
Modbus PID Temperature Controller
DAC8864B+
DAC8864B
DAC8846B+
DAC8846B
DACU842B+
DACU842B
DACB
DACV403B
DACSMSB
DSC8864B
DSC8846B
DSCU842B
DSCB
DSC4211B
DSC24000B
DSC0080B
DSCV350B
DT4211B
DT4211M
DTC4211M
95
98
101
104
107
110
113
115
118
121
124
126
128
130
132
134
136
138
141
143
DIM8000B / DIMP800B / DIM0040B / DIM4020B
DIM0800B / DIM0004B / DIM0402B
EIM24000M / EIM8000M / EIMP800M / EIM0080M /
EIM0040M / EIM4020M
EIM0800M / EIM0004M / EIM0402M
EIMXM
147
151
154
DSF1150B / DSL1150B
DFC0140A / DFC2150A
DFC0110D / DFC2120D
DFR0140A / DFR2150A
DFR0110D / DFR2120D
165
169
174
179
184
AD-Linker suite
191
I/O Expansion Module
Input/Output Expansion Module for BACnet MS/TP Network
Input/Output Expansion Module for EIMnet Network
EIMnet Communications Protocol Module
159
162
Networking FCU Controller
BACnet Application Specific FCU Controller
RS485 Networking FCU Controller
RS485 Networking DC Variable Frequency FCU Controller
RF Networking FCU Controller
RF Networking DC Variable Frequency FCU Controller
Components
Delta Electronics Product Setup Toolkit
Index
192
Delta Tainan Plant (Phase I)
EEWH Diamond / Green Factory
- 2012 Energy Savings: 24%
- Taiwan’s first green building to fulfill all 9 EEWH criteria
- Awarded Taiwan’s first Green Factory Label of General Industry
- Applied Energy-saving Technologies
- Natural Lighting
- Energy-efficient HVAC & Ventilation
- LED Lighting & Solar PV Systems
- Energy-Efficiency Elevator Solution
- Rainwater Harvesting Systems
Delta Taipei Headquarters
EEWH Diamond
- Carbon Reduction Rate: 51.75%
- Taiwan’s best carbon reduction rate among
office buildings
- Taiwan's first mid-rise office building to acquire
EEWH diamond-level in the renovation category
- Delta’s Integrated Solutions Applied
- Smart HVAC Solution
- Energy-Efficiency Elevator Solution
- LED Lighting
- iPEMSTM intelligent monitoring and
manage ment systems
BACsoft Monitor and
Control Software
Monitor and Control Software
BACsoft Monitor and Control Software
Application
BACsoft is a powerful software application specifically designed for workstations used in BACnet monitor and control systems. With
BACsoft installed, a personal computer can turn into the central workstation with unprecedented flexibility and superb capability to
manage and control electromechanical equipment in a building. Through Ethernet network connections, BACsoft can
intercommunicate with equipment conforming to the BACnet protocol. BACsoft operates easily by single clicks and coupled with
simple and intuitive color graphics to display real-time information of onsite equipment and features of energy management.
BACsoft can customize the display pages according to the onsite work environment, such as floor plans and special HVAC
equipment diagrams. Also, the display diagram for each equipment can be imported to BACsoft from files created by CAD
programs or similar graphics software.
BACsoft can be remotely controlled from a modem or installed on a portable computer to be operated online directly. These flexible
and centralized control options can save the users’ time and resources. Engineers and technicians can control all the equipment
connected through BACnet in a building from a central monitor and control terminal.
Product Features
„
Customizable graphic library:
In addition to the common equipment graphics provided by Delta Electronics as default setting, the user can create their
exclusive graphics library per their actual needs. It becoms easy for designers to create the operating interface for different
environments.
„
Web page export function:
Coupled with the specific Delta Electronics web page controller, the designer can export the control interface designed on
BACsoft as web pages for users to monitor and control onsite equipment easily through a web browser like IE.
„
Safety:
A maximum of 100 users can be set and the operating privilege of each function can be set in detail for each user. To avoid the
equipment being controlled by unauthorized personnel, it can be set to log out automatically when the user leaves without
logging out.
Specifications
Model Number
Number of controllers connected
Number of workstations connected
BACsoft-UL
More than 129
More than 3
BACsoft-128
Less than 128
3
BACsoft-64
Less than 64
1
BACsoft-32
Less than 32
1
BACsoft-16
Less than 16
1
Note: All BACsoft software comes with a CD-ROM, a hardware lock, an operation manual, and an Installation and Activation
Manual.
7
Monitor and Control Software
Technical Information
„
Complete software solutions: DDC editor, graphic development interface, web page editor and other software development
tools
„
Display Capacity: No limit on the number of graphics and their resolutions. It only depends on the hard drive capacity and the
graphics display card.
„
Point Capacity: No limit on the number of soft points and can be applied in various system integrations and is compliant with
the integration needs of open systems.
„
Web Page Control:
It is recommended to use Internet Explorer 6 and above or Mozilla Firefox to browse.
„
Network and Interconnectivity:
BACnet Ethernet network, MS/TP, Annex J BACnet/IP, compliant with BACnet open
communications protocol standard
„
Integration and interoperability:
Confirming to the BACnet standard, supporting Active X interface to work with other
Windows applications.
Software Features
„
Scheduler program:
Scheduler control and edit interface that is compliant with BACnet Schedule objects. Through the visual design interface, the
user can perform weekly, specific date, specific date range, reference calendar schedule controls and the like on various
equipment. The ways of control include status and numeric changes.
„
Alarm program:
Different alarms can be set against different statuses, input and output values on various pieces of equipment. In the event of
an abnormal equipment operation, the computer will immediately show a popup alerting the user of the onsite abnormal
condition. If it is coupled with a Delta Electronics specific SMS process controller, the alert can be sent to the user's cell phone
by SMS. Even the user is not in front of the computer, the alerting can be received instantly. The alarm program of BACsoft has
an additional function of alert logging to log the time and status, alarm confirmation time, user whose alarm has been confirmed
for alarms issued from all equipment in the system in the form of a list to facilitate user tracking and analysis of the abno rmal
equipment and it status.
„
Trendlog program:
Trendlog edit pages that are compliant with BACnet Trednlog objects for users to complete settings of trendlog of all equipment
in the simplest steps. The logged information can be presented in the form of a list or a curve for better understanding of
long-term operating status of the various equipment.
8
Monitor and Control Software
Computer Requirements
Recommendations:
„
CPU level is at least Intel Pentium Dual-Core 1.8GHz or higher
„
2GB RAM or more
„
160GB hard drive or higher capacity
„
High performance graphics display card
„
10/100Mbps network card
„
USB port
„
keyboard, mouse, monitor and CD-ROM drive
„
Windows 8 Operating System
(bigger projects need 250GB or higher capacity)
Minimum requirements
„
CPU level is at least Intel Pentium Dual-Core 1.8GHz
„
1GB RAM
„
80GB hard drive
„
16-Bit SVGA with 2MB RAM graphics display card
„
10/100Mbps network card
„
USB port
„
Keyboard, mouse, monitor and CD-ROM drive
„
Windows XP Professional Edition or Windows 7 Professional Edition (32-bit) and above operating systems
(some operating systems might demand more RAM)
Screen Samples
Fig. 4 Screen Samples
9
Human Machine Interface
BACnet Operator Display Control Panel
LCD Control Panel (For single DDC)
LCD Control Panel (For single DDC)
LCD Control Panel (For multiple FCUs)
LCD Control Panel (For single FCU)
Human Machine Interface
BACnet LCD Touch Panel NVT70PE
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet
Operator Display (B-OD), the NVT70PE LCD Touch Panel is a multifunction
and high performance operator control panel. With a built-in 32-bit processor,
its communication speed can be up to 100Mbps. By using Delta Electronics
BACsoft software, operators can easily manage the monitoring and control
functions on the panel without any additional software. Through BACnet
Ethernet network, users can check the status of the designated objects at
any time. As a BACnet-compliant display on the BACnet Ethernet network, a
single NVT70PE can be used to control multiple controllers, or multiple
NVT70PE units can control a single controller. The flexibility of the
applications NVT70PE brings can satisfy the needs of various system
configurations. The user-friendly graphic user interface makes it easy and
quick for users to operate controllers on the network.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Operator Display (B-OD) level communications protocol regulations and has passed BTL
certification.
„
One set of BACnet Ethernet communication ports that can be configured to BACnet Ethernet or BACnet/IP network
communication formats.
„
Uses a module with a TFT LCD touchscreen with 262K high-definition true color and resolution of 800*480. It can be used by
Delta Electronics BACsoft software to program the content to be displayed. The display colors are as many as 65,536 colors.
The menu is available in Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese/English and the menu settings can be switched directly.
„
Equipped with Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese character sets in UTF-8 encoding. The screen can display Simplified and
Traditional Chinese characters simultaneously according to the character encoding.
„
Has 4 function keys of
+ F1 +F2+F3, among them the
system key can be used to quickly setup system parameters and
operations while the other 3 function keys can be programmed to skip pages quickly.
„
Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI control
„
Equipped with a 128 MB font library and a GUI control data storage space that can store a large amount of backgrou nd images
and the number of images stored depends on the amount of data and the number of GUI control objects.
„
Able to read standard properties like logic, numeric value (including positive integers, integers and floating point numbers) ,
enumeration, string, object, time and date of any standard equipment object on the BACnet network. The Bit String bit property
value can list individual states.
„
Display alarm messages sent by any equipment on the network, jump to the designated page directly and store the content of
the alarm messages.
„
Equipped with calendars or schedules to set up and modify any equipment on the network that is compliant with the B -AAC and
B-BC classes. Compliant with SCHED-VM-A (BIBB - Scheduling-View and Modify-A) regulations.
„
Equipped with a 10-level password-protect function that can be used to set up to 20 passwords, preventing improper operations
from unauthorized personnel.
„
Equipped with a time synchronization function to choose whether to broadcast time synchronization signals over t he BACnet
network.
Specifications
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 15 VA (when powered by 24 VDC, the power supply has to be independent and
Display Monitor
: Module with a TFT LCD touchscreen with high-definition true color of 262K colors and resolution of
Microprocessor and Memory
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 1MB SRAM and 128MB NAND Flash
cannot use the DDC-supplied 24 VDC supplied by the DDC).
800*480
memory space with 128MB used by font library and user data memory space
11
Human Machine Interface
Ethernet Communication
: 100M Ethernet network for Intranet and BACnet use
USB Port
: Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI
Real-Time Clock
: Use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal clock
operation after power interruption.
Function Keys
: Has 4 function keys of
+ F1 + F2+F3, among them
is the system function key while F1, F2,
and F3 are programmable function keys.
Buzzer
: For use in operational prompts and alarm prompts
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Protection Levels
: Front panel IP65, NEMA4
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC(Part 15, Subpart B, Class A),
BTL(BACnet Testing
Laboratory Listed BACnet Operator Display (B-OD))
Accessory
: HMI-LINKER USB cable (Mini USB)
Installation
„
When it's wall mounted, space should be reserved for the electrical box in order to give room for organizing wires.
„
When installing the unit a screwdriver is needed to secure the metal plate in place first and the n fit the controller in and push
downward to secure it. When removing the unit, follow the instructions in reverse order.
„
It is recommended to use AWG 22 four conductor shielded cables for wiring and furthermore use EMT to get better
communication effects.
„
The power used is 24 VAC power supply and it is not recommended to share power with other equipment. Wire connections
cannot be done in wrong order.
„
Use a computer to run the BACsoft software application and connect the Mini USB cable that came with the NVT70PE to the unit
(Fig. 2) to set up data, update firmware and download data on the GUI control.
„
Several NVT70PE units can be configured on the Ethernet network. When configuring, you should follow the general principles
of wiring the Ethernet network.
„
Care has to be taken at the installation site to avoid damage to the product from environmental factors like dust and
condensation water.
V-
V- 24VAC
V+
24VAC GND
24 VAC/VDC
Power
Ethernet
Network Port
Fig. 1 Installation
Dimensions
Fig. 2 NVT70PE connections
Unit: mm
211
196
188
26
211
9
4-M3x8
4- 3.5
BACnet Touch Operator Display
56.5
Com
F3 F2 F1
12
150
136.3
127.5
45
150
Power
22.4
Human Machine Interface
BACnet LCD Touch Panel NVT70P
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet
Operator Display (B-OD), the NVT70P LCD Touch Panel is a multifunction and
high performance operator control panel. With a built-in 32-bit processor, its
communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps and the transmission distance
can be up to 1,200 meters. By using Delta Electronics BACsoft software,
operators can easily manage the monitoring and control functions on the panel
without any additional software. Through BACnet MS/TP network, users can
check the status of the designated objects at any time. As a BACnet-compliant
display on the BACnet MS/TP network, a single NVT70P can be used to control
multiple controllers, or multiple NVT70P units can control a single controller. The
flexibility of the applications NVT70P brings h can satisfy the needs of various
system configurations. The user-friendly graphic user interface makes it easy
and quick for users to operate controllers on the network.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Operator Display (B-OD) level communication protocol regulations and has passed BTL
certification.
„
Uses a module with a TFT LCD touchscreen with 262K high-definition true color and resolution of 800*480. It can be used by
Delta Electronics BACsoft software to program the content to be displayed. The display colors are as many as 65,536 colors.
The menu is available in Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese/English and the menu settings can be switched directly.
„
Equipped with Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese character sets in UTF-8 encoding. The screen can display Simplified and
Traditional Chinese characters simultaneously according to the character encoding.
„
Has 4 function keys of
+ F1 +F2+F3, among them the
system key can be used to quickly setup system parameters and
operations while the other 3 function keys can be programmed to skip pages quickly.
„
Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI control
„
Equipped with a 128 MB font library and a GUI control data storage space that can store a large amount of background images
and the number of images stored depends on the amount of data and the number of GUI control objects.
„
Able to read standard properties like logic, numeric value (including positive integers, integers and floating point numbers) ,
enumeration, string, object, time and date of any standard equipment object on the BACnet network. The Bit String bit property
value can list individual states.
„
Display alarm message sent by any equipment on the network, jump to the designated page directly and store the content of the
alarm messages.
„
After the firmware is updated, it will be equipped with a calendar or schedule that can set up and modify any equipment on the
network that is compliant with the B-AAC and B-BC classes. Compliant with SCHED-VM-A (BIBB - Scheduling-View and
Modify-A)
„
Equipped with a 10-level password-protect function that can be used to set up to 20 passwords, preventing improper operations
from unauthorized personnel.
„
Equipped with BACnet MS/TP network connection quality monitoring function to facilitate diagnosis of communication quality.
„
Equipped with a time synchronization function to choose whether to broadcast time synchronization signals over the BACnet
network.
Specifications
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 15VA (when powered by 24 VDC, the power supply has to be independent and
Display Monitor
: Module with a 7" TFT LCD touchscreen with high-definition true color of 262K colors and
Microprocessor and Memory
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 1MB SRAM and 128MB NAND Flash
cannot use the DDC-supplied 24VDC supplied by the DDC).
resolution of 800*480
memory space with 128MB used by font library and user data memory space
13
Human Machine Interface
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600ǡ76,800 bps (autosensing), transmission
USB Port
: Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI
Real-Time Clock
: Use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal clock
Function Keys
: Has 4 function keys of
distance 1,200 meters
operation after power interruption.
+ F1 + F2+F3, among them
is the system function key while F1, F2,
and F3 are programmable function keys.
Buzzer
: For use in operational prompts and alarm prompts
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Protection Levels
: Front panel IP65, NEMA4
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A),
BTL (BACnet Testing
Laboratory Listed BACnet Operator Display (B-OD))
Accessory
: HMI-LINKER USB cable (Mini USB)
Installation
„
When installed inside a control box, openings should be made at 197.6±0.5mm (L) * 137.1±0.5mm (W) and reserve space for
the power supply and network cable to give room for organizing wires.
„
When installing, follow (Fig. 1) to secure the unit. Firmly place the unit first and screw the metal plate with screws to secure it.
„
It is recommended to use AWG 22 four conductor shielded cables for wiring and furthermore use EMT to get better
communication effects.
„
The power used is 24 VAC/VDC power supply and it is not recommended to share power with other equipment. Wire
connections cannot be done in wrong order.
„
Use a computer to run the BACsoft software application and connect the Mini USB cable that came with the NVT70P to the unit
(Fig. 2) to set up data, update firmware and download data on the GUI control.
„
Several NVT70P units can be configured on the MS/TP network. When configuring, you should follow the general principles of
wiring the RS-484 network, i.e. no splicing is allowed and both ends of the network should be terminated with termination
resistors.
„
Care has to be taken at the installation site to avoid damage to the product from environmental factors like dust and
condensation water.
V-
V- 24VAC
V+
B+
ON
|
|
|
|
|
S1
FAILSAFE
B+
24VAC GND
B-
OFF
BCOM
24 VAC/VDC
Power
BACnet
MS/TP
22 AWG 4-wire
VKLHOGHGFDEOH
7HUPLQDWLRQ
UHVLVWRU
Fig. 1 Installation
Dimensions
Fig. 2 NVT70P Wiring
Unit: mm
211
196
188
26
211
9
4-M3x8
4- 3.5
BACnet Touch Operator Display
56.5
Com
F3 F2 F1
14
150
136.3
127.5
45
150
Power
22.4
Human Machine Interface
BACnet LCD Touch Panel NVT35U
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet Operator
Display (B-OD), the NVT35U LCD Touch Panel is a multifunction and high performance
operator control panel. With a built-in 32-bit processor, its communication speed can be
up to 76,800 bps and the transmission distance can be up to 1,200 meters. By using
Delta Electronics BACsoft software, operators can easily manage the monitoring and
control functions on the panel without any additional software. Through BACnet MS/TP
network, users can check the status of the designated objects at any time. As a
BACnet-compliant display on the BACnet MS/TP network, a single NVT35U can be
used to control multiple controllers, or multiple NVT35U units can control a single
controller. The flexibility of the applications NVT35U brings can satisfy the needs of
various system configurations. The user-friendly graphic user interface makes it easy
and quick for users to operate controllers on the network.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Operator Display (B-OD) level communications protocol regulations and has passed BTL
certification.
„
Uses a module with a 3.5" TFT LCD touchscreen with true color of 65,536 colors and resolution of 320*240. It can be used by
Delta Electronics BACsoft software to program the content to be displayed. The menu is available in Simplified
Chinese/Traditional Chinese/English and the menu settings can be switched directly.
„
Equipped with Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese character sets in UTF-8 encoding. The screen can display Simplified and
Traditional Chinese characters simultaneously according to the character encoding.
„
Has 4 function keys of
+F1 + F2+F3, among them the
system key can be used to quickly setup system parameters
and operations while the other 3 function keys can be programmed to skip pages quickly.
„
Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI control
„
Equipped with a 6 MB font library and a GUI control data storage space that can store more than 25 background images (the
number of images stored depends on the amount of data and the number of GUI control objects).
„
Able to read standard properties like logic, numeric value (including positive integers, integers and floating point numb ers),
enumeration, string, object, time and date of any standard equipment object on the BACnet network. The Bit String bit propert y
value can list individual states.
„
Supports alarm message display functions that can show alarm messages sent by any equipme nt on the network. Can store the
content of the latest 80 alarm messages.
„
Equipped with a 10-level password-protect function that can be used to set up to 20 passwords, preventing improper operations
from unauthorized personnel.
„
Equipped with BACnet MS/TP network connection quality monitoring function to facilitate diagnosis of communication quality.
„
Equipped with a time synchronization function to choose whether to broadcast time synchronization signals over the BACnet
network.
Specifications
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA (When powered by 24 VDC, the power supply has to be independent and cannot use
Display Monitor
: Module with a 3.5" TFT LCD touchscreen with true color of 65,536 colors and resolution of 320*240
Microprocessor and
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64K SRAM and 384K Flash memory space
the 24 VDC supplied by the DDC.)
Memory
MS/TP Communication
with 8MB used by font library and user data memory space
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600ǡ76,800 bps (autosensing), transmission distance
1,200 meters
USB Port
: Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI control
Real-Time Clock
: Use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal clock operation
after power interruption.
15
Human Machine Interface
Function Keys
: Has 4 function keys of
+ F1 + F2+F3, among them
is the system function key while F1, F2, and F3
are programmable function keys.
Buzzer
: For use in operational prompts and alarm prompts
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A),
BTL (BACnet Testing
Laboratory Listed BACnet Operator Display (B-OD))
Accessory
: HMI-LINKER USB cable (Mini USB)
Installation
„
When it's wall mounted, space should be reserved for the electrical box in order to give room for organizing wires.
„
When installing the unit a screwdriver is needed to secure the metal plate in place first and then fit the controller in and push
downward to secure it. When removing the unit, follow the instructions in reverse order.
„
It is recommended to use AWG 22 four conductor shielded cables for wiring and furthermore use EMT to get better
communication effects.
„
The power used is 24 VAC/VDC power supply and it is not recommended to share power with other equipment. Wire
connections cannot be done in wrong order.
„
Use a computer to run the BACsoft software application and use a USB 2.0 to Mini USB converter cable to connect to the Mini
USB port on the NVT35U (Fig. 2) to set up data, update firmware and download data on the GUI control. When using the USB
interface, please unplug the original power supply to avoid damage to relevant computer equipment.
„
Several NVT35U units can be configured on the MS/TP network. When configuring, you should follow the general principles of
wiring the RS-484 \network, i.e. no splicing is allowed and both ends of the network should be terminated with termination
resistors. If the NVT35U is placed at the front or rear end of the network, termination resistors can be just placed at the end
(Fig. 3).
„
Care has to be taken at the installation site to avoid damage to the product from environmental factors like dust and
condensation water.
Step two Press
the faceplate down
Step one Put on
the faceplate
0LQL86%
% % 9 9
%$&QHW0673
&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
% %
%$&QHW0673
&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
ON
OFF
Fig. 2 NVT35U Wiring
S1
OFF
Fig. 3 Termination Resistor
65
88
100
42
Unit: mm
43
Dimensions
|
|
|
|
|
Fig. 1 Installation
S1
7HUPLQDWLRQUHVLVWRU
$:*
ZLUHVKLOHGHGFDEOH
9$&
9'&3RZHU
FAILSAFE
FAILSAFE
ON
9 9
|
|
|
|
|
$:*
ZLUHVKLHOGHGFDEOH
9$&
9'&3RZHU
0LQL86%
18
24
16
45
60
90
Human Machine Interface
BACnet LCD Touch Panel with Temperature
(Humidity) Sensor NVT28U (-H)
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet Operator Display
(B-OD), the NVT28U series BACnet LCD Touch Panel is a multifunction and high performance
operator control panel. With a built-in 32-bit processor, its communication speed can be up to
76,800 bps and the transmission distance can be up to 1,200 meters. By using Delta Electronics
BACsoft software, operators can easily manage the monitoring and control functions on the panel
without any additional software. Through BACnet MS/TP network, users can check the status of
the designated objects at any time. As a BACnet-compliant display on the BACnet MS/TP
network, a single NVT28U series can be used to control multiple controllers, or multiple NVT28U
series units can control a single controller. The flexibility of the applications NVT28U series brings
can satisfy the needs of various system configurations. The user-friendly graphic user interface
makes it easy and quick for users to operate controllers on the network.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Operator Display (B-OD) level communications protocol regulations and has passed BTL
certification.
„
Uses a module with a 2.8" TFT LCD touchscreen with true color of 65,536 colors and resolution of 320*240. It can be used by
Delta Electronics BACsoft software to program the content to be displayed. The menu is available in Simplified
Chinese/Traditional Chinese/English and the menu settings can be switched directly.
„
Equipped with Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese character sets in UTF-8 encoding. The screen can display Simplified and
Traditional Chinese characters simultaneously according to the character encoding.
„
Has 4 function keys of
+ I + II + III, among them the
system key can be used to quickly setup system parameters and
„
Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI control
„
Equipped with a 8 MB font library and a user data memory storage space that can store more than 25 background images (the
operations. The 3 I, II and III function keys can be programmed to skip pages quickly.
number of images stored depends on the amount of data and the number of GUI control objects).
„
Able to read standard properties like logic, numeric value (including positive integers, integers and floating point numbers),
enumeration, string, object, time and date of any standard equipment object on the BACnet network. The Bit String bit propert y
value can list individual states.
„
Supports alarm message display functions that can show alarm messages sent by any equipment on the network. Can store the
content of the latest 80 alarm messages.
„
Equipped with a 10-level password-protect function that can be used to set up to 20 passwords, preventing improper operations
from unauthorized personnel.
„
Equipped with BACnet MS/TP network connection quality monitoring function to facilitate diagnosis of communication quality.
„
Equipped with a time synchronization function to choose whether to broadcast time synchronization signals over the BACnet
network.
Specifications
Model
Number
Sensor Component
Sensing Range
Temperature
Accuracy
Humidity
Accuracy
Condition for accurate
Measurement
NVT28U
10KΩ thermistor
0~50Ԩ
±0.25Ԩ
N/A
At room temperature 25Ԩ
NVT28U-H
CMOS semiconductor
chip
0~50Ԩ/0~100%
RH
±0.4Ԩ
±3% RH
At 20ǡ80%
17
Human Machine Interface
Power
: 5 VDC, 2 VA (Can just use the 5 VDC power provided by V+, V-
on Delta Electronics DDC
MSnet.)
Display Monitor
: Module with a 2.8" TFT LCD touchscreen with true color of 65,536 colors and resolution of 320*240
Microprocessor and Memory
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64K SRAM and 384K Flash memory
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600ǡ76,800 bps (autosensing), transmission
USB Port
: Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI control
Real-Time Clock
: Use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal clock
space with 8MB used by font library and user data memory space
distance 1,200 meters
operation after power interruption.
Function Keys
: Has 4 function keys of
+I+II+III, among them
is the system function key while I, II, and III are
programmable to skip pages quickly.
Buzzer
: For use in operational prompts and alarm prompts
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A),
BTL (BACnet Testing
Laboratory Listed BACnet Operator Display (B-OD))
Accessory
: HMI-LINKER USB cable
Installation
„
When it's wall mounted, space should be reserved for the electrical box in order to give room for organizing wires. It can be
installed either vertically or horizontally.
„
With the hot pluggable design, the PLUGI-IN terminator facilitates commissioning and adjustment.
„
It is recommended to use AWG 22 four conductor shielded cables for wiring and furthermore use EMT to get better
communication effects.
„
Can just use the 5 VDC power provided by MSnet on the Delta Electronics DDC controller.
„
Use a computer to run the BACsoft software application and use the HMI-LINKER USB cable to connect the USB 2.0 to Mini USB
converter cable to the Mini USB port on the NVT28U (-H) (Fig. 2) to set up data, update firmware and download data on the GUI
control. When updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI control, please unplug the original power supply to avoid
damage to relevant computer equipment.
„
Several NVT28U (-H) units can be configured on the MS/TP network. When doing the configuration, you should follow the general
principles of wiring the RS-484 network, i.e. no splicing is allowed and both ends of the network should be terminated with
termination resistors. If the NVT28U (-H) is placed at the front or rear end of the network, termination resistors can be just placed
at the end.
„
Care has to be taken at the installation site to avoid damage to the product from environmental factors like dust and condens ation
water.
Wall
Wall
Wall
BOX
0LQL86%
BOX
%<%<5*
%% %%
Connect the
connector first.
Wall
Wall
7HUPLQLQDWLRQ
UHVLVWRUSOXJ
%$&1(7
0673&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
Wall
Press the faceplate down.
99
$:*
ZLUHVKLHOGHG
FDEOH
9'&3RZHU
First connect as shown/
Fig. 1 Installation
Fig. 2
18
Steps to Remove
Fig. 3 NVT28U (-H) Wiring
Human Machine Interface
84
70
32.5
70
15
Ø5
67
19
19
109
Unit: mm
120
Dimensions
5
Human Machine Interface
BACnet LCD Control Panel NVP20V
Application
The NVP20V LCD Control Panel is a multifunction, programmable logic controller
compliant with the BACnet (AAC) level. With a built-in 32-bit processor, its
communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps and the transmission distance can
be up to 1,200 meters. Through BACnet MS/TP network, users can check the
status of the designated objects at any time. The display can be set up in
Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, or English.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC) class communications protocol regulations and
compliant with BACnet systems
„
MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port with Peer to Peer functions to read/write external DDC objects and
issue BACnet object read (DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A) functions.
„
A 3.2" LCD backlit screen to display 4 lines of 9 Chinese characters or 18 English characters or built-in graphics. The display
content is programmed online by the monitor and control software program.
„
Built-in common dynamic graphic display library that can be programmed to display dynamically depending on the various
needs.
„
Maximum 20KB programs and display programming space. A maximum of 999 pages can be edited. Each page can display up
to 64 lines. Able to read/write the AI/AO/AV/BI/BO/BV Preset Value and Priority Array of every object on the BACnet network.
„
Alarm message display function can show 20 historical alarm messages sent by itself or other equipment.
„
DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug real time. Has entropy value, dew point
temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math operation functions like
logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
Capable to edit and download control logic online and store in non-volatile memory (FRAM). Programs won't disappear from
prolonged power outages.
„
150 binary value (BV) points and 150 analog value (AV) points that can be used as software operation and control parameters.
„
The analog values use standard floating-point operations with a broad range of numeric values and precision so that control
logic programs and the GUI control layer no longer need multiplier operations.
„
All binary value (BV) and analog value (AV) points have the ability to write to FRAM automatically in the event of power outa ge
and the data can be stored up to 10 years.
„
Binary values and analog outputs have 16 layers of priority control functions. The actual output will be determined by the pr iority
of the commands.
„
20 calendars and 20 schedules. The schedules can be edited to allow control of internal or external points.
„
4 alarm notification classes and 40 alarm event enrollments to allow monitoring of internal or external points in order to is sue
alarm messages.
„
Real time trendlog that can monitor in real time depending on the program planning as well as show in the LCD display in real
time.
„
Equipped with password-protect function, preventing improper operations from unauthorized personnel.
Specifications
Model Number
Power
NVP20V
A (24 VDC)
Language
Product Description
Character Encoding
-T
Supports English or Traditional Chinese Display
BIG5 encoding
-S
Supports English or Simplified Chinese Display
GB encoding
20
Human Machine Interface
Power
: 24 VDC input, 5 VA
Display Monitor
: 3.2" LCM backlit screen that can display 4 lines of Chinese or English with 9 Chinese or 18 English
Microprocessor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64K RAM and 384K Flash memory space
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600ǡ76,800 bps (adjustable), transmission distance
characters in each line.
1,200 meters
Real-Time Clock
: Use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal clock operation
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
after power interruption.
Installation
„
When it's wall mounted, space should be reserved for the electrical box in order to give room for organizing wires.
„
When installing the unit a screwdriver is needed to secure the metal plate in place first and then fit the controller in and push
downward to secure it. When removing the unit, follow the instructions in reverse order.
„
It is recommended to use AWG 22 four conductor shielded cables for wiring and furthermore use EMT to get better
communication effects.
„
The power used has to be the exclusive 24 VDC power supply and cannot share power with other equipment. Wire connections
cannot be done in wrong order.
„
Several NVP20V units can be configured on the MS/TP network. When configuring, you should follow the general principles of
wiring the RS-485 network, i.e. no splicing is allowed and both ends of the network should be terminated with termination
resistors.
„
Care has to be taken at the installation site to avoid damage to the product from environmental factors like dust and
condensation water.
Step 1
Put on the
faceplate
Step 2
Press the
faceplate down
NVP20V
NVP20V
Termination
Resistor
RBYG
OFF ON
Failsafe
˜MS/TP RS-485
Network
OFF
|| ||
|
ON
+–
MS/TP Network
+
–
24 VDC exclusive power
p
Fig. 1 Installation
Fig. 3 Failsafe
Fig. 4 Real-time Trendlog
42
Unit: mm
43
65
88
100
120
Dimensions
Fig. 2 NVP20V Wiring
120
18
24
21
45
60
90
Human Machine Interface
LCD Touch Panel (for single DDC) DST70P
Application
The DST70P LCD Touch Panel (for single DDC) can work with the MSnet layer
communication of Delta Electronics series of microcomputer programmable
controllers. Its touch backlit screen can graphically display the monitored
input/output points (such as temperature sensing value and humidity sensing
value) and can start up, shut down, change temperature and humidity settings by
operating on the touch screen. The four function keys ( + F1 +F2+F3) can make
work to be done easily. With a built-in 32-bit processor, its transmission distance
is up to 1,200 meters. By using Delta Electronics BACsoft software, operators can
easily manage the monitoring and control functions on the panel without any
additional software. Through MSnet network, users can check the status of the
designated objects at any time.
Product Features
„
32-bit microcomputer chip control
„
Split design that separates the controller and the panel. Can be wall-mounted in the room or installed inside a control box. The
ease of installations makes it suitable for all occasions.
„
Uses MODBUS RTU RS-485 communications that connect to the MSnet layer communication on Delta Electronics series of
products. As the HMI of the controller, it can connect directly to DDC controllers on a one-on-one basis. When the controller is
offline, it can still display related content of the controller that strengthens the independent operation of the controller to facilitate
operation by onsite personnel.
„
Uses a module with a 7" TFT LCD touchscreen with 262K high-definition true color and resolution of 800*480. It can be used by
Delta Electronics BACsoft software to program the content to be displayed. The display colors are as many as 65,536 colors.
The menu is available in Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese/English
„
and the menu settings can be switched directly.
Equipped with Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese character sets in UTF-8 encoding. The screen can display Simplified and
Traditional Chinese characters simultaneously according to the character encoding.
„
Has 4 function keys of
+F1 +F2+F3, among them the
system key can be used to quickly set up system parameters and
operations while the 3 F1, F2, and F3 function keys can be programmed to skip pages quickly.
„
Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI control
„
Equipped with a 128 MB font library and a GUI control data storage space that can store a large amount of background im ages
and the number of images stored depends on the amount of data and the number of GUI control objects.
„
Able to read/write the AI/AO/AV/BI/BO/BV Preset Value and Priority Array of every object on the Delta Electronics controller
MSnet.
„
When connected to DAC series, WC series, GC-DB and other B-AAC and B-BC class controllers, if the receiving object of the
alarm belongs to the numbering for the controller, it can display the alarm and jump to the indicated page. It can display th e
latest 80 alarm conditions.
„
Equipped with a 10-level password-protect function that can be used to set up to 20 passwords, preventing improper operations
from unauthorized personnel.
„
With the hot pluggable design, the PLUGI-IN terminator facilitates commissioning and adjustment.
Specifications
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 15 VA (When powered by 24 VDC, the power supply has to be independent and cannot
Display Monitor
: Module with a 7" TFT LCD touchscreen with high-definition true color of 262K colors and resolution of
Microprocessor and
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 1MB SRAM and 128MB NAND Flash memory
use the 24 VDC supplied by the DDC.)
800*480
Memory
space with 128MB used by font library and user data memory space
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 transmission network, transmission distance 1,200 meters
USB Port
: Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI
22
Human Machine Interface
Real-Time Clock
: Use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal clock operation
Function Keys
: Has 4 function keys of
after power interruption.
+ F1 + F2+F3, among them
is the system function key while F1, F2, and F3
are programmable function keys.
Buzzer
: For use in operational prompts and alarm prompts
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Protection Levels
: Front panel IP65, NEMA4
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A)
Accessory
: HMI-LINKER USB cable (Mini USB)
Installation
„
When installed inside a control box, openings should be made at 197.6±0.5mm (L) * 137.1±0.5mm (W) and reserve space for
the power supply and network cable to give room for organizing wires.
„
When installing, follow (Fig. 1) to secure the unit. Firmly place the unit first and screw the metal plate with screws to secure it.
„
It is recommended to use AWG 22 four conductor shielded cables for wiring and furthermore use EMT to get better
communication effects.
„
The power used is 24 VAC/VDC power supply and it is not recommended to share power with other equipment. Wire
connections cannot be done in wrong order.
„
Use a computer to run the BACsoft software application and connect the Mini USB cable that came with the DST7 0P to the unit
(Fig. 2) to set up data, update firmware and download data on the GUI control.
„
Care has to be taken at the installation site to avoid damage to the product from environmental factors like dust and
|| |
||
S1
OFF
M+ COM
M-
FAILSAFE
M-
ON
Msnet
Connection port
MODBUS
RS-485
V+
VM+
24VAC GND
24 VAC/VDC
Power
V- 24VAC
condensation water.
22 AWG 4-wire
VKLHOGHGFDEOH
Fig. 2 DST70P Wiring
Fig. 1 Installation
Dimensions
Unit: mm
211
196
188
26
211
9
4-M3x8
4- 3.5
77
Power
Com
F3
F2
F1
23
22.4
150
136.3
127.5
150
24.6
Local Touch Control Panel
Human Machine Interface
LCD Touch Panel (for single DDC) DST35U
Application
The DST35U Touch Panel (for single DDC) is designed to work with the MSnet layer
communication of Delta Electronics series of microcomputer programmable controllers. Its
touch backlit screen can graphically display the monitored input/output points (such as
temperature sensing value and humidity sensing value) and can start up, shut down, change
temperature and humidity settings by operating on the touch screen. The four function keys
( + F1 +F2+F3) can make work much easier. With a built-in 32-bit processor, its transmission
distance is up to 1,200 meters. By using Delta Electronics BACsoft software, operators can
easily manage the monitoring and control functions on the panel without any additional
software. Through MSnet network, users can check the status of the designated objects at
any time.
Product Features
„
32-bit microcomputer chip control
„
Split design that separates the controller and the panel. Can be wall-mounted in the room or installed inside a control box. The
ease of installations makes it suitable for all occasions.
„
Uses MODBUS RTU RS-485 communications that connect to the MSnet layer communication on Delta Electronics series of
products. As the HMI of the controller, it can connect directly to DDC controllers on a one-on-one basis. When the controller is
offline from the system, it can still display related content of the controller that strengthens the independent operation of the
controller to facilitate operation by onsite personnel.
„
Uses a module with a 3.5" TFT LCD touchscreen with
true color of 65,536 colors and resolution of 320*240. It can be used by
Delta Electronics BACsoft software to program the content to be displayed. The menu is available in Simplified
Chinese/Traditional Chinese/English and the menu settings can be switched directly.
„
Equipped with Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese character sets in UTF-8 encoding. The screen can display Simplified and
Traditional Chinese characters simultaneously according to the character encoding.
„
Has 4 function keys of
+F1 +F2+F3, among them the
system key can be used to quickly setup system parameters and
operations while the 3 F1, F2, and F3 function keys can be programmed to skip pages quickly.
„
Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI control
„
Equipped with a 8 MB font library and a user data memory storage space that can store more than 25 background images (the
actual number of images stored depends on the amount of data and the number of GUI control objects).
„
Able to read/write the AI/AO/AV/BI/BO/BV Preset Value and Priority Array on the controller.
„
When connected to DAC series, WC series, GC-DB and other controllers, if the receiving object of the alarm belongs to the
numbering for the controller, it can display the alarm and jump to the indicated page. It can display the latest
„
80 alarm conditions.
Equipped with a 10-level password-protect function that can be used to set up to 20 passwords, preventing improper operations
from unauthorized personnel.
„
With the hot pluggable design, the PLUGI-IN terminator facilitates commissioning and adjustment.
Specifications
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA (When powered by DC, the power supply has to be independent and cannot
use the 24 VDC supplied by the DDC.)
Display Monitor
: Module with a 3.5" TFT LCD touchscreen with true color of 65,536 colors and resolution of 320*240
Microprocessor and Memory : 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64K SRAM and 384K Flash memory
space with 8MB used by font library and user data memory space
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 communications protocol, transmission distance 1,200 meters
USB Port
: Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI
Real-Time Clock
: Use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal clock
Function Keys
: Has 4 function keys of
operation after power interruption.
+ F1 + F2+F3, among them
and F3 are programmable function keys.
24
is the system function key while F1, F2,
Human Machine Interface
Buzzer
: For use in operational prompts and alarm prompts
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A)
Accessory
: HMI-LINKER USB cable (Mini USB
Installation
„
When it's wall mounted, space should be reserved for the electrical box in order to give room for organizing wires.
„
When installing the unit a screwdriver is needed to secure the metal plate in place first and then fit the controller in and push
downward to secure it. When removing the unit, follow the instructions in reverse order.
„
It is recommended to use AWG 22 four conductor shielded cables for wiring and furthermore use EMT to get better
communication effects.
„
The power used is 24 VAC/VDC power supply and it is not recommended to share power with other equipment. Wire
connections cannot be done in wrong order.
„
Use a computer to run the BACsoft software application and
connect to the Mini USB port on the DST35U (Fig. 2) to set up
data, update firmware and download data on the GUI control. When using the USB interface, please unplug the original power
supply to avoid damage to relevant computer equipment.
„
Care has to be taken at the installation site to avoid damage to the product from environmental factors like dust and
condensation water.
Step two
Press the
faceplate down
Step one
Put on the
faceplate
$:*
ZLUHVKLHOGHGFDEOH
0LQL86%
0 0 9 9
06QHW&RQQHFWLRQSRUW
02'%8656
9$&
9'&3RZHU
FAILSAFE
|
|
|
|
|
ON
S1
Fig. 2 DST35U Wiring
Fig. 1 Installation
65
88
100
42
Unit: mm
43
Dimensions
OFF
18
24
25
45
60
90
Human Machine Interface
LCD Touch Panel with Temperature
(Humidity) Sensor (for single DDC) DST28U (-H)
Application
The DST28U LCD Touch Panel with Temperature (Humidity) Sensor (for single DDC) is designed to
work with the MSnet layer communication of Delta Electronics series of microcomputer
programmable controllers. Its touch backlit screen can graphically display the monitored
input/output points (such as temperature sensing value and humidity sensing value), and can
control startup, shutdown, temperature and humidity settings from the touch screen. The four
function keys ( + I + II + III), can make work to be done much more easily. With a built-in 32-bit
processor, its transmission distance is up to 1,200 meters. By using Delta Electronics BACsoft
software, operators can easily manage the monitoring and control functions on the panel without
any additional software. Through MSnet network, users can check the status of the designated
objects at any time.
Product Features
„
32-bit microcomputer chip control
„
Uses MODBUS RTU RS-485 communications that connect to the MSnet layer communication on Delta Electronics series of
products. As the HMI of the controller, it can connect directly to DDC controllers on a one-on-one basis. When the controller is
offline from the system, it can still display related content of the controller that strengthens the independent operation of the
controller to facilitate operation by onsite personnel.
„
Uses a module with a 2.8" TFT LCD touchscreen with
true color of 65,536 colors and resolution of 320*240. It can be used by
Delta Electronics BACsoft software to program the content to be displayed. The menu is available in Simplified
Chinese/Traditional Chinese/English and the menu settings can be switched directly.
„
Equipped with Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese character sets in UTF-8 encoding. The screen can display Simplified and
Traditional Chinese characters simultaneously according to the character encoding.
„
Has 4 function keys of
+ I + II + III, among them the
system key can be used to quickly setup system parameters and
operations. The 3 I, II and III function keys can be programmed to skip pages quickly.
„
Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI control
„
Equipped with a 8 MB font library and a user data memory storage space that can store more than 25 background images (the
number of images stored depends on the amount of data and the number of GUI control objects).
„
Able to read/write the AI/AO/AV/BI/BO/BV Preset Value and Priority Array on the controller.
„
When connected to DAC series, WC series, GC-DB and other controllers, if the receiving object of the alarm belongs to the
numbering for the controller, it can display the alarm and the latest 80 alarm conditions.
„
Equipped with a 10-level password-protect function that can be used to set up to 20 passwords, preventing improper operations
from unauthorized personnel.
„
Comes standard with a temperature sensor. Can optionally choose to come with a temperature and humidity sensor. When
coupled with a controller, it can program various energy saving and control needs.
Specifications
Model
Number
Sensor Component
Sensing Range
Temperature
Accuracy
Humidity
Accuracy
Condition for accurate
Measurement
DST28U
10KΩ thermistor
0~50Ԩ
±0.25Ԩ
N/A
At room temperature 25Ԩ
DST28U-H
CMOS
semiconductor chip
0~50Ԩ/0~100% RH
±0.4Ԩ
±3% RH
At 20ǡ80%
Power
: 5 VDC, 2 VA (Can just use the 5 VDC power provided by V+, V-
Display Monitor
: Module with a 2.8" TFT LCD touchscreen with true color of 65,536 colors and resolution of 320*240
Microprocessor and
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64K SRAM and 384K Flash memory space
Memory
on Delta Electronics DDC MSnet.)
with 8MB used by font library and user data memory space
MSnet Communication : MODBUS RTU RS-485 communications protocol, transmission distance 1,200 meters
26
Human Machine Interface
USB Port
: Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI control
Real-Time Clock
: Use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal clock operation
Function Keys
: Has 4 function keys of
Buzzer
: For use in operational prompts and alarm prompts
after power interruption.
+I+II+III, among them
is the system function key while I, II, and III are
programmable to skip pages quickly.
Operating Environment : 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A)
Accessory
: HMI-LINKER USB cable
Installation
„
When it's wall mounted, space should be reserved for the electrical box in order to give room for organizing wires. It can be
installed either vertically or horizontally.
„
With the hot pluggable design, the PLUGI-IN terminator facilitates commissioning and adjustment.
„
It is recommended to use AWG 22 four conductor shielded cables for wiring and furthermore use EMT to get better
communication effects.
„
Can just use the 5 VDC power provided by MSnet on the Delta Electronics DDC controller.
„
Use a computer to run the BACsoft software application and use the HMI-LINKER USB cable to connect the USB 2.0 to Mini
USB converter cable to the Mini USB port on the DST28U (-H)
(Fig. 2) to set up data, update firmware and download data on the GUI control. When updating firmware and downloading data
on the GUI control, please unplug the original power supply to avoid damage to relevant computer equipment.
„
Care has to be taken at the installation site to avoid damage to the product from environmental factors like dust and
condensation water.
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
BOX
BOX
Mini
USB
Connect the
connector first.
%<5*
M+ M-
Wall
Wall
MODBUS
communication
V+ V-
5 VDC power
Press the faceplate down.
22 AWG
4-wire shielded
cable
First connect as shown.
Fig. 1 Installation
Fig. 3 NVT28U (-H) Wiring
84
70
32.5
70
15
Ø5
67
19
27
109
Unit: mm
120
Dimensions
Fig. 2 Steps to Remove
5
Human Machine Interface
LCD Control Panel (for single DDC) DSP20U
Application
The DSP20U LCD Touch Panel (for single DDC) is the HMI designed to work with
DAC/DSC series of programmable controllers. Its large LCD backlit screen can display the
monitored input/output points (such as temperature sensing value and humidity sensing
value) of DAC programmable controller. What is more, with the eight operating buttons,
various commands (such as startup, shutdown, temperature and humidity settings) can be
easily done. As a programmable HMI, users can customize the display screen and
parameters to fulfill their needs. This control panel is suitable for those users who demand
real-time monitoring of on-site values or issuing commands.
Product Features
„
32-bit microcomputer chip control
„
Split design that separates the controller and the panel. Can be wall-mounted in the room or installed inside a control box. The
ease of installations makes it suitable for all occasions.
„
A 3.2" LCD backlit screen to display 4 lines of 9 Chinese characters or 18 English characters or built -in graphics. The display
content is programmed online by the monitor and control software program.
„
Uses MODBUS RTU communications that connect to AAC class controllers
like Delta Electronics DAC series of products
where the upper layer communication is BACnet. As the HMI of the controller, it can connect directly to controllers on a
one-on-one basis. When the controller is offline from the system, it can still display related content of the controller that
strengthens the independent operation of the controller to facilitate operation by onsite personnel.
„
Independent programmable display program space that can edit many display pages. Each page can display up to 64 points.
Able to read/write the AI/AO/AV/BI/BO/BV Preset Value and Priority Array on the controller.
„
The BACnet monitor and control software can directly edit the display screen of the programmable control panel of the DSP20U
LCD to customize the display screen based on user demands.
„
Built-in common dynamic graphic display library that can be programmed to display dynamically depending on the various
needs.
„
8 function selection keys to set and adjust system parameters of the control panel, or to program various related values.
„
System setup page to set passwords, system parameters, controller parameters, firmware info and other functions.
„
System parameter setup page to set object number physical address, transmission speed, system time, system date, LCD
control, backlight control, buzzer control, language selection and other functions.
„
When the DSP20U is connected to DAC, WC, GC-DB and other series, if the receiving object of the alarm belongs to the
numbering for the controller, it can display the alarm and the latest 20 alarm conditions.
„
The 5 VDC power can be supplied directly by the programmable controller, no additional power needed.
„
Two-wire RS-485 network communication function, uses MODBUS RTU format transmission, highly reliable
„
Equipped with password-protect function, preventing improper operations from unauthorized personnel.
„
With the hot pluggable design, the PLUGI-IN terminator facilitates commissioning and adjustment.
Specifications
Power
: 5 VDC input, 5 VA capacity requirement
Display Monitor
: 3.2" LCM backlit screen that can display 4 lines of Chinese or English with 9 Chinese or 18 English
characters in each line.
Microprocessor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU)
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600ǡ76,800 bps (adjustable), transmission
distance 1,200 meters
Input Keys
: 8 operating keys
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE
28
Human Machine Interface
Installation
„
When it's wall mounted, space should be reserved for the electrical box in order to give room for organizing wires.
„
When installing the unit a screwdriver is needed to secure the metal plate in place first and then fit the controller in and push
downward to secure it. When removing the unit, follow the instructions in reverse order.
„
It is recommended to use AWG 22 four conductor shielded cables for wiring and furthermore use EMT to get better
communication effects.
„
The power used has to be the exclusive 5 VDC power supply and cannot share power with other equipment. Wire connections
cannot be done in wrong order.
„
Only one DSP20U can be configured on the MSnet network. Take caution when it is used.
„
Care has to be taken at the installation site to avoid damage to the product from environmental factors like dust and
condensation water.
Step two
Press the
faceplate down
Step one
Put on the
faceplate
DSP20U
G 濖
R 濔
Y 濖
B 濔
5 VDC Power
MODBUS RTU
22 AWG 4-wire shielded cable
Fig. 1 Installation
42
Unit: mm
43
65
88
100
120
Dimensions
Fig 2 DSP20U Connections
120
18
24
29
45
60
90
Human Machine Interface
LCD Control Panel with Temperature
(Humidity) Sensor (for single DDC) MST20V (-H)
Application
The MST20V series LCD Control Panel with Temperature (Humidity) Sensor (for single DDC) is
designed to work with the onsite operation HMI of Delta Electronics DAC and DSC series of
programmable controllers. Its large LCD backlit screen can display the monitored input/output
points (such as temperature sensing value and humidity sensing value). What is more, with the
eight operating buttons, various commands (such as startup, shutdown, temperature and humidity
settings) can be easily issued to make work much easier. This control panel is suitable for those
users who demand real-time reviewing of various values on site or issuing commands.
Product Features
„
Manufactured with 16-bit microcomputer chip
„
RS-485 communication 2-wire network (4 wires needed when powered), compatible with MODBUS RTU format, accurate and
stable messages
„
Self wakeup function (WATCH DOG) when programs freeze
„
Can use parameters to select application in scenarios that need cooling, heating, constant temperature, or constant temperatu re
with constant humidity.
„
Large LCD screen to display temperature, humidity, dew point and like values, temperature and humidity settings, fan operation
status and ice water valve, cooling, heating, humidifying, dehumidifying and other output conditions. The display resolution can
reach 0.1.
„
Comes standard with a temperature sensor than can sense the temperature of the location of the panel. Can optionally choose
to come with a temperature and humidity sensor. When coupled with a controller, it can program various energy saving and
control needs.
„
Can set temperature/humidity settings, programmable resolution settings and can reach 0.1. Temperature display can be
parameter controlled to be in Celsius or Fahrenheit.
„
LED backlight function, can set and output various values, range set by internal programming to specify value type, display u nit
and so on
„
Real time clock that can be controlled by parameters to display internal time format of the controller. Synchronized by system
time to achieve clock synchronization.
„
Can control fan start/stop and can directly manually control cooling, heating, humidifying, dehumidi fying and other output values
to facilitate maintenance and tests. When any of the output values is set by hand, an attention icon will be shown to prompt the
user.
„
Alarm code display and new alarm message voice prompt. Display various alarm messages by co ntrol points to allow multiple
messages to be read or cleared by authorized personnel after being confirmed. Buzzer can be turned off by parameters.
„
Two layers of password control through general operation and parameters to avoid improper operation by unau thorized
personnel.
„
Parameter mode to directly display and control input (AI/BI) and output (AO/BO) conditions and internal parameter values
(AV/BV) and all the internal messages of DAC and DSC related series of programmable controllers. Outputs (AO/BO) ca n be
priority controlled in parameter mode.
Specifications
Model
Number
Temperature
Component
Temperature Sensing
Range
Humidity
Component
Humidity Sensing
Range
MST20V
10 KΩ thermistor
0~50Ԩ
N/A
-
MST20V-H
CMOS semiconductor chip
0~50Ԩ
CMOS semiconductor chip
0~100% RH
30
Human Machine Interface
Power
: 5 VDC, maximum power consumption 35 mA, can be powered directly by the digital programmable
controller.
Display Monitor
: 2.2" (45mm*35mm) TN blue backlit screen that can display 22 images (with 1 dynamic image) and
Display Resolutions
: Displays various physical quantities. The display resolution can reach 0.1 to program various
three 4-digit values.
physical quantities. The setup resolution can reach 0.1.
Microprocessor
: 16-bit high-speed processor
Operating keys
: 8 buttons of on/off, up, down, change page, setting, alarm, output, and display
Communication Functions
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 communications protocol, communication speed 9600 bps, maximum
transmission distance 1,200 meters
Temperature Component
: 10 KΩ NTC thermistor, precision ±0.25Ԩ (at room temperature 25Ԩ)
CMOS Component
: Temperature accuracy ±0.4Ԩ, humidity accuracy at 20ǡ80% range is ±3% RH, more than 80% and
less than 20% is ±5%RH.
(Accuracies above are measured at room temperature 25Ԩ.)
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
Installation
„
Please read the instructions carefully before the installation. Danger may occur if not following the instructions to install the
instrument, or it may cause unexpected results like damage to the product.
„
This product contains a temperature sensing unit and not a humidity sensing unit. The related sensing a nd control procedure
has to be completed by a programmable controller.
„
The instrument has to be installed by an experienced and qualified technician who has received a related training course.
„
When installing the instrument, do not connect it to a power source as the danger of electrical shocks or equipment damage
might cause injury to the service personnel or damage to the electrical loops.
„
All the wiring should be conducted according to applicable electrical rules. Do not share the power line with other d evices, or it
may cause interference.
„
After all the wires are connected, fix the bottom plate on the wall. When fixing the bottom plate, caution should be taken no t to
bend it to avoid damage to the controller.
„
For other information, please refer to the technical manuals of the various series of programmable controllers.
Wiring
Keys
Maximum distance 1,200 meters
V+
M+
MV-
DAC
DSC
VAV
R
B
Y
G
MST
6HWXS
$ODUP
2XWSXW
22 AWG 4-wire shielded cable
series controller
Control
panel
Fig. 1 MST20V Operating Panel Wiring
Fig. 2 MST20V Operating Panel Keys
31
'LVSOD\
Human Machine Interface
Parameter List
Parameter
Description
AV
0
Temperature Sensor
Value
Parameter
Description
R/W
R
BV
0
Operation Control
Command
R
AV
14
Cooling Output
RW
AV
1
Humidity Sensor Value
R
AV
15
Humidifying Output
R
BV
1
Fan Status
R
AV
2
Dew Point Sensor
Value
R
AV
16
Dehumidifying
Output
R
BV
2
Temperature Unit
Selection
R
AV
3
Temperature Setting
RW
AV
17
Ice Water Output
R
BV
3
Buzzer Control
R
AV
4
Humidity Setting
RW
AV
18
General Operation
Password
R
BV
4
Fire Alarm
RW
AV
5
Enforced Heating
Output
RW
AV
19
Special Parameters
R
BV
5
Fan Off Alarm
RW
AV
6
Enforced Cooling
Output
RW
AV
20
Switching Optional
Parameters
R
BV
6
Temperature High
Limit Alarm
RW
AV
7
Enforced Humidifying
Output
RW
AV
21
Control Mode
Parameter
R
BV
7
Low Temperature
Limit Alarm
RW
AV
8
Enforced
Dehumidifying Output
RW
AV
22
Time Format
Parameter
R
BV
8
Humidity High
Limit Alarm
RW
AV
9
High Temperature
Limit Setting
R
BV
9
Low Humidity
Limit Alarm
RW
AV
10
Low Temperature Limit
Setting
R
BV
10
Fan Failure Alarm
RW
AV
11
High Humidity Limit
Setting
R
BV
11
Filter Dirty Alarm
RW
AV
12
High Humidity Setting
Limit
R
BV
12
Temperature
Sensor Source
R
AV
13
Heating Output
R
BV
13
Humidity Sensor
Source
R
Description:
R/W
Parameter
Description
R/W
1. Parameters in the table are the primary parameters of MST2OS communicating with DAC, DSC and like controllers.
The constraints do not apply when it is in internal parameter mode.
In the R/W column, "R" means read-only and "RW" means MS2OS will overwrite the value after the operation.
Various sensor values, outputs, alarm generation and other operations should be completed by the controller. The
MST20V does not perform sensor value and control operations.
The way MST2OS displays and controls is subject to the parameters listed in the table.
姕⭂
⍾㴰
桐忇
70
84
109
Unit: mm
120
Dimensions
䨢婧
32.5
70
15
19
32
Ø5
67
Human Machine Interface
LCD Control Panel with Temperature Sensor
(for single DDC) MST20S
Application
The MST20S LCD Control Panel with Temperature Sensor (for single DDC) is designed as
the onsite operation HMI to work with Delta Electronics DAC and DSC series of
programmable controllers. Its large LCD backlit screen can display the monitored input/output
points (such as temperature sensing value and humidity sensing value). What is more, with
the eight operating buttons, various commands (such as startup, shutdown, temperature and
humidity settings) can be easily issued to make work much easier. This control panel is
suitable for those users who demand the real-time reviewing of various values on site or
issuing commands.
Product Features
„
Manufactured with 16-bit microcomputer chip
„
RS-485 communication 2-wire network (4 wires needed when powered), compatible with MODBUS RTU format, accurate and
stable messages
„
Large LCD display screen with backlight illumination, ideal for night time operations.
„
Can use parameters to select application in scenarios that need cooling, heating, constant temperature, or constant temperatu re
with constant humidity.
„
Large LCD screen to display temperature, humidity, dew point and like values, temperature and humidity settings, fan operation
status and ice water valve, cooling, heating, humidifying, dehumidifying and other output conditions. The display resolution can
reach 0.1.
„
Comes standard with a temperature sensor than can sense the temperature of the location of the panel. When coupled with a
controller, it can program various energy saving and control needs.
„
Can set temperature/humidity settings, programmable resolution settings and can reach 0.1. Temperature display can be
parameter controlled to be in Celsius or Fahrenheit.
„
Can set and output various values, range set by internal programming to specify value type, display unit and so on
„
Real time clock that can be controlled by parameters to display internal time format of the controller. Synchronized by system
time to achieve clock synchronization.
„
Can control fan start/stop and can directly manually control cooling, heating, humidifying, dehumidifying and other output va lues
to facilitate maintenance and tests. When any of the output values is set by hand, an attention icon will be shown to prompt the
user.
„
Alarm code display and new alarm message voice prompt. Display various alarm messages by control points to allow multiple
messages to be read or cleared by authorized personnel after being confirmed. Buzzer can be turned off by parameters.
„
Self wakeup function (WATCH DOG) when programs froze
„
Two layers of password control through general operation and parameters to avoid improper operation by unauthorized
personnel.
„
Parameter mode to directly display and control input (AI/BI) and output (AO/BO) conditions and internal parameter values
(AV/BV) and all the internal messages of DAC and DSC related series of digital programmable controllers. Outputs (AO/BO) can
be priority controlled in parameter mode.
Specifications
Power
: 5 VDC, maximum power consumption 35 mA, can be powered directly by the digital programmable
controller.
Display Monitor
: 3" (64mm*40mm) TN blue backlit screen to display dynamic images
Display Resolutions
: Displays various physical quantities. The display resolution can reach 0.1 to program various physical
Microprocessor
: 16-bit high-speed processor
Operating keys
: 8 buttons of on/off, up, down, change page, setting, alarm, output, and display
quantities. The setup resolution can reach 0.1.
33
Human Machine Interface
Communication Functions
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 communications protocol, communication speed 9,600 bps, transmission
Temperature Component
: 10 KΩ NTC thermistor, precision ±0.25Ԩ (at room temperature 25Ԩ)
Sensing Range
: 0~50Ԩ
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
distance 1,200 meters
Installation
„
Please read the instructions carefully before the installation. Danger may occur if not following the instructions to install the
instrument, or it may cause unexpected results like damage to the product.
„
This product contains a temperature sensing unit and not a humidity sensing unit. The related sensing and control procedure
has to be completed by a programmable controller.
„
The instrument has to be installed by an experienced and qualified technician who has received a related training course.
„
When installing the instrument, do not connect it to a power source as the danger of el ectrical shocks or equipment damage
might cause injury to the service personnel or damage to the electrical loops.
„
All the wiring should be conducted according to applicable electrical rules. Do not share the power line with other devices, or it
may cause interference.
„
After all the wires are connected, fix the bottom plate on the wall. When fixing the bottom plate, caution should be taken no t to
bend it to avoid damage to the controller.
„
For other information, please refer to the technical manuals of the various series of programmable controllers.
Wiring
Keys
Maximum distance 1200 meters
DAC
DSC
VAV
V+
M+
MV-
R
B
Y
G
MST
娔⮁
孍⠘
弟⇡
22 AWG 4-wire shielded cable
Control
panel
series Controller
Fig. 1 MST20S Operating Panel Wiring
Fig. 2 MST20S Operating Panel Keys
34
桖䤡
Human Machine Interface
Parameter List
Parameter
Description
R/W
Parameter
Description
AV
0
Temperature Sensing
Value
R
AV
12
High Humidity
Setting Limit
AV
1
Humidity Sensing Value
R
AV
13
AV
2
Dew Point Sensing
Value
R
AV
AV
3
Temperature Setting
RW
AV
4
Humidity Setting
AV
5
AV
R/W
Parameter
Description
R/W
R
BV
0
Operation Control
Command
RW
Heating Output
R
BV
1
Fan Status
Indication
R
14
Cooling Output
R
BV
2
Temperature Unit
Selection
R
AV
15
Humidifying Output
R
BV
3
Buzzer Control
R
RW
AV
16
Dehumidifying
Output
R
BV
4
Fire Alarm
RW
Enforced Heating
Output
RW
AV
17
Ice Water Output
R
BV
5
Fan Off Alarm
RW
6
Enforced Cooling
Output
RW
AV
18
General Operation
Password
R
BV
6
Temperature High
Limit Alarm
RW
AV
7
Enforced Humidifying
Output
RW
AV
19
Special Parameters
R
BV
7
Low Temperature
Limit Alarm
RW
AV
8
Enforced
Dehumidifying Output
RW
AV
20
Switching Optional
Parameters
R
BV
8
Humidity High
Limit Alarm
RW
AV
9
High Temperature Limit
Setting
R
AV
21
Control Mode
Parameter
R
BV
9
Low Humidity
Limit Alarm
RW
AV
10
Low Temperature Limit
Setting
R
AV
22
Time Format
Parameter
R
BV
10
Fan Failure Alarm
RW
AV
11
High Humidity Limit
Setting
R
BV
11
Filter Dirty Alarm
RW
Description: 1. Parameters in the table are the primary parameters of MST2OS communicating with DAC, DSC and like controllers.
The constraints do not apply when it is in internal parameter mode.
In the R/W column, "R" means read-only and "RW" means MS2OS will overwrite the value after the operation.
The way MST2OS displays and controls is subject to the parameters listed in the table.
83
67
41.5
Unit: mm
86
Ø4
10
Dimensions
86
15
18
60
83
35
Human Machine Interface
LCD Touch Panel (for multiple FCUs) NFT28U
Application
The NFT28U LCD Touch Panel (for multiple FCUs) is an onsite operation HMI and specifically for
DF series of FCU controllers. With the capability of two-wire RS485 network communication,
NFT28U can connect with up to 32 fan controllers to form a small area network. Through the
operating interface of the NFT28U, users can perform manual start/stop operation, start/stop
schedule, temperature adjustment, switch fan speed, timed shutdown and other control functions
on fan controllers for single or multiple FCUs. Also, it can monitor and examine the fan operation
status of each fan in real time, like onsite temperature, system operation mode, failure alarm and
so on. Its touch LCD backlit screen allowing the user to touch the screen to start and stop the unit,
as well as change temperature and humidity settings.
The four specific function keys
( + + + ) are used to set up the system quickly. With a built-in 32-bit processor, its
transmission distance can be up to 1,200 meters. Through FCnet or SCnet network, users can
check the status of the designated objects at any time. Furthermore, through NFTeditor, users
can upload media screens and let the NFT28U display corporate images when the device is not
use, which can enhance the added-on value of the product.
Product Features
„
32-bit microcomputer chip control
„
Uses MODBUS communications that connect to the FCnet or SCnet layer of communication on Delta Electronics DFC series of
products. As the HMI of the controller, it can strengthen the independent operation of the controller to fac ilitate operation by
onsite personnel.
„
Uses a module with a 2.8" TFT LCD touchscreen with resolution of 320*240. It can display all kinds of information. The colors
displayed can reach true color of 65,536 colors. The menu is available in Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese/English and the
menu settings can be switched directly.
„
The control screen is divided into Main Control screen and Advanced Settings screen. In normal settings, the user can operate
the Main Control Screen through buttons on the panel and then comfortability conditions can be set.
„
The Main Control screen has 4 backgrounds for users to choose their style. Each background has 3 different pages of cooling,
heating, and fan that adds to a total of 12 pages.
„
Advanced Settings screen - in Main Control screen, click anywhere on the screen to enter Advanced Settings screen. The
functions include mode selection, comfortable sleep, energy saving, scheduled start, scheduled shutdown, timed shutdown,
system configuration, product information, password, fan selection, start all, shutdown all and so on.
„
Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and uploading graphics data
„
Through NFTeditor, the use can upload media screens to program various corporate images or energy saving promotion
screens to be displayed when it is not being operated. A maximum of 18 pictures can be set to enhance the added value of the
product. Can optionally choose to play or not.
„
Parameter settings include language, locking, temperature unit, background setting, buzz er, media playing, display intensity,
clock mode, clock setting and adjustment, and so on.
„
Clock mode - when connected, it can be selected to read the clock or automatically synchronize with the network time. It can
also accept time adjustment from the monitoring and controlling network to make all controllers in the system have the same
time. When no monitoring connection exists, you can choose to write to the clock and then the panel display time will make th e
connected controller synchronized.
Specifications
Power
: 5ǡ12 VDC, 2 VA (Can just use the 12 VDC power provided by V+, V- on the DFC.)
Display Monitor
: Module with a 2.8" TFT LCD touchscreen with true color of 65,536 colors and resolution of 320*240
Microprocessor and Memory
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64K RAM and 384K Flash memory
space. There's another 8M memory space for controlling the display and customizing screen data
storage.
SCnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 communications protocol, transmission distance 1,200 meters
USB Port
: Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI control
36
Human Machine Interface
Real-Time Clock
: Use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal clock
Function Keys
: 4 function keys of
operation after power interruption.
+ + +
,
is fan on/off key,
,
are temperature adjustment keys, and
is fan speed settings key
Buzzer
: For use in operational prompts and alarm prompts
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A)
Accessory
: HMI-LINKER USB cable
Installation
„
When it's wall mounted, space should be reserved for the electrical box in order to give room for organizing wires. It can be
installed either vertically or horizontally.
„
With the hot pluggable design, the PLUGI-IN terminator facilitates commissioning and adjustment.
„
It is recommended to use AWG 22 four conductor shielded cables for wiring and furthermore use EMT to get better
communication effects.
„
Use a computer to run the Delta Electronic BACsoft software application and use the HMI-LINKER USB cable to connect the
USB 2.0 to Mini USB converter cable to the Mini USB port on the NFT28U (Fig. 3) to set up data, update firmware and download
data on the GUI control. When updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI control, please unplug the original power
supply to avoid damage to relevant computer equipment.
„
Care has to be taken at the installation site to avoid damage to the product from environmental factors like dust and condensation
water.
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
BOX
BOX
Mini
USB
Connect the
connector first.
Wall
BY
M+ M-
Wall
Press the faceplate down.
MODBUS
communication
12 VDC Power
22 AWG
4-wire shielded
cable
First connect as shown.
Fig. 1 Installation
Fig. 2 Steps to Remove
Fig. 3 NFT28U Wiring
84
70
32.5
70
15
Ø5
67
19
37
109
Unit: mm
120
Dimensions
RG
V+ V-
5
Human Machine Interface
LCD Control Panel (for multiple FCUs) NFC32V
Application
The NFC32V LCD Control Panel (for multiple FCUs) is an onsite operation HMI specific for DF
series of FCU controllers. With the capacity of two-wire RS485 network communication, NFC32V
can connect with up to 32 fan controllers to form a small area network. Through the operating
interface of the NFC32V, users can perform manual start/stop operation, start/stop schedule,
temperature adjustment, switch fan speed, timed shutdown and other control functions on fan
controllers for single or multiple FCUs. Also, users can monitor and examine the fan operation
status of each fan in real time, like onsite temperature, system operation mode, failure alarm and
so on. Its blue reverse backlight and touch button technology can match perfectly with your
interior decoration.
Product Features
„
Independent high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that can operate independently.
„
2-wire network communication transmission (4 wires needed when powered), easy wiring and piping
„
Large LCD blue reverse backlit screen to display fan location, onsite temperature, settings, fan speed, AC mode, current time,
timed shutdown and abnormal alarm messages and other data on every microcomputer fan controller in the DF series.
„
Touch button technology with group or individual AC modes (auto, cooling, heating, and fan), fan speed switching (auto, high,
medium, and low), and timed shutdown functions
„
Parameter operation mode for button lockup, temperature unit, time adjustment, time mode, time synchronization and other
functions.
„
Clock function to display the present time. Additionally a quick 0~24 hour timed shutdown function that is suitable for offic e
occasions.
„
When connected, it has network time auto synchronization function. It can accept time adjustment from the monitoring network
to make all controllers in the system have the same time.
„
Flash memory design that can retain the memory up to more than 10 years without power.
„
Self wakeup function (WATCH DOG) when programs froze
„
Button lockup function to avoid improper operation by unauthorized personnel.
Specifications
Model
Number
AC
mode
Fan
Speed
Switches
NFC32V
Auto/
Cooling/
Heating/
Fan
Auto/Hi/
Med/Lo
Power
Connections
Shutdown
Timer
32
Time
Indicator
0-24 hr
Y
Valve
Position
Indicator
Y
Transmission
Distance
1,200M
Indicator
Accuracy
Description
0.1Ԩ
Suitable for
90*54mm
rectangular
junction box
: 5 VDC, maximum power consumption 35 mA, can be powered directly by the DF microcomputer fan
controller.
Microprocessor
: High-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 32K Flash memory space
SCnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU standard format RS-485 communication transmission, maximum network length 1,200
Display Monitor
: 42m(W)*63(H)mm LCD display to display dynamic images and has blue reverse backlight function
Control Range
: 15ǡ32Ԩ (59ǡ89.6Ԭ)
Operating keys
: 8 touch buttons, buttons can be locked to prevent operation from unauthorized personnel.
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
meters
38
Human Machine Interface
Installation
„
Please read the instructions carefully before the installation. Danger may occur if not following the instructions to install the
instrument, or it may cause unexpected results like damage to the product.
„
Please examine the product specifications and functions first to see if the product meets your need and application before the
installation.
„
The instrument has to be installed by an experienced and qualified technician who has received a related training course.
„
When installing the instrument, do not connect it to a power source as the danger of electrical shocks or equipment damage might
cause injury to the service personnel or damage to the electrical loops.
„
Please install this group control panel on the wall in a position about 1.2 meters off the floor and has good air circulation. Do not
install in a place where it is poorly ventilated, near a radiant heat source or vibrating to avoid damage or impact on the co ntrol
effects.
„
All the wiring should be conducted according to applicable electrical rules. Do not share the power line with other devices, or it may
cause interference.
„
When fixing the bottom plate, caution should be taken not to bend it to avoid damage to the group controller.
Wiring
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
+
-
FCnet
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
R B Y G
V+ M+ M- VAuto
SCnet
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
Set
MODBUS RS-485
to next DFC
H
AM
5 % < *
V+ M+ M- V-
FCnet
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
Auto
MFC32V
Single
control
panel
NFC32V
Group control
panel
Set
B W B W
F+ F- F+ FAuto
AM
5 % < *
V+ M+ M- VAuto
NGC32V
Group
control
panel
H
H
FCnet
Set
AM
SCnet
22AWG 4-wire
shielded cable
+
R B Y G
V+ M+ M- VAuto
Set
MFC32V
Single
control
panel
H
AM
FCnet
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
Set
MFC32V
Single
control
panel
H
AM
MODBUS RS-485
to next DFC
5 % < *
V+ M+ M- VAut o
Set
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
H
AM
5
%
NFC32V
Group control
panel
<
V+ M+ M-
*
V-
+
SCnet
22AWG 4-wire
shielded cable
R B Y G
V+ M+ M- VAuto
SCnet
22AWG 4-wire
shielded cable
R B Y G
V+ M+ M- VAuto
Set
FCnet
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
Set
SCnet
H
AM
39
MFC32V
Single
control
panel
H
AM
NFC32V
Group
control
panel
MODBUS RS-485
to next DFC
Human Machine Interface
Network Architecture
Unit: mm
Auto
84
70
H
109
Set
120
Dimensions
桐忇
AM
32.5
70
15
Ø5
67
19
40
5
Human Machine Interface
LCD Control Panel (for multiple FCUs) NGC32V
Application
The NGC32V LCD Control Panel (for multiple FCUs) is an onsite operation HMI working with DF
series of FCU controllers. With the capability of two-wire RS485 network communication, NGC32V
can connect with up to 32 fan controllers to form a small area network. Through the operating
interface of the NGC32V, the user can perform manual start/stop operation, start/stop schedule,
temperature adjustment, switch fan speed, timed shutdown and other control functions on fan
controllers for single or multiple FCUs. Also, users can monitor and examine the fan operation status
of each fan in real time, like onsite temperature, system operation mode, failure alarm and so on. Its
blue reverse backlight and touch button technology can match perfectly with your interior decoration.
Product Features
„
Independent high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that can operate independently.
„
2-wire network communication transmission (4 wires needed when powered), easy wiring and piping
„
Two MODBUS RTU standard format RS-485 communication networks. One is an FCnet network that can connect to DFC
controllers in the upper layer, the other is an SCnet network that can connect to DFC controllers in the lower layer.
The
NGC32V can pass communication data from DFC controllers in the lower layer to communication data for DFC controllers in the
upper layer to implement two-layer one-to-many network configuration that can go with various partition uses to make operation
and management more convenient.
„
Large LCD blue reverse backlit screen to display fan location, onsite temperature, settings, fan speed, AC mode, current time,
timed shutdown, timed shutdown and abnormal alarm messages and other data on every microcomputer fan controller in the DF
series.
„
Touch button technology with group or individual AC modes (auto, cooling, heating, and fan), fan speed switching (auto, high,
medium, and low), and timed shutdown functions
„
Parameter operation mode for button lockup, temperature unit, time adjustment, time mode, time synchronization and other
functions.
„
When connected, it has network time auto synchronization function. It can accept time adjustment from the monitoring network
to make all controllers in the system have the same time.
„
Flash memory design that can retain the memory up to more than 10 years without power.
„
Button lock function to avoid improper operation from unauthorized personnel. Self wakeup function (WATCH DOG) when
programs freeze
Specifications
Model
Number
AC mode
Fan Speed
Switches
NGC32V
Auto/
Cooling/
Heating/
Fan
Auto/Hi/
Med/Lo
Power
Connections
32
Shutdown
Timer
Time
Indicator
0-24 hr
Y
Valve Position
Indicator
Y
Transmission
Distance
Indicator
Accuracy
Description
0.1Ԩ
Suitable for
90*54mm
rectangular
junction box
1,200M
: 5 VDC, maximum power consumption 35 mA, can be powered directly by the DF microcomputer fan
controller.
Microprocessor
: High-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 32K Flash memory space
FCnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU standard format RS-485 communication transmission, maximum network length 1,1,200
SCnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU standard format RS-485 communication transmission, maximum network length 1,200
Real-Time Clock
: Real-time Clock with supercapacitor backup support in the event of power outage
LCD Display
: 3.2" (42m*63mm) STN LCD reverse backlight screen that can display dynamic images.
Control Range
: 15ǡ32Ԩ (59ǡ89.6Ԭ)
Operating keys
: 8 touch buttons, buttons can be locked to prevent operation from unauthorized personnel.
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE
meters
meters
41
Human Machine Interface
Installation
„
Please read the instructions carefully before the installation. Danger may occur if not following the instructions to install the
instrument, or it may cause unexpected results like damage to the product.
„
Please examine the product specifications and functions first to see if the product meets your need and application before the
installation.
„
The instrument has to be installed by an experienced and qualified technician who has received a related training course.
„
When installing the instrument, do not connect it to a power source as the danger of electrical shocks or equipment damage might
cause injury to the service personnel or damage to the electrical loops.
„
Please install this group control panel on the wall in a position about 1.2 meters off the floor and has good air circulation. Do not
install in a place where it is poorly ventilated, near a radiant heat source or vibrating to avoid damage or impact on the control
effects.
„
All the wiring should be conducted according to applicable electrical rules. Do not share the power line with other devices, or it may
cause interference.
„
When fixing the bottom plate, caution should be taken not to bend it to avoid damage to the group controller.
Wiring
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
+
-
FCnet
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
MODBUS RS-485
to next DFC
R B Y G
V+ M+ M- VAuto
Set
H
AM
SCnet
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable FCnet
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
NFC32V
MFC32V
Group
Single control
control
panel
panel
:
%
F+
F-
F+
Aut o
Auto
Set
FCnet
B W B W
F+ F- F+ FAuto
NGC32V
Group
control
panel
H
H
AM
AM
:
MFC32V
Single control
panel
H
AM
FCnet
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
R B Y G
V+ M+ M- VAuto
Set
Set
MFC32V
Single control
panel
H
AM
MODBUS RS-485
to next DFC
F-
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
Set
NGC32V
Group control
panel
H
AM
+
SCnet
22AWG 4-wire
shielded cable
5
5 % < *
V+ M+ M- VAuto
Set
+
-
5 % < *
V+ M+ M- V-
FCnet
%
5 % < *
V+ M+ M- V-
SCnet
22AWG 4-wire
shielded cable
<
*
V+ M+ M-
%
V-
R B Y G
V+ M+ M- VAuto
AM
R B Y G
V+ M+ M- VAuto
Set
H
SCnet
SCnet
22AWG 4-wire
shielded cable
MFC32V
Single control
panel
FCnet
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
Set
H
AM
NFC32V
Group control
panel
Dimensions
Auto
H
84
109
70
120
Set
桐忇
AM
32.5
70
15
Ø5
67
19
42
5
MODBUS RS-485
to next DFC
Human Machine Interface
LCD Control Panel (for single FCU) MFC32V
Application
The MFC32V LCD Control Panel (for single FCU) is an onsite operation HMI specifically designed for
network FCU controllers. With the capability of two-wire RS485 network communication, MFC32V
can connect with single FCU controllers to form a network and communicate. Through the operating
interface of the MFC32V, users can perform manual start/stop operation, start/stop schedule,
temperature adjustment, switch fan speed, timed shutdown and other control functions on the fan
controller. Also, users can monitor and examine the fan operation status of each fan in real time, like
are onsite temperature, system operation mode, failure alarm and so on. Its large LCD blue reverse
backlit screen and touch buttons can make it easy for users to examine, set, change and confirm
various control parameters. Examples are temperature, system operation modes, operating fan
speed, alarm message and other values and statuses.
Product Features
„
High-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that can operate independently.
„
2-wire network communication transmission (4 wires needed when powered), easy wiring and piping
„
Large LCD blue reverse backlit screen to display onsite temperature, settings, fan speed, AC mode, current time,
abnormal
status and other info
„
Touch button technology with individual AC modes (auto, cooling, heating, and fan) and fan speed switching (auto, high,
medium, and low) functions
„
0~24 hour timed shutdown function that is suitable for office occasions in working extra hours.
„
Parameter operation mode for button locking, temperature unit, timer mode and other functions.
„
Clock function to display current time when connected to a DF device.
„
Flash memory design that can retain the memory up to more than 10 years without power.
„
Self wakeup function (WATCH DOG) when programs froze
Specifications
Model
Number
AC mode
Fan Speed
Switches
Shutdown
Timer
Time
Indicator
Valve Position
Indicator
Transmission
Distance
Indicator
Accuracy
Description
MFC32V
Auto/Cooling/
Heating/Fan
Auto/Hi/
Med/Lo
0-24 hr
Y
Y
1,200M
0.1ɗ
Suitable for 90*54
mm rectangular
junction box
Power
: 5 VDC, maximum power consumption 35 mA, can be powered directly by the DF microcomputer fan
controller.
Microprocessor
: High-speed microcontroller unit (MCU)
SCnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU standard format RS-485 communication transmission, maximum network length 1,200
LCD Display
: 3.2" (42m*63mm) STN LCD blue reverse backlight screen that can display dynamic images.
Control Range
: 15ǡ32Ԩ (59ǡ89.6Ԭ)
Operating keys
: 6 touch buttons, buttons can be locked to prevent operation from unauthorized personnel.
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
meters
Installation
„
Please read the instructions carefully before the installation. Danger may occur if not following the instructions to install the
instrument, or it may cause unexpected results like damage to the product.
„
Please examine the product specifications and functions first to see if the product meets your need and application before the
installation.
43
Human Machine Interface
„
The instrument has to be installed by an experienced and qualified technician who has received a related training course.
„
When installing the instrument, do not connect it to a power source as the danger of electrical shocks or equipment damage might
cause injury to the service personnel or damage to the electrical loops.
Please install this group control panel on the wall in a position about 1.2 meters off the floor and has good air circulation. Do not
„
install in a place where it is poorly ventilated, near a radiant heat source or vibrating to avoid damage or impact on the control
effects.
All the wiring should be conducted according to applicable electrical rules. Do not share the power line with other devices, or it may
„
cause interference.
When fixing the bottom plate, caution should be taken not to bend it to avoid damage to the group controller.
„
Wiring
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
DFC. Controller
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
+
-
FCnet
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
MODBUS RS-485
to next DFC
SCnet
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
R B Y G
V+ M+ M- VAut o
H
AM
R B Y G
V+ M+ M- V-
FCnet
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
Set
NFC32V
Group control
panel
Aut o
MFC32V
Single control
panel
Set
Aut o
AM
R B Y G
V+ M+ M- VAut o
Set
NGC32V
Group
control
panel
H
H
FCnet
B W B W
F+ F- F+ F-
AM
SCnet
22AWG 4-wire
shielded cable
+
-
MFC32V
Single
control panel
H
AM
FCnet
22AWG 2-wire shielded
cable
R B Y G
V+ M+ M- VAut o
Set
Set
MFC32V
Single control
panel
H
AM
MODBUS RS-485
to next DFC
R B Y G
V+ M+ M- V-
Aut o
Set
H
B
DFC. Controller
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
+
SCnet
22AWG 4-wire
shielded cable
R
DFC. Controller
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
MFC32V
Single control
panel
AM
V+ M+
DFC. Controller
V+ M+ M- V- F+ F- F+ F-
Y
G
M-
V-
R B Y G
V+ M+ M- VAut o
AM
Network Architecture
44
MFC32V
Single
control
panel
FCnet
22AWG 2-wire
shielded cable
R B Y G
V+ M+ M- VAut o
Set
H
SCnet
SCnet
22AWG 4-wire
shielded cable
Set
H
AM
NFC32V
Group
control
panel
MODBUS RS-485
to next DFC
Human Machine Interface
Unit: mm
Aut o
H
84
109
Set
70
Dimensions
桐忇
AM
32.5
70
15
Ø5
67
19
45
5
Human Machine Interface
LCD Touch Panel (for single FCU) MFT28U
Application
The MFT28U LCD Touch Panel (for single FCU) is an onsite operation HMI specifically designed for
the DF series of network-type FCU controllers. With capacity of two-wire RS485 network
communication, MFT28U can connect with single fan controllers to form a network. Through the
operating interface of the NFT28U, users can perform manual start/stop operation, start/stop
schedule, temperature adjustment, switch fan speed, timed shutdown and other control functions on
fan controllers for single or multiple FCUs. Also, users can monitor and examine the fan operation
status of each fan in real time, like onsite temperature, system operation mode, failure alarm and so
on. Its touch LCD backlit screen enables users to start and stop the unit, and change temperature and
humidity settings. The four specific function keys ( + + +
) are used to set up the system quickly.
With a built-in 32-bit processor, its transmission distance can be up to 1,200 meters. Through FCnet
or SCnet network, users can check the status of the designated objects at any time. Furthermore,
through NFTeditor, users can upload media screens and let the NFT28U display corporate images
when the device is not use, which can enhance the added-on value of the product.
Product Features
„
32-bit microcomputer chip control
„
Uses MODBUS communications that connect to the FCnet or SCnet layer of communication on Delta Electronics DFC series of
products. As the HMI of the controller, it can strengthen the independent operation of the controller to facilitate operation by
onsite personnel.
„
Uses a module with a 2.8" TFT LCD touchscreen with true color of 65,536 colors and resolution of 320*240. It can display all
kinds of information. The menu is available in Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese/English and the menu settings can be
switched directly.
„
The control screen is divided into Main Control screen and Advanced Settings screen. In normal settings, the user can operate
the Main Control Screen through buttons on the panel and then comfortability conditions can be set.
„
The Main Control screen has 4 backgrounds for users to choose their style. Each background has 3 different pages of cooling,
heating, and fan that adds to a total of 12 pages.
„
Advanced Settings screen - in Main Control screen, click anywhere on the screen to enter Advanced Settings screen. The
functions include mode selection, comfortable sleep, energy saving, scheduled start, scheduled shutdown, timed shutdown,
system configuration, product information, password and so on.
„
Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and uploading graphics data
„
Through NFTeditor, the use can upload media screens to program various corporate images or energy saving promotion
screens to be displayed when it is not being operated. A maximum of 18 pictures can be set to enhance the added value of the
product. Can optionally choose to play or not.
„
Parameter settings include language, locking, temperature unit, background setting, buzzer, media playing, display intensity,
clock mode, clock setting and adjustment, and so on.
„
Clock mode - when connected, it can be selected to read the clock or automatically synchronize with the network time. It can
also accept time adjustment from the monitoring and controlling network to make all controllers in the system have the same
time. When no monitoring connection exists, you can choose to write to the clock and then the panel display time will make the
connected controller synchronized.
Specifications
Power
: 5ǡ12 VDC, 2 VA (Can just use the 12 VDC power provided by V+, V-
LCD Display
: Module with a 2.8" TFT LCD touchscreen with true color of 65,536 colors and resolution of 320*240
on the DFC.)
Microprocessor and Memory
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64K SRAM and 384K Flash memory
SCnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 communications protocol, transmission distance 1,200 meters
USB Port
: Mini USB transmission interface for updating firmware and downloading data on the GUI control
space with 8MB used by font library and user data memory space
46
Human Machine Interface
Real-Time Clock
: Use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal clock operation
Function Keys
: 4 function keys of
after power interruption.
+ + +
,
is fan on/off key,
,
are temperature adjustment keys, and
is fan speed settings key
Buzzer
: For use in operational prompts and alarm prompts
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A)
Accessory
: HMI-LINKER USB cable
Installation
„
When it's wall mounted, space should be reserved for the electrical box in order to give room for organizing wires. It can be
installed either vertically or horizontally.
„
With the hot pluggable design, the PLUGI-IN terminator facilitates commissioning and adjustment.
„
It is recommended to use AWG 22 four conductor shielded cables for wiring and furthermore use EMT to get better
communication effects.
„
Use a computer to run the BACsoft software application and use a USB 2.0 to Mini USB converter cable to connect to the Mini
USB port on the NVT29U (Fig. 3) to set up data, update firmware and download data on the GUI control.
„
Care has to be taken at the installation site to avoid damage to the product from environmental factors like dust and condens ation
water.
Wall
Wall
Wall
BOX
Wall
BOX
Mini USB
&RQQHFWWKH FRQQHFWRUILUVW
%<5*
00
Wall
Wall
MODBUS 12 VDC power
communication
3UHVVWKHIDFHSODWHGRZQ 22 AWG
4-wire shielded cable
First connect as shown.
Fig. 1 Installation
Fig. 2 Steps to Remove
Fig. 3
84
70
32.5
70
15
Ø5
67
19
47
109
Unit: mm
120
Dimensions
99
5
MFT28U Wiring
Integrated Control Devices
BACnet Web-Server Embedded Building Controller
BACnet Building Controller
BACnet Web Embedded BEMS Server
BACnet Ethernet Router
BACnet Web-Server Embedded FCU Master Controller
Modbus to BACnet Protocol Converter
Modbus to MS/TP Protocol Converter
Modbus to BACnet Ethernet FCU Protocol Converter
Modbus to BACnet MS/TP FCU Protocol Converter
Integrated Control Devices
BACnet Web-Server Embedded
Building Controller WC-RB Series
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL), the WC-RB series is
classified as a BACnet B-BC building controller. With router function,
capability of stand-alone operation and a web-server embedded OS, it can
fulfill users’ needs of remote management of electromechanical equipment
inside a building. Users can monitor and control the electromechanical
WCRB12
equipment in real time through a web browser. The WC-RB controller can
convert the screens of onsite operating workstation BACsoft software to the
WCRB11
WCRB10
format of web pages, which enable users to manage the electromechanical
equipment in a building via the corporate Intranet or from the Internet.
Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet communications
protocol standard, the WC-RB series can communicate and control any
brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely it is the best
integrated controller for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Web-server embedded controller for all major browsers such as IE, Firefox, Opera, Chrome, Safari, etc., running on a desktop
PC, laptop, Mac, tablet, smart phone and so on.
„
100M Ethernet port, can choose either BACnet Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications layer communication,
has peer to peer reading and writing of external DDC objects, can issue BACnet object property functions of read
(DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
MS/TP (Master-Slave/ Token-Passing) RS-485 communication port, communication speed can reach 76,800 bps, transmission
distance 1,200 meters, has 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage protection design, can connect to 32
DDCs (WC-RB12 only).
„
EIMnet communication port to connect to 24 EIMnet series expansion modules in order to cope with different point expansion
needs. (WC-RB11 and WC-RB12 only)
„
MSnet communication port to specifically connect to a DSP or DST series onsite control panel (WC-RB11 and WC-RB12 only)
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through Delta DDC Setup Cable using HyperTerminal to
connect to it
„
DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has entropy value, dew point
temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math operation functions like
logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
Standard BACnet objects like one hardware clock, 20 calendars, 200 schedules, 20 notification classes, 200 alarm event
enrollments, and 200 trendlogs. Schedules, trendlogs and alarm event enrollments support external object access function, has
send/receive email notification function, can send unconfirmed alarms to designated email receivers
„
1,000 binary values (BV) and 1,000 analog values (AV) for use as calculating numeric values, set points, alert points and so on.
Among them binary values support 16-level priority array control functions.
49
Integrated Control Devices
Specifications
Ethernet
Communication Port
MS/TP
Communication Port
MSnet
Communication Port
EIM
Connection
DDC
Connection
WC-RB10
1
0
0
0
0
Partial Web-enabling for
Monitor & Control
WC-RB11
1
0
1
24
0
Complete Web-enabling
for Monitor & Control
WC-RB12
1
1
1
24
32
Complete Web-enabling
for Monitor & Control
Model
Number
Power
Processor
SD Card Slot
Ethernet Communication
MS/TP Communication
MSnet Communication
EIMnet Communication
Real-Time Clock
Operating Environment
Product Certificates
Application
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
: 32-bit 400 MHz advanced microprocessor that includes 256K FRAM, 64MB SDRAM, and 128MB flash
memory
: One SD card slot, supports SD cards up to 32GB in capacity
: 100M Ethernet network for Intranet, Internet and monitoring network (BACnet) use
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
transmission distance 1,200 meters, has 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection device to connect to 32 B-AAC or B-ASC devices
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable,
transmission distance 1,200 meters, can connect to an LCD control panel or an MODBUS Master or
Slave device
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters,
can connect to 24 EIM series I/O expansion modules
: Real-time clock and use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of
normal clock operation after power interruption.
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), BTL (BACnet Testing Laboratory Listed BACnet Building Controller
(B-BC))
V+
24VAC/VDC
GND
V-
Wiring
+
-
24 VAC/VDC
Power
WC-RB10
Equipment
status indicator
System State
Delta Electronics
specific setup
cable
RS-232
Configure
Null
Modem
Ethernet
network
communication
status indicator
BACnet Ethernet / IP
Initial setup
澿Can use Null Modem or
Delta Electronics specific setup cable (Delta
DDC Setup Cable)
BACnet Building Controllers
Configure communication
status indicator
Fig. 1
WC-RB10 Wiring
50
Ethernet network port
Integrated Control Devices
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
+
-
V+ V-
24VAC/VDC
GND
E+
E-
EIMnet Network port
MODBUS RTU RS-485
E+
E+
E-
24 VAC/VDC
Power
GND
EGND
WC-RB11
EIMnet
Modbu s RTU
EIMnet communication
status indicator
Equipment
status indicator
System State
M+
M-
MV-
V-
V-
V+
M+
M-
V+
V+
M+
MSnet network port
MODBUS RTU RS-485
MSnet
Modbu s RTU
Msnet communication
status indicator
Delta Electronics
specific setup
cable
Ethernet network
communication
status indicator
RS-232
Configure
Null
Modem
Initial setup
澿Can use Null Modem or
Delta Electronics specific setup cable
(Delta DDC Setup Cable)
BACnet Ethernet / IP
BACnet Building Controllers
Ethernet network port
Configure communication
status indicator
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
+
-
24 VAC/DC Power
EGND
EGND
WC-RB12
EIMnet
Modbu s RTU
EIMnet communication
status indicator
B+
B- GND
B+
B-
B+
BACnet network port
MS/TP RS-485
24VAC/VDC
GND
E+
V+
E+
E+
E-
EIMnetnetwork port
MODBUS RTU RS-485
V-
Fig. 2 WC-RB11 Wiring
BGND
System State
BCAne t
MS/TP
MS/TP communication
status indicator
Msnet communication
status indicator
M-
V-
V-
M+
M-
M-
V+
M+
M+
V+
V+
MSnet network port
MODBUS RTU RS-485
Equipment
status indicator
VMSnet
Modbu s RTU
Delta Electronics
specific setup
cable
Ethernet network
communication
status indicator
RS-232
Configure
Null
Modem
Initial setup
澿Can use Null Modem or
Delta Electronics specific setup cable
(Delta DDC Setup Cable)
BACne t Ethernet / IP
BACnet Building Controllers
Configurecommunication
status indicator
Fig. 3 WC-RB12 Wiring
51
Ethernet network connector
Integrated Control Devices
Web Page Screens
Fig. 4 Web Page Screen Samples
Unit: mm
137
164
170
Dimensions
135
147
Ø4
52
9
49
Integrated Control Devices
BACnet Web-Server Embedded
Building Controller WC8846P
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B-BC, the
WC8846P building controller has web-server embedded OS, router function,
programmable functions, and capability of stand-alone operation. It also supports
BACnet standard objects like schedule, calendar, and event enrollment. It can be
applied for monitoring and controlling electromechanical devices such as AHU (Air
Handling Unit), water pump, FCU, fume hood, pump and so on. It uses a
high-performance 32-bit processor. Furthermore, the WC8846P has physical binary
inputs/outputs and an EIMnet communication port to connect to 24 EIM series
expansion modules, giving you random and flexible combinations to cope with the point
capacity for different occasions. Additionally, it has an MSnet communication port to
connect to an external LCD control panel, which can facilitate users to set up, operate,
monitor and examine equipment operating status and information any time. The
WC8846P controller can convert the screens of onsite operating workstation BACsoft
software to the format of web pages, which enables users to use browser on any 3C
devices to manage the electromechanical equipment in a building via the corporate
Intranet or from the Internet.
Product Features
„
Web-server embedded controller for all major browsers such as IE, Firefox, Opera, Chrome, Safari, etc., running on a desktop
PC, laptop, Mac, tablet, smart phone and so on.
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) class communications protocol regulations and has passed
BTL certification.
„
Follows BACnet Ethernet, BACnet/IP and MS/TP communications layer protocols, has network router function
„
100M Ethernet port, can choose either BACnet Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications layer communication,
has peer to peer reading and writing of external DDC objects, can issue BACnet object property functions of read
(DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port with Peer to Peer reading and writing of external DDC objects Can
issue BACnet object property functions of read (DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has entropy value, dew point
temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math operation functions like
logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
BACnet standard objects like hardware clock, calendar, schedule, notification classes, alarm event enrollment, a nd trendlog.
Schedules, trendlogs and alarm event enrollments support external object access function. Has send/receive email notification
function to send unconfirmed alarms to designated email receivers
„
1,000 binary values (BV) and 1,000 analog values (AV) for use as calculating numeric values, set points, alert points and so on.
Among them binary values support 16-level priority array control functions.
Specifications
Model Number BI AI BO AO EIM Module
WC8846P
Power
Processor
Binary Input
Analog Input
Binary Output
8 8
4
6
24
MS/TP Device Calendar Schedule
32
20
200
Notification Class
Event Enrollment
Trendlog
20
200
200
: 24 VAC/VDC, 15 VA (Min load), 95 VA (Max load)
: Two 32-bit microcontroller units (MCU) with 512K FRAM, 64MB SDRAM, and 128MB flash memory
: 12VDC detection voltage, 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable, accepts dry contact or open
collector input signals
: 16-bit resolution to optionally accept dry contact, 3K or 10KΩ NTC, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like signals
: 0.5 A/24 VAC/VDC (Hot-switched triac) output Hand/Off/Auto Switch to monitor status using the computer
53
Integrated Control Devices
Analog Output
: 16-bit resolution, 0~10 VDC output Manual/Auto switch (can send states back to the monitor and control
computer) and manual signal tuning knob
: 24 VDC/160 mA, for sensor use
: 100M Ethernet port, can choose either BACnet Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications
layer communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable, transmission
distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage protection devices
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps parameter adjustable,
transmission distance 1,200 meters, can connect to an LCD control panel or an MODBUS Master or Slave
device
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters, can
connect to 24 EIM series I/O expansion modules
: Real-time Clock with supercapacitor backup support in the event of power outages
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A), UL196, BTL (BACnet Testing
Laboratory Listed BACnet Building Controller (B-BC))
Auxiliary Power
Ethernet Communication
MS/TP Communication
MSnet Communication
EIMnet Communication
Real-Time Clock
Operating Environment
Product Certificates
Wiring
BO auto mode status indicator
BO manual/auto output switch
BO (ON) status indicator
BI status indicator
BI4
BI 4
BI5
BI 5
BI6
BI7
COM
AI 4
AI 5
AI 6
VĂ
AO 2
B+
COM
Auto
Manu
50%
AO 3
AO4
100%
0%
AO5
Loader switch
OFF
1:+1
2:+2
3:+4
4:+8
5:+16
6:+32
7:+64
8:Loader
ON
COM
Auxiliar y Power
24VDC
GND
EIMnet
˅ Keep all switches OFF except doing
factory setting.
˅ Turn ON the 8th switch to do a factory
firmware upload.
E+
EĂ
BACne t Ethernet/IP
GND
BACnet Web Embedded Building
Controller
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
MS/TP communication
status indicator
BO1 24VAC/VDC voltage output
Ă
+
BO2 24VAC/VDC voltage output
Ă
BO3 24VAC/DC voltage output
+
+
+
Ă
AO manual/auto output switch
AO0 0~10VDC signal output
AO1 0~10VDC signal output
AO2 0~10VDC signal output
+
+
AO3 0~10VDC signal output
AO4 0~10VDC signal output
+
Ă
AO5 0~10VDC signal output
AO manual output signal tuning knob
+
Ă
24 VDC
EĂ
1. Besides BACnet MS/TP GND, other GNDs are interconnected with the joint COM of input/output
2. When AI and AO are used, correct input/output forms should be selected.
3. If EIM expansion module and WC use the same power source, power capacity has to increase.
137
164
170
Unit: mm
135
147
Ø4
54
24VDC auxiliary power
GND
EIMnet Connection port/ RS-485 network
Can connect up to 24 EIM expansion
modules
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
Ethernet network port
Fig. 1 WC8846P Wiring
Dimensions
Ă
+
4 5 6 7 8
B-
BĂ
GND
BO0 24VAC/VDC voltage output
E+
1 2 3
MS/TP
Ă
+
ON
B+
BĂ
GND
MĂ
V-
B+
M+
M-
MSnet communication
status indicator
BACnet MS/TP
communication port
MĂ
VĂ
V+
AO 1
AO toggle sw itch AO signal adjuster
AI COM
MSnet
AO 0
BO HOA toggle switch
Off
Auto
O
n
AI 7
M+
M+
V+
V+
COM
24 VAC/VDC power
Ă
+
0~10VDC
ON
Configure setup end
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
MSnet communication port
BO 3
Th ermist or
4~20mA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
AI7 COM
Ă
+
AI 3
AI6
2-wire 4~20 mA signal inputs
Ă
AI 2
AI5
4~20mA signal inputs
AI 1
AI4
+
AI signal setting
Signal sett ing jumper
AI 0
AI3
Ă
BO 2
COM
BI COM
AI2
+
BO 1
COM
BI 7
AI1
0~10 VDC signal inputs
WC8846P
BI 6
AI0
3K or 10Kʈ NTC
temperature sensing
component
BO 0
COM
COM AO5 AO4 AO3 COM AO2 AO1 AOO
BI3
BI 3
GND 24VDC
BI2
BI 2
+
E+
BI1
BI 1
24VAC/VDC
GND
E-
BI0
BI0~BI7 binary inputs
BI 0
COM BO3 COM BO2 COM BO1 COM BO0 GND 24VAC
AI input signal selection
jumper
9
49
Loader DIP switch
EIMnet communication
status indicator
Ethernet status indicator
Equipmment status
indicator
Integrated Control Devices
BACnet Building Controller GC-RB23
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B-BC,
the GC-RB23 controller is a building controller with router function,
programmable functions, and capability of stand-alone operation. It also
supports BACnet standard objects like schedule, calendar, event enrollment,
and trendlog. The GC-RB23 has one 100 Base-TX BACnet Ethernet port to be
used for BACnet Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications layer. It
also has 3 BACnet MS/TP network ports to connect to 96 onsite controllers. The
communication speed can reach 76,800 bps and the transmission distance is
1,200 meters. Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet
communications protocol standard, the GC-RB23 can communicate and control
any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely it is the best
integrated controller for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) class communications protocol regulations and has passed
BTL certification.
Follows BACnet Ethernet, BACnet/IP and MS/TP communications layer protocols, has network router function
32-bit high-speed microprocessor @ 133 MHz
32MB SDRAM/ 96K SRAM / 512KB Flash, 512K FRAM parameter memory function in the event of power failures
100M Ethernet port, can choose either BACnet Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications layer communication
3 MS/TP (Master-Slave/ Token-Passing) RS-485 network ports, communication speed can reach 76,800 bps, transmission
distance 1,200 meters, has 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage protection design
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through Delta DDC Setup Cable using HyperTerminal to
connect to it
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
Standard BACnet objects like one hardware clock, 40 calendars, 400 schedules, 40 notification classes, 400 alarm event
enrollments, and 400 trendlogs. Schedules, trendlogs, and alarm event enrollments support external object access function
1,000 biary values (BV) and 1,000 analog values with binary values supporting priority control functions
Specifications
Model Number
Calendar
Schedule
40
400
GC-RB23
Power
Processor
Memory
Ethernet Communication
MS/TP Communication
Real-Time Clock
Operating Environment
Product Certificates
Notification Class
40
Alarm Event Enrollment
400
Trendlog
400
BV
AV
1,000
1,000
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 96K SRAM and 512K flash memory
space
: 32 MB SDRAM and 512K FRAM for parameter memory in the event of power failures
: 10/100M Ethernet port, compliant with BACnet Ethernet(ISO 8802-3) standard communications
protocol
: 3 MS/TP RS-485 network ports, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection devices, can connect to 96 onsite controllers
: Real-time clock and use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of
normal clock operation after power interruption.
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A), BTL (BACnet Testing
Laboratory Listed BACnet Building Controller (B-BC))
55
Integrated Control Devices
Wiring
24VAC/VDC
B1-
MS/TP1
+
-
GND
B1+
V+
B1+
B1+ B1- GND
BACnet-1
communication port
MS/TP RS485
V-
communication status
indicator
B1–
24 VAC/VDC power
GND
GC-RB23
B3-
B2–
B2+
GND
Equipment status
indicator
MS/TP3
B3+ B3- GND
B3+
MS/TP2
B2- GND
BACnet-3
communication port
MS/TP RS485
B2-
B2+
BACnet-2
communication port
MS/TP RS485
B2+
B3+
B3–
GND
Loader switch
1 2 3 4
ON
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
OFF
ON
● Keep all switches OFF except doing factory setting.
● Turn ON the switch 2 and 4 to do a fActory firmware
upload.
Config
Delta DDC
Setup Cable
RS-232 Configure
Null
Modem
BACne t Ethernet/IP
Initial setup
(Can use Null Modem or
Delta DDC Setup Cable)
BACne t Buil ding Controller
BACnet Ethernet network
onfigure communication status
indicator
Fig. 1 GC-RB23 Wiring
Unit: mm
137
164
170
Dimensions
135
147
Ø4
56
9
49
Integrated Control Devices
BACnet Building Controller GC-RB21
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -BC,
the GC-RB21 controller is a building controller with router function, programmable
functions, and capability of stand-alone operation. It also supports BACnet
standard objects like schedule, calendar, event enrollment, and trendlog. The
GC-RB21 has one 100 Base-TX BACnet Ethernet port to be used for BACnet
Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications layer. It also has one
BACnet MS/TP network port to connect to 32 onsite controllers. The
communication speed can reach 76,800 bps and the transmission distance is
1,200 meters. Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet
communications protocol standard, the GC-RB21 can communicate and control
any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely it is the best
integrated controller for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) class communications protocol regulations and has passed
BTL certification.
Follows BACnet Ethernet, BACnet/IP and MS/TP communications layer protocols, has network router function
32-bit high-speed microprocessor @ 133 MHz
32MB SDRAM/ 96K SRAM / 512KB Flash, 512K FRAM parameter memory function in the event of power failures
100M Ethernet port, can choose either BACnet Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications layer communication
MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) RS-485 network port, communication speed can reach 76,800 bps, transmission distance
1,200 meters, has 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage protection design, can connect to 32 onsite
controllers
One RS-232 port, equipment parameters modifiable through Delta DDC Setup Cable using HyperTerminal to connect to it
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
Standard BACnet objects like one hardware clock, 20 calendars, 200 schedules, 20 notification classes, 200 alarm event
enrollments, and 200 trendlogs. Schedules, trendlogs, and alarm event enrollments support external object access function
1,000 binary values (BV) and 1,000 analog values with binary values supporting priority control functions
Specifications
Model Number
Calendar
Schedule
Notification Class
Alarm Event Enrollment
Trendlog
BV
AV
GC-RB21
20
200
20
200
200
1,000
1,000
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 96K SRAM and 512K flash memory space
Memory
: 32 MB SDRAM and 512K FRAM for parameter memory in the event of power failures
Ethernet Communication
: 10/100M Ethernet port, compliant with BACnet Ethernet(ISO 8802-3) standard communications
protocol
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network port, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection devices, can connect to 32 onsite controllers
Real-Time Clock
: Real-time clock and use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A), BTL (BACnet Testing
normal clock operation after power interruption.
Laboratory Listed BACnet Building Controller (B-BC))
57
Integrated Control Devices
Communication status
indicator
24VAC/VDC
+
-
GND
B+
B- GND
B-
MS/TP
V+
B+
B
BACnet communication port
MS/TP RS485
V-
Wiring
B–
24 VAC/VDC
power
GND
GC-RB21
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
Equipment status
indicator
Loader switch
1 2 3 4
ON
OFF
ON
● Keep all switches OFF except doing factory
setting.
● Turn ON the switch 2 and 4 to do a factory
firmware upload.
Config
Delta DDC
Setup Cable
RS-232 Configure
Null
Modem
BACnet Ethernet/IP
Initial setup
(Can use Null Modem or
Delta DDC Setup Cable)
BACne t Buil ding Controller
BACnet Ethernet network
Configure communication
status indicator
Fig. 1 GC-RB21 Wiring
Unit: mm
137
164
170
Dimensions
135
147
Ø4
58
9
49
Integrated Control Devices
BACnet Building Controller GC8846P
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -BC, the
GC8846P controller is a building controller with router function, programmable
functions, and capability of stand-alone operation. It supports BACnet standard
objects like schedule, calendar, notification class, event enrollment, and trendlog. It
can fulfill users’ needs of monitoring and controlling electromechanical equipment
inside a building, such as AHU (Air Handling Unit), water pump, FCU, fume hood,
pump and so on. It uses a high-performance 32-bit processor. Furthermore the
GC8846P has physical binary inputs/outputs and an EIMnet communication port to
connect to 24 EIM series expansion modules, giving you random and flexible
combinations to cope with the point capacity for different occasions. Additionally, it
has an MSnet communication port to connect to an external LCD control panel to
facilitate users setting, operating, monitoring and examining equipment operating
status and all the information any time. Thanks to the compliance of the international
BACnet communications protocol standard, the GC8846P can communicate and
control any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely it is the best
integrated controller for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) class communications protocol regulations and has passed
BTL certification.
„
Follows BACnet Ethernet, BACnet/IP and MS/TP communications layer protocols, has network router function
„
100M Ethernet port,
„
MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port with Peer to Peer reading and writing of external DDC objects Can
can choose either BACnet Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications layer communication
issue BACnet object property functions of
read (DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
RS-232 port, equipment parameters modifiable through Delta DDC Setup Cable using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Binary inputs (BI) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capability and status indicator design
„
Analog inputs (AI) with 16-bit resolution to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like signals
„
Binary outputs (BO) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation, status indicator, and triac design. Each BO has an HOA
(Hand/Off/Auto) switch that when in Manual mode can convert manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and
control computer.
„
The Analog Output (AO) has 16-bit resolution and 0~10 VDC output signals. Each AO has an HA (Hand/Auto) switch and a
manual output tuning knob to facilitate onsite testing, commissioning, and maintenance. When in Manual mode, it can convert
manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control computer.
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
BACnet standard objects like hardware clock, calendar, schedule, notification classes, alarm event enrollment, and trendlog.
Schedules, trendlogs and alarm event enrollments support external object access.
„
1,000 binary values (BV) and 1,000 analog values (AV) for use as calculating numeric values, set points, alert points and so on.
Among them binary values support 16-level priority array control functions.
„
Through Internet connection remotely, the user can use web pages to set and manage the various functions of the controller as
well as monitor and control the I/O points on the controller.
Specifications
Model
Number
GC8846P
No.of
BI
No.of
AI
No.of
BO
No.of
AO
EIM
Module
8
8
4
6
24
MS/TP
Device
32
59
Calendar
Schedule
10
100
Notification
Class
10
Event
Enrollment
100
Trendlog
100
Integrated Control Devices
Power
:
24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
:
Two 32-bit high-speed microcontroller units (MCU)
Memory
:
128K FRAM, 1M+128K+16K SRAM and 8M+1M+64K Flash memory
Binary Input
:
12VDC detection voltage, 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable, accepts dry contact or open collector
Analog Input
:
16-bit resolution to accept dry contact, 3K or 10KΩ NTC, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like signals
Binary Output
:
0.5 A/24 VAC/VDC (Hot-switched triac) output Hand/Off/Auto Switch to monitor status using the computer
Analog Output
:
16-bit resolution, 0~10 VDC output Manual/Auto switch (can send states back to the monitor and control
Auxiliary Power
:
24 VDC/160 mA, for sensor use
Ethernet Communication
:
100M Ethernet,
input signals
computer) and manual signal tuning knob
can choose either BACnet Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications layer
communication
MS/TP Communication
:
MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable, transmission
distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage protection devices, can
connect to 32 B-AAC or B-ASC devices
MSnet Communication
:
MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable, transmission
EIMnet Communication
:
MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters, can
Real-Time Clock
:
Real-time clock with supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal clock
Operating Environment
:
0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
:
CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A), UL196, BTL (BACnet Testing
distance 1,200 meters, can connect to an LCD control panel or an MODBUS Master or Slave device
connect to 24 EIM series I/O expansion modules
operation after power interruption.
Laboratory Listed BACnet Building Controller (B-BC))
Wiring
BI status indicator
BI3
BI 3
BI4
BI 4
BI5
BI 5
BI6
BI 6
BI7
BI 7
COM
BI COM
AI3
AI4
AI5
AI6
AI7
Th ermist or
4~20mA
AI 1
0~10VD
C
AI 3
AO 0
AO 1
AO 2
AI 4
AO toggle sw itch AO signal adjuster
AI 5
V+
V–
OFF
1:+1
2:+2
3:+4
4:+8
5:+16
6:+32
7:+64
8:Loader
AO4
AO5
COM
Auxiliar y Power
24VDC
GND
ON
EIMnet
E–
BACne t Ethernet/IP
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
4 5 6 7 8
BACne t Build ing Con tro ller
1 2 3
B-
B–
GND
GND
B+
B+
E+
ON
● Keep all switches OFF except doing
factory setting.
● Turn ON the 8th switch to do a factory
firmware upload.
MS/TP
COM
AO 3
100%
Loader switch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
AI COM
M–
0%
Manu
AI 7
M+
50%
Auto
AI 6
V-
B+
B–
GND
COM
BO HOA toggle switch
Off
Auto
On
AI 2
M-
BACnet MS/TP
communication port
M–
V–
BO 3
Signal sett ing jumper
M+
MSnet communication
status indicator
M+
AI signal setting
AI 0
MSnet
V+
MSnet communication port
V+
GND
COM
Configure setup end
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
COM BO3 COM BO2 COM BO1 COM
BO 2
ON
ȉ
+
COM
2-wire 4~20 mA signal input
COM
COM AO5 AO4 AO3 COM AO2 AO1 AOO
AI2
–
BO 1
24VDC
AI1
+
BO 0
COM
GC8846P
E+ GND
AI0
–
BO0
BI 2
E-
BI 1
24VAC/VDC
GND
BI2
+
4~20mA signal input
BI1
3K or 10Kʈ NTC
temperature sensing
component
0~10 VDC signal input
BI0
BI0~BI7 binary inputs
BI 0
24VAC
AI input signal selection
jumper
+
–
BO auto mode status indicator
BO manual/auto output switch
BO (ON) status indicator
24 VAC/VDC power
+
–
+
BO0 24VAC voltage output
–
BO1 24VAC voltage output
+
–
BO2 24VAC voltage output
+
–
BO3 24VAC voltage output
+
+
+
–
AO manual/auto output switch
AO0 0~10VDC signal output
AO1 0~10VDC signal output
AO2 0~10VDC signal output
+
+
AO3 0~10VDC signal output
AO4 0~10VDC signal output
+
–
AO5 0~10VDC signal output
AO manual outut signal tuning knob
+
–
E+
E–
24 VDC
24VDC auxiliary power
GND
EIMnet Connection port/RS-485 network
Can connect up to 24 EIM Expansion modules
Failsafe network failure protection jumper
Ethernet network port
Loader DIP switch
EIMnet communication status indicator
Ethernet status indicator
Equipment status indicator
MS/TP communication
status indicator
1. Besides BACnet MS/TP GND, other GNDs are interconnected with the joint COM of input/output
2. When AI and AO are used, correct input/output forms should be selected.
3. If EIM expansion module and WC use the same power source, power capacity has to increase.
Fig. 1 GC8846P Wiring
60
Integrated Control Devices
Unit: mm
137
164
170
Dimensions
135
147
Ø4
61
9
49
Integrated Control Devices
BACnet Building Controller GC8846
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -BC, the GC8846
controller is a building controller with router function, programmable functions, and capability
of stand-alone operation. It also supports BACnet standard objects like schedule, calendar,
notification class, event enrollment, and trendlog. It can fulfill users’ needs of monitoring and
controlling electromechanical equipment inside a building, such as AHU (Air Handling Unit),
water pump, FCU, fume hood, pump and so on. It uses a high-performance 32-bit processor.
Furthermore the GC8846 has physical binary inputs/outputs and an EIMnet port to connect to
24 EIM series expansion modules, giving you random and flexible combinations to cope with
the point capacity for different occasions. Additionally, it has an MSnet communication port to
connect to an external LCD control panel to facilitate users setting, operating, monitoring and
examining equipment operating status and information any time. Thanks to the compliance of
the international BACnet communications protocol standard, the GC8846 can communicate
and control any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely it is the best
integrated controller for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) class communications protocol regulations and has passed
BTL certification.
„
Follows BACnet Ethernet, BACnet/IP and MS/TP communications layer protocols, has network router function
„
100M Ethernet port, can choose either BACnet Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications layer communication
„
RS-232 port, equipment parameters modifiable through Delta DDC Setup Cable using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Binary inputs (BI) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capability and status indicator design
„
Analog inputs (AI) with 16-bit resolution to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like signals
„
Binary outputs (BO) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation, status indicator, and triac design. Each BO has an HOA
(Hand/Off/Auto) switch that when in Manual mode can convert manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and
control computer.
„
The Analog Output (AO) has 16-bit resolution and 0~10 VDC output signals. Each AO has an HA (Hand/Auto) switch and a
manual output tuning knob to facilitate onsite testing, commissioning, and maintenance. When in Manual mode, it can convert
manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control computer.
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
BACnet standard objects like hardware clock, calendar, schedule, notification classes, alarm event enrollment, and trendlog.
Schedules, trendlogs and alarm event enrollments support external object access.
„
1,000 binary values (BV) and 1,000 analog values (AV) for use as calculating numeric values, set points, alert points and so on.
Among them binary values support 16-level priority array control functions.
„
Remote Internet connection to use web pages to set and manage the controller
Specifications
Model Number
GC8846
Power
Processor
Memory
Binary Input
Analog Input
BI
8
AI
BO AO EIM Module
8
4
6
24
Calendar
Schedule
10
100
:
:
:
:
Notification Class
10
Event Enrollment
100
Trendlog
100
24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Two 32-bit high-speed microcontroller units (MCU)
128K FRAM, 1M+128K+16K SRAM and 8M+1M+64K Flash memory
12VDC detection voltage, 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable, accepts dry contact or open collector
input signals
: 16-bit resolution to accept dry contact, 3K or 10KΩ NTC, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like signals
62
Integrated Control Devices
Binary Output
Analog Output
: 0.5 A/24 VAC/VDC (Hot-switched triac) output Hand/Off/Auto Switch to monitor status using the computer
: 16-bit resolution, 0~10 VDC output Manual/Auto switch (can send states back to the monitor and control
computer) and manual signal tuning knob
Auxiliary Power
: 24 VDC/160 mA, for sensor use
Ethernet Communication : 100M Ethernet, can choose either BACnet Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications layer
communication
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable, transmission
distance 1,200 meters, can connect to an LCD control panel or an MODBUS Master or Slave device
EIMnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters, can
connect to 24 EIM series I/O expansion modules
Real-Time Clock
: Real-time clock with supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal clock
operation after power interruption.
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A), UL196, BTL (BACnet Testing
Laboratory Listed BACnet Building Controller (B-BC))
Wiring
BI status indicator
BI7 COM
AI0
AI1
AI2
BI 7
COM
BI COM
AI signal setting
BO 3
Signal sett ing jumper
Th ermist or
4~20mA
AI 0
COM
AO 0
BO HOA t oggle switch
Off
Auto
On
AI 3
AO 1
AO 2
AI 4
AI 6
AI 7
50%
Auto
M+
M+
AO4
Loader switch
AO5
1:+1
2:+2
3:+4
4:+8
5:+16
6:+32
7:+64
8:Loader
COM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MSnet
AO 3
100%
0%
Manu
V+
MV-
V–
COM
AO toggle sw itch AO signal adjuster
AI COM
M–
24 VAC/VDC power
–
+
BO0 24VAC voltage output
–
BO1 24VAC voltage output
+
–
BO2 24VAC voltage output
+
–
BO3 24VAC voltage output
0~10VDC
AI 2
AI 5
GND
BO 2
ON
V+
M–
V–
BO 1
COM
BI 6
COM
M+
AI7
V+
AI6
ȉ
+
AI5
–
AI4
–
AI3
+
COM BO3 COM BO2 COM BO1 COM BO0
BI6
OFF
Auxiliar y Power
24VDC
GND
ON
EIMnet
E–
BACne t Ethernet/IP
AO manual/auto output switch
+
+
–
AO0 0~10VDC signal output
AO1 0~10VDC signal output
AO2 0~10VDC signal output
+
+
AO3 0~10VDC signal output
AO4 0~10VDC signal output
+
–
AO5 0~10VDC signal output
AO manual output signal tuning knob
+
–
E+
E+
1 2 3
● Keep all switches OFF except doing
factory setting.
● Turn ON the 8th switch t o do a factory
firmware upload.
+
E–
ON
Msnet communication
status indicator
GC8846
BI 5
AO1 AOO
BI4 BI5
Configure setup end
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
MSnet communication port
COM
BI 4
24VDC COM AO5 AO4 AO3 COM AO2
BI3
2-wire 4~20 mA signal input
BO 0
BI 3
AI 1
+
4~20mA signal input
BI 2
–
BO auto mode status indicator
BO manual/auto output switch
BO (ON) status indicator
+
GND
BI2
0~10 VDC signal input
BI 1
+
E+
BI1
3K or 10Kʈ NTC
temperature sensing
component
24VAC/VDC
GND
BI 0
E-
BI0
BI0~BI7 binary inputs
24VAC
AI signal selection jumper
24VDC auxiliary power
GND
EIMnet Connection port/RS-485 Network,
connects up to 24 EIM expansion modules
Failsafe network failure protection jumper
Ethernet network port
4 5 6 7 8
BACne t Build ing Con tro ller
24 VDC
Loader DIP switch
EIMnet communication status indicator
Ethernet status indicator
Equipment status indicator
1. Besides BACnet MS/TP GND, other GNDs are interconnected with the joint COM of input/output
2. When AI and AO are used, correct input/output forms should be selected.
3. If EIM expansion module and WC use the same power source, power capacity has to increase.
Fig. 1 GC8846 Wiring
Unit: mm
137
164
170
Dimensions
135
147
Ø4
63
9
49
Integrated Control Devices
BACnet Building Controller GC-DB01
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -BC, the
GC-DB01 controller is a building controller with router function, programmable functions,
and capability of stand-alone operation. It supports BACnet standard objects like schedule,
calendar, event enrollment, and trendlog. It can be applied for monitoring and controlling
the electromechanical devices such as large AHU (Air Handling Unit), water pump, FCU,
fume hood, pump and so on. The GC-DB01 has one 100 Base-TX BACnet Ethernet port to
be used for BACnet Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications layer and one
EIMnet communication port to connect to 24 onsite EIM Expansion modules. The
communication speed can reach 38,400 bps and the transmission distance is 1,200 meters.
Additionally it has an MSnet communication network port to connect to various kinds of
control panels to facilitate examining and operating by onsite personnel. Thanks to the
compliance of the international BACnet communications protocol standard, the GC-DB01
can communicate and control any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely
it is the best integrated controller for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) class communications protocol regulations and has passed
BTL certification.
„
Follows BACnet Ethernet, BACnet/IP and MS/TP communications layer protocols
„
100M Ethernet port, can choose either BACnet Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications layer communication,
has peer to peer reading and writing of external DDC objects, can issue BACnet object property functions of read
(DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
MSnet network port to connect to an MST, DSP, DST series control panel or an MODBUS RTU Master or Slave device
„
EIMnet communication port to connect to 24 of the various EIMnet series expansion modules in order to cope with different point
expansion needs.
„
RS-232 port, equipment parameters modifiable through Delta DDC Setup Cable using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has entropy value, dew point
temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math operation functions like
logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
150 binary values (BV) and 150 analog values (AV) for use as calculating numeric values, set points, alert points and so on.
Among them binary values support 16-level priority array control functions.
„
Standard BACnet objects like one hardware clock, 2 calendars, 20 schedules, 4 notification classes, 40 alarm event enrollments,
and 22 trendlogs. Schedules, trendlogs, and alarm event enrollments support external object access function
Specifications
Model Number
EIM Module
Calendar
Schedule
Notification Class
Event Enrollment
Trendlog
BV
AV
GC-DB01
24
2
20
4
40
22
150
150
Power
:
24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
:
32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 128K RAM, 128K FRAM, and 512K Flash
memory space
Ethernet Communication
:
MSnet Communication
:
10/100M Ethernet port, compliant with BACnet Ethernet(ISO 8802-2) standard communications
protocol
MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable, to be
connected by a control panel
EIMnet Communication
:
MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, can connect to 24 EIM series
expansion modules
64
Integrated Control Devices
Real-Time Clock
:
Real-time clock with supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal
clock operation after power interruption.
Operating Environment
:
0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
:
CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), BTL (BACnet Testing Laboratory Listed BACnet Building
Controller (B-BC))
Wiring
GND 24VAC
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
power
+
–
24VAC
Power Input
24VAC/VDC
D
GND
Loader DIP switch
Config
MSnet
V+
V+
V+
Rx
M+
M+
M-
EIMnet communication
status indicator
Rx
BACn et
Ethern et/IP
EIMnet
Data
Da
ata bus
bu E+
BACnet Ethernet/
BACnet IP network
E+
D
+
E+
E–
D-
E–
GND
D_G
E-
EIMnet connection port/RS-485
Connects up to 24 EIM..M
V–
Tx
V-
V-
M+
M–
M-
MSnet network port
MODBUS RTU RS-485
1 2 3 4
●
S wi tch OF F,
S wi tch ON
● K eep all swit ches OFF except
doing factory sett ing.
● Turn O N the swi tch 2 and 4 to do
a f actory fi rm ware upload.
Configure setup end
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
MSnet communication
status indicator
ON
ON
1 2 3 4
MAC address
GC-DB01
Loader switch
GNDBACn et Ethern et Co ntroll er
State
Equipment status indicator
Tx
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
Fig. 1 GC-DB11 Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
65
Integrated Control Devices
BACnet Building Controller GC-RB01
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B-BC,
the GC-RB01 is a building controller with router function, programmable
functions, and capability of stand-alone operation. It supports BACnet standard
objects like schedule, calendar, event enrollment, and trendlog. The GC-RB01
has one 100 Base-TX BACnet Ethernet port to be used for BACnet Ethernet
(ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications layer. It also has one BACnet
MS/TP network port to connect to 16 onsite controllers. The communication
speed can reach 76,800 bps and the transmission distance is 1,200 meters.
Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet communications protocol
standard, the GC-RB01 can communicate and control any brands of BACnet
monitor and control system. Definitely it is the best integrated controller for
users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) class communications protocol regulations and has passed
BTL certification.
„
Follows BACnet Ethernet, BACnet/IP and MS/TP communications layer protocols, has network router function
„
32-bit high-speed microprocessor @ 55 MHz, has 128K RAM/ 512KB Flash, 128K FRAM parameter memory in the event o f
power failures
„
100M Ethernet port, can choose either BACnet Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications layer communication
„
One MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port adopting Peer-to-Peer Master-Slave/Token-Passing data
communication transmission method
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through Delta DDC Setup Cable using HyperTerminal to
connect to it
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and deb ug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
150 binary values (BV) and 150 analog values (AV) for use as calculating numeric values, set points, alert points and so on.
Among them binary values support 16-level priority array control functions.
„
Standard BACnet objects like one hardware clock, 2 calendars, 20 schedules, 4 notification classes, 40 alarm event enrollments,
and 24 trendlogs. Schedules, trendlogs, and alarm event enrollments support external object access function
Specifications
Model Number
Calendar
Schedule
Notification Class
Alarm Event Enrollment
Trendlog
BV
AV
GC-RB01
2
20
4
40
24
150
150
Power
Processor
Ethernet Communication
MS/TP Communication
Real-Time Clock
Operating Environment
Product Certificates
: 24 VAC/DC, 5 VA
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 128K RAM, 128K FRAM, and 512K Flash
memory space
: 10/100M Ethernet port, compliant with BACnet Ethernet(ISO 8802-2) standard communications
protocol
: MS/TP RS-485 network port, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection design, can connect to 16 onsite controllers
: Real-time clock with supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal
clock operation after power interruption.
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), BTL (BACnet Testing Laboratory Listed BACnet Building Controller
(B-BC))
66
Integrated Control Devices
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
SRZHU
GND 24VAC
Wiring
+
–
24VAC
Power Input
24VAC/VDC
GND
Loader ',3VZLWFK
GC-RB01
MAC address
1 2 3 4
Configure VHWXSHQG
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p a ll swit che s OFF ex cep t
do ing fa ctor y se ttin g.
● Tur n O N th e sw itch 2 an d 4 to do
a fac tor y fir mw are u ploa d.
Config
Failsafe
QHWZRUNIDLOXUH
SURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
Rx
MS/TP
Data
bus B+
Daata bu
BACnet Ethernet/
BACnet IP networl
D+
B+
B+
B–
B–
(TXLSPHQWVWDWXV
LQGLFDWRU
D-
B-
GND
GND
GND
BACnet QHWZRUNSRUW
MS/TP RS485
BA Cnet E thernet/IP
D_G
MS/TPFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
ON
ON
1 2 3 4
Loader switch
Tx
State
BA Cnet Building Controller
Fig. 1 GC-RB01 Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
67
Integrated Control Devices
BACnet Web-Embedded BEMS Server BACems (Pro)
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B-BC, the
BACems (Pro) series controller has router function, capability of stand-alone
operation and a web-server embedded OS. It can log and analyze energy
consumption of the equipment, suitable for the needs of long-term logging and
analysis of energy-consuming equipment in a building. The user can get real-time
and historical energy consumption information through a browser on a 3C
appliance. BACems (Pro) can provide analysis like statistical charts via the Intranet
or from the Internet. This effective data can assist administrators to make the best
and most effective management of the energy consuming equipment in a building
so as to achieve the goal of energy saving and carbon reduction. Thanks to the
compliance of the international BACnet communications protocol standard, the
BACems (Pro) can communicate and control any brands of BACnet monitor and
control system. Definitely it is the best auxiliary tool to enhance energy efficiency.
Product Features
„
Embedded software to to be embedded in various industrial grade fanless computer hardware, can operate over long hours with
high reliability
„
BACnet Web-Server Embedded OS, no conversion needed to access data on the monitor and control system directly, highly
stable
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) class communications protocol regulations, compliant with
BACnet systems
„
10/100/1000M Ethernet port, can choose either BACnet Ethernet or BACnet/IP communications layer communication
„
Four types of analysis charts - pie chart, bar chart, run chart, and dot chart. Programmability that allows users to define
combinations of charts and tables for various needs to meet all the demands in addition to the commonly seen BEMS software
log analysis table functions.
„
Can edit online, download control logic programs, and support program debugging
„
ratio, integral, differential, floating number, logic, arithmetic and other math operations and support for subroutine operations
in real time
„
BACnet standard objects like calendar, schedule, notification classes, alarm event enrollment, and trendlog.
Schedules,
trendlogs, and alarm event enrollments support external object access function
„
Binary values (BV) and analog values (AV) for use as calculating numeric values, set points, alert points and so on. Among th em
binary values support 16-level priority array control functions.
Specifications
Model Number
Calendar
Schedule
Notification Class
Alarm Event Enrollment
Trendlog
BV
AV
BACems
10
100
10
100
100
1,000
1,000
BACemsPro
40
400
40
400
400
1,000
1,000
Pie Chart
Bar Chart
Run Chart
68
Dot Chart
Integrated Control Devices
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit 400 MHz high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 256K FRAM, 64MB SDRAM, and 128MB
SD Card Slot
: Maximum 32GB SD Card, data can be retained for 10 years
Ethernet Communication
: 10/100/1000M Ethernet port, can choose either BACnet Ethernet or BACnet/IP communications layer
flash memory
communication
Real-Time Clock
: Real-time clock with supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers normal clock operation after power
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
interruption.
Standard Example
Category
Assessment
Item
Types of X-axis
Chart
Expression
Y-axis
Description
Unit
Expression
Pie Chart Pie Chart
Energy Use
Category
Comment
Unit
%
Energy use ratio category of air
conditioning and lighting equipment
Bar
Chart
Month
Energy
Month Consumption KWH
Amount
Running time of
major machines
Bar
Chart
Month
Month
Accumulated
HR
running hours
Monthly running hours of major
machines
CO2 emissions
Run
Chart
Time
Year
Amount of
CO2
PPM
Energy consumption converted to
CO2 emissions
A/C load
distribution
Dot
Chart
Temperature Ԩ
Load
KWH
Distribution of outside air temperature
CO2 control
and indoor load when A/C is used
Free cooling
implementation
time
Bar
Chart
Temperature Ԩ
Accumulated
time
HR
Hours of accumulated free cooling
running hours each month
Dot
Chart
Temperature Ԩ
Relative
humidity
%
When A/C is used in four seasons and
the status of indoor temperature and
humidity
Run
Chart
Time
HR
CO2
PPM
Indoor quality status
Indoor status
Individual assessment
Bar
Chart
Time
Month Number
Case
Complaint cases about poor indoor
comfort
COP of A/C
equipment
Dot
Chart
Cooling
capacity
RT
Power
consumption
KW
Interrelationship between energy
consumption of A/C equipment output COP
capacity and supply water
value
temperature
Lighting load
Bar
Chart
Time
HR
Electricity
usage
KWH
Comparison made on hourly,
daylight-use, quarterly and all-day
consumption basis
Lighting load
Dot
Chart
No. of people
No.
indoors
Electricity
usage
KWH
Accurate number of people indoors
All
Indoor status
69
Monthly energy use
Integrated Control Devices
„
Select run chart of the Total Electricity Consumption as cumulated on overall building energy used in air conditioning, light ing, power
and other socket electricity usage, and calculate their month-to-month EUIs (X-axis for month, Y-axis for EUI).
„
Regression analysis chart of the Instant Power Consumption of air conditioning system and its main unit ice water exit temper ature
(X-axis for temperature, Y-axis for power consumption)
„
Regression analysis chart of the outside air wet bulb temperature and cooling tower water exit temperature (X-axis for the outside air
wet bulb temperature, Y-axis for the cooling tower water exit temperature).
„
Regression analysis chart of the chiller load rate and chiller power consumption (X-axis for the chiller load rate; Y-axis for the chiller
power consumption).
„
Regression analysis chart of the chiller power consumption and the outside air temperature (X-axis for the outside air temperature;
Y-axis for the chiller power consumption).
„
Regression analysis chart of chiller water exit temperature and power consumption kW / RT (X-axis for the chiller water exit
temperature, Y-axis for the chiller consumption).
„
Energy consumption pie chart in proportion to the A/C system (including chiller, pumps, AHU and cooling towers) as well as lightin g and
other electricity consumptions against total energy use.
V-
Wiring
24VAC/VDC
V+
GND
+
-
24
VAC/VDC
power
BACems
System State
Delta DDC
Setup Cable
Ethernet network
Communication
status indicator
RS-232 Configure
BACnet Ethernet/IP
Null
Modem
,QLWLDOVHWXS
澿&DQXVHNull Modem or
Delta DDC Setup Cable
BACnet Web Embedded Energy Analyzer
Ethernet network port
Configure communication
status indicator
Fig. 1 BACems and BACemsPro are the same
Unit: mm
137
164
170
Dimensions
Equipment
status indicator
135
147
Ø4
70
9
49
Integrated Control Devices
BACnet Ethernet Router GC-RT Series
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -ASC, the
GC-RT series is an Ethernet router series with two network connection capabilities. It can
connect upward to 10/100 Base-TX BACnet Ethernet network that can be used for BACnet
Ethernet or BACnet/IP communications laye. It can connect downward to 5 BACnet MS/TP
network ports to connect to up to 32 onsite controllers on each port. The communication
speed can reach 76,800 bps and the transmission distance is 1,200 meters. Thanks to the
compliance of the international BACnet communications protocol standard, the GC-RT
series can communicate and control any brands of BACnet monitor and control system.
Definitely it is the best equipment for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) class of communications protocol regulations and
compliant with BACnet systems
„
Follows BACnet Ethernet, BACnet/IP and MS/TP communications layer protocols, has network router function
„
32-bit high-speed microprocessor
„
1/10/1000M Ethernet port, can choose either BACnet Ethernet or BACnet/IP communications layer communication
„
5 MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication ports adopting Peer-to-Peer Master-Slave/Token-Passing data
communication transmission method, communication speed can reach 76,800 bps, transmission distance 1,20 0 meters, has
2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage protection design
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root. For example, interlock control operations, group functions, and
group control functions can be achieved through program functions, but there is no support for reading and writing external
equipment.
„
BACnet Ethernet To BACnet/IP Router capability, supports Ethernet network layer communication integration capability
„
Foreign Device capability to log in BBMD to realize Internet connection functions
„
Slave Proxy capability to connect to MS/TP Slave equipment, provides third party device connection requirments
Specifications
Model Number
Ethernet Communication
MS/TP Communication
DDC Connection
DDC Program
BV
AV
GC-RT12
1
2
64
Y
150
150
GC-RT15
1
5
160
N/A
0
0
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC input, 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 128K RAM, 32K FRAM, and 1024K Flash
Ethernet
: 1/10/1000M Ethernet port,
memory space
Communication
MS/TP Communication
can choose either BACnet Ethernet or BACnet/IP communications layer
communication
: 5 MS/TP RS-485 network ports, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection design, can connect to 32 onsite controllers on each loop, 5 loops can connect to a total of
160 onsite controllers
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
71
Integrated Control Devices
Wiring
–
24VAC/VDC
Rx
D
GND
D+
MS/TP1
B1+
D-
ON
B1–
GC-RT12
GND
D_G
Loader switch
Tx
B1GND
BACnet-1 QHWZRUNSRUW
MS/TP RS485
Rx
1 2 3 4
ON
1 2 3 4
Loader
',3VZLWFK
Failsafe
QHWZRUNIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
MS/TPFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
B1+
GND B- B+
GND 24VAC
+
B2+
D+
MS/TP2
B2+
D-
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p a ll swit che s OFF ex cep t
do ing fa ctor y se ttin g.
● Tur n O N th e sw itch 2 an d 4 to do
a fac tor y fir mw are u ploa d.
GND B- B+
24VAC
Power Input
24VAC GND
24VAC/VD
C SRZHU
B2–
Tx
GND
B2GND
BACnet-2 QHWZRUNSRUW
MS/TP RS485
BACnet Ethernet/
BACnet IP network
BACnet Ethernet/IP
Daata bus
bu
Data
BACnet Et hernet Router
Equipment
status indicator
State
24VACV/DC
Rx
D
GND
B1+
D+
MS/TP1
B+
–
Failsafe
QHWZRUNIDLOXUHSURWHFW
24VAC
Power Input
GC-RT15
1 2 3 4
B+
B-
D-
B2–
Tx
GND
B2GND
D+
B+
B3+
BGND
GND
B-
B3-
GND
Data
Da
ata bu
bus
B5+
BACnet-3 QHWZRUNSRUW
MS/TP RS485
BACnet Ethernet/
BACnet IPQHWZRUN
MS/TP5
Rx
D+
B4–
Tx
BACnet Ethernet/IP
D-
B5–
GND
D_G
B-
GND
B3–
GND
Tx
B+
B5-
B4+
GND
B+
B4-
GND
D-
MS/TP4
Rx
Tx
GND
BACnet Et hernet Router
(TXLSPHQWVWDWXVLQGLFDWR
State
Fig. 2 GC-RT15 Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
BACnet-2 QHWZRUNSRUW
MS/TP RS485
Rx
B3+
B5+
BACnet-5 QHWZRUNSRUW
MS/TP RS485
B2+
B2+
MS/TP3
B4+
BACnet-4 QHWZRUNSRUW
MS/TP RS485
BACnet-1 QHWZRUNSRUW
MS/TP RS485
Rx
MS/TP2
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p a ll swit che s OFF ex cep t
do ing fa ctor y se ttin g.
● Tur n O N th e sw itch 2 an d 4 to do
a fac tor y fir mw are u ploa d.
Config
GND
B1GND
MS/TPFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
LQGLFDWRU
D+
Failsafe
WZRUNIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ
MXPSHU
MS/TPFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
Tx
ON
&RQILJXUHVHWXSHQG
B1–
D_G
Loader switch
D-
ON
1 2 3 4
Loader
',3VZLWFK
B-
B1+
GND
+
GND
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
SRZHU
GND 24VAC
Fig. 1 GC-RT12 Wiring
47
72
Integrated Control Devices
BACnet Web-Server Embedded Controller
(FCU Specific) WC-FB Series
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet
B-AAC, the WC-FB series Web-Server Embedded Controller (FCU) is an
advanced application integrated controller series with network router
function, capability of stand-alone operation and web-server embedded
OS. It can fulfill the users’ needs for remote management of A/C
equipment inside a building. Users can perform group and individual
monitor and control of the A/C equipment in real time through a web
browser, such as start/stop, temperature adjustment, fan speed
switching, pre-setup start/stop and monitoring current temperature of
each small A/C device, system status and fan speed position. In addition,
the WC-FB series also has BACnet Ethernet communication ports to
convert the received analog or digital signals to inputs/outputs of BACnet
WC-FB13
WC-FB11
devices, which makes it easy to achieve integration with BACnet central
monitor and control systems.
Product Features
„
Web-server embedded OS for all major browsers such as IE, Firefox, Opera, Chrome, Safari, etc., running on a desktop PC,
laptop, Mac, tablet, smart phone and so on.
„
100M Ethernet port, can choose either BACnet Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications layer communication,
has peer to peer reading and writing of external DDC objects, can issue BACnet object property functions of read
(DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
FCnet network port, each loop can connect to 32 DFC FCU controllers or DT AHU controllers
„
MSnet network port (WC-FB11 only) to connect to DSP/DST control panel to facilitate onsite users operating and examining
information in real time
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through Delta DDC Setup Cable using HyperTerminal to
connect to it
„
Web pages can be in text mode or graphic floor plan format. Users can use the supplied Webkit editing software to edit their
preferred screen layout.
„
DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has entropy value, dew point
temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math operation functions like
logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
A/C equipment can be divided into 12 groups with different password control levels. Apart from equipment start/stop and
numeric value settings, each group can be individually set with 4 scheduled commands based on the day of the week. The
commands include scheduled start/stop, forced start/stop, energy-saving operation, and cancel energy saving.
„
System password are grouped into three levels of system, whole area, and group. Groups can have 12 levels of passwords to
avoid improper operation from unauthorized personnel.
„
Standard BACnet objects like one hardware clock, 2 calendars, 20 schedules, 4 notification classes, and 100 alarm event
enrollments. Schedules and alarm event enrollments support external object access function
„
Memory function of a maximum of 300 BACnet AV objects in the event of power outages by writing parameters to FRAM
automatically to be used as billing or operations of other energy management uses. It also supports reading and writing of
external equipment.
73
Integrated Control Devices
Specifications
Model
Number
Ethernet
Communication
MSnet
Communication
FCnet
Communication
DDC
Connection
No. of
Groups Set
AV
WC-FB11
1
1
1
32(1*32)
12
100
WC-FB13
1
0
3
96(3*32)
12
300
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64MB SRAM and 16MB flash memory
space
SD Card Slot
: One SD card slot, supports SD cards up to 2GB in capacity
Ethernet Communication
: 100M Ethernet,
can choose either BACnet Ethernet (ISO-8802-2) or BACnet/IP communications
layer communication
FCnet Communication
: MODBUS RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters,
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RS-485 network, communication speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters,
Real-Time Clock
: Real-time clock with supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal
Utility
: DDC control programming → BACsoft, WEB web page programming → WEBkit
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
can connect to 32 DFC or DT onsite controllers
can connect to control panels (WC-FB11 only)
clock operation after power interruption.
Wiring
24VAC
24VAC/VDC
GND
F+
GND
GND
M-
MSnet communication
status indicator
M- V-
V-
M+
M+
V+
MSnet network port
MODBUS RTU RS-485
24 VAC/VDC
power
WC-FB11
System State
V+
+
-
F–
FCn et
Modbu s RTU
FCnet communication
status indicator
V+
F-
F+
F-
F+
Fcnet communication port
MODBUS RTU RS485
V-
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
Equipment
status indicator
V+
M+
MVMSnet
Modbu s RTU
Ethernet network
communication
status indicator
Delta
DDC Setup
Cable
Null
Modem
RS-232
Configure
BACnet Ethernet / IP
Initial setup
澿Can use Null Modem or
Delta DDC Setup Cable
BACnet Web Embedded FCU Controller
Ethernet network port
Configure communication
status indicator
Fig.1 WC-FB11 Wiring
74
Failsafe QHWZRUNIDLOXUH
SURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
V+
F1–
GND
GND
FCnet-1
Modbus RTU
F2+
F2–
GND
F2-
F2-
F2+
F2+
Fcnet-2
FRPPXQLFDWLRQSRUW
MODBUS RTU RS485
F1+
F2-
FCnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
24VAC/VDC
GND
F1+
Fcnet-1
FRPPXQLFDWLRQSRUW
MODBUS RTU RS485
F1+
F1-
GND
V-
Integrated Control Devices
+
-
24 VAC/VDC
SRZHU
WC-FB13
System State
FCnet-2
Modbus RTU
(TXLSPHQW
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
FCnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
F3+
F3-
F3+
F3-
F3+
F3–
GND
Fcnet-3
FRPPXQLFDWLRQSRUW
MODBUS RTU RS485
GND
FCnet-3
Modbus RTU
FCnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
Ethernet QHWZRUN
FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
Delta
''&6HWXS
&DEOH
Null
Modem
,QLWLDOVHWXS
澿&DQXVHNull Modem or
Delta DDC Setup Cable
RS-232
Configure
BACnet Ethernet / IP
BACnet Web Embedded FCU Controller
ConfigureFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
Fig.2 WC-FB13 Wiring
Network Architecture
75
Ethernet
QHWZRUNSRUW
Integrated Control Devices
Web Page Sample
Unit: mm
137
164
170
Dimensions
135
147
Ø4
76
9
49
Integrated Control Devices
Modbus to BACnet Ethernet
Protocol Converter PC-ME11
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B-ASC, the
PC-ME11 is a specific programmable stand-alone protocol converter. With a built-in
32-bit processor, it can convert MODBUS RTU/ASCII format to BACnet and
MODBUS/TCP standard formats and achieve the goal of system integration. In order
to realize the effectiveness of advanced intelligent buildings, the PC-ME11 is often
used as integrating equipment from different vendors in a building, such as constant
temperature/humidity AHU, network FCU control system, chiller group control system,
lighting control system, multifunction power meter system, fire alarm system, and
elevator control system. Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet
communications protocol standard, the PC-ME11 can communicate and control any
brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely it is the best equipment to
implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) class of communications protocol regulations and
compliant with BACnet systems
„
Ethernet communication port to set BACnet Ethernet or BACnet/IP network communication format, peer to peer reading and
writing of external DDC objects, can issue BACnet object property functions of read (DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
One RS-485 and one RS-232 communication port (the two ports share the same communication port and cannot be used at the
same time) to connect to MODBUS RTU/ASCII Slave devices Communication indicator to monitor communication sending and
receiving status in real time RS-485 port with 1,000 VDC galvanic isolation communication capability that can effectively avoid
mutual interferences from abnormal signals on the two ends
„
RS-232 settings port, equipment parameters modifiable through Delta DDC Setup Cable using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Standard BACnet data (objects) with 1000 AV and BV each, it also supports description function
„
MODBUS/TCP Server function, internally the PC-ME11 will automatically map BACnet data (AV/BV) to default MODBUS data
addresses (register/coil) for reading by other MODBUS/TCP Client devices
„
Through RS-485 or RS-232 serial port, it can convert other MODBUS RTU/ASCII Slave device data (register/coil) to BACnet
data (AV/BV). The maximum conversion is 1000 values and it supports floating point, long integer, symbolic integer and many
other non-standard numeric forms.
„
Each analog point supports one add/minus/multiply/divide operation for use in numeric shift or multiplier adjustment. The
BACnet application layer does not need extra processing.
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It al so has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
Can automatically merge conversion commands based on the set buffer size to save communication time
„
Memory function in the event of power outages by writing parameters to FRAM automatically
Specifications
Model
Number
Supported BACnet
Communication Format
Supported MODBUS
TCP Type
Supported MODBUS
RTU/ASCII Type
BACnet Data
(Object)
Convertible Data Values
PC-ME11
BACnet Ethernet
or BACnet/IP
Server type
RS-485 (Master)
or RS-232 (Master)
1,000 AV
1,000 BV
MODBUS RTU/ASCII
to BACnet, 1,000 values
77
Integrated Control Devices
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 128K RAM, 512K Flash, and an additional
Ethernet Communication
: BACnet Ethernet standard communication port, transmission speed can reach 100M
TDnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 and RS-232 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable
32K FRAM memory space
Choosing RS-485 network and can connect to 32 master or slave devices; choosing RS-232 network
(DB-9 male connector, supports point-to-point communication) and can connect to 1 master or slave
device (Note: Can only choose one port of the RS-485 and RS-232 networks).
Protocol Conversion
: MODBUS RTU/ASCII data (Register/Coil) converted to BACnet date (AV/BV), maximum conversion
1000 values
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
Installation
„
Power supply should adopt an independent transformer source and should not be shared with other controllers or converters so
as to prevent short circuit and device burn-out.
„
Allow other TCP client devices to Read/Write data. TCP/IP port number is defaulted to 502 and configurable otherwise.
„
MODBUS RTU/ASCII communication port is configurable to be either RS-485 port or RS-232 as it shares the same system
resource.
„
MODBUS RTU/ASCII communication port can connect, in field application, to an indefinite number of devices, depending on
device characteristics, data quantity and data format. An RS-232 network can allow only one standard RS-232 device
connection. In case of an additional device connection, a PC-ME11 or PC-MP11 protocol converter should be added in.
„
The PC-ME11 is a master device in MODBUS RTU/ASCII communication, therefore it can only integrate with and connect to a
slave device. Every slave device on the same network has to have the same communication speed and data format.
„
MODBUS RS-485 communication port can integrate an indefinite number of connected slave devices, depending on device
characteristics, data quantity and data format. The load should be estimated by professional personnel, otherwise it will cause
system overload and result in instability.
„
MODBUS RS-485 network should be properly terminated with 120Ω terminal resistors to avoid signal fading. Devices to be
integrated within the RS-485 network should be ready for MODBUS RS-485 communication, specifically running as the standard
MODBUS RTU or MODBUS ASCII Slave format.
Network Architecture
78
Integrated Control Devices
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
power
GND 24VAC
Wiring
+
–
24VAC
Power
Input
24VAC/VDC
GND
D
Loader DIP switch
ON
1 2 3 4
MAC address
PC-ME11
RS232
TDnet Connection port/RS-232
Connect to at most one 3rd
party equipment
MODBUS RTU communication
Loader Switches.
1 2 3 4
ON
Configure setup end
Config
OFF
ON
● Under the normal use DIP SW.
SW1~SW4 = OFF
● Other=Fu nction refer Tech nical
Documentatio n.
Failsafe
network failure
protection jumper
TDnet communication
status indicator
Data
bus
T-
T–
T+
Rx
T+
T+
TDnet network port
MODBUS RTU RS-485
Tx
BACnet Ethernet/
BACnet IP network
BACn et Ethe rnet /IP
T–
TDnet
Modbus RTU
BACn et App lica ti on Spe cifi c
Co ntrolle r
Equipment status indicator
State
Fig. 1 PC-ME11 Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
79
Integrated Control Devices
Modbus to BACnet Ethernet
Protocol Converter PC-ME10
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -ASC, the
PC-ME10 is a specific programmable stand-alone protocol converter. With a built-in
32-bit processor, it can convert MODBUS TCP and BACnet data bidirectionally and is
the best tool to integrate systems in a building. In order to realize the effectiveness of
advanced intelligent buildings, the PC-ME10 is often used in integrating equipment
from different vendors in a building, such as constant temperature/humidity AHU,
network FCU control system, chiller group control system, lighting control system,
multifunction power meter system, fire alarm system, and elevator control system.
Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet communications protocol
standard, the PC-ME10 can communicate and control any brands of BACnet monitor
and control system. Definitely it is the best equipment for users to implement a
monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) class of communications protocol regulations and
compliant with BACnet systems
„
Ethernet communication port to set BACnet Ethernet or BACnet/IP network communication format and other BACnet equipment
communications, reading and writing of external DDC objects, can issue BACnet object property functions of read
(DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through Delta DDC Setup Cable using HyperTerminal to
connect to it
„
Standard BACnet data (objects) with 1000 AV and BV each, it also supports description function
„
When using MODBUS/TCP communication, the PC-ME10 can be set as a server or client device; when set as an
MODBUS/TCP server device, internally the PC-ME10 will automatically map BACnet data (AV/BV) to default MODBUS data
addresses (register/coil) for reading by up to 20 MODBUS/TCP client devices.
„
When set as an MODBUS/TCP client device, BACsoft can be used to edit and convert up to 20 MODBUS/TCP server device
data items (register/coil) to BACnet data (AV/BV). Maximum conversion 1000 values Supports floating point, long integer,
symbolic integer, and many nonstandard numeric value forms
„
Each analog point supports one add/minus/multiply/divide operation for use in numeric shift or multiplier adjustment. The
BACnet application layer does not need extra processing.
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
Can automatically merge conversion commands based on the set buffer size to save communication time
„
Memory function in the event of power outages by writing parameters to FRAM automatically
Specifications
Model
Number
Supported BACnet
Communication Format
Supported MODBUS TCP
Type
BACnet Data
(Object)
Convertible Data Values
PC-ME10
BACnet Ethernet
or BACnet/IP
Server type
or Client type
1,000 AV
1,000 BV
MODBUS to BACnet, 1,000
values
80
Integrated Control Devices
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 128K RAM, 512K Flash, and an additional
32K FRAM memory space
BACnet Communication : BACnet Ethernet and MODBUS/TCP standard communication ports, transmission speed can reach
100M
Indicator
: 1 x indicator light for device and transmitting/receiving status
Protocol Conversion
: MODBUS server data (Register/Coil) converted to BACnet date (AV/BV), maximum conversion 1000
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
values
Installation
„
Power supply should adopt an independent transformer source and should not be shared with other controllers or converters so
as to prevent short circuit and device burn-out.
„
As a MODBUS/TCP Client, it can communicate with a maximum of 20 TCP servers. Each address within its address range 1~20
is mapped correspondingly to one ID within ID Range 1~20 on the TCP Server IP List.
The address and server IP
mapping can be edited with the BACsoft DDC editor.
„
As a MODBUS/TCP Server, it allows other TCP client devices to read and write data. The TCP/IP Port number is default to 502
and configurable otherwise.
Network Architecture
81
Integrated Control Devices
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
power
GND 24VAC
Wiring
+
–
24VAC
Power
Input
24VAC/VDC
GND
Loader DIP switch
ON
Loader switch
ON
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
Configure
setup end
MAC address
PC-ME10
●
S wi tch OF F,
S wi tch ON
● K eep all swit ches OFF except
doing factory sett ing.
● Turn O N the swi tch 2 and 4 to do
a f actory fi rm ware upload.
Config
BACnet
Ethernet/IP
BACnet Ethernet/
BACnet IP network
Data bus
b
Equipment status indicator
State
Modbus t o B ACnet E thernet Protocol Int erf ace
Fig. 1 PC-ME10 Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
82
Integrated Control Devices
Modbus to BACnet Ethernet MS/TP
Protocol Converter PC-MP11
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -ASC, the
PC-MP11 is a specific programmable stand-alone protocol converter. With a built-in
32-bit processor, it can convert standard MODBUS RTU/ASCII format to BACnet
MS/TP format and is the best tool to integrate systems in a building. In order to realize
the effectiveness of advanced intelligent buildings, the PC-MP11 is often used for
integrating equipment from different vendors in a building, such as constant
temperature/humidity AHU, network FCU control system, chiller group control system,
lighting control system, multifunction power meter system, fire alarm system, and
elevator control system. Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet
communications protocol standard, the PC-MP11 can communicate and control any
brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely it is the best integrated
controller for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) class of communications protocol regulations and
compliant with BACnet systems
„
MS/TP(Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port, Peer to Peer reading and writing of external DDC objects, can issue
BACnet object property functions of read (DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
MODBUS RTU/ASCII Master/Slave RS-485 or RS-232 serial communication port to connect to various MODBUS RTU/ASCII
Master/Slave devices Communication indicator to display sending and receiving communication status RS-485 port with 1,000
VDC galvanic isolation that can effectively avoid mutual interferences from abnormal signals on the two ends to ensure
communication quality
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through Delta DDC Setup Cable using HyperTerminal to
connect to it
„
500 conversion commands editable online through Delta Electronics BACsoft GUI to either read values from a Slave device to
AV (Analog Value) or BV (Binary Value), or to write AV or BV to a Slave device.
„
500 AV (Analog Values) and 500 BV (Binary Values) are available as BACnet objects. If not used for data conversion, they can
serve for general-purpose computing.
„
Analog data reads and writes support floating point, double-precision floating point, long integer, BCD encoding and many
nonstandard numeric value forms, suitable for most of the different types of equipment
„
Each analog read/write command supports one add/minus/multiply/divide operation for use in numeric shift or multiplier
adjustment. The BACnet application layer does not need extra processing. Further more, each AV is configurable to execute a
Write based on either a conditional expression or a change of value, saving communication time and adding application
flexibility.
„
Can automatically merge conversion commands based on the set buffer size to save communication tim e
„
Programmable with online editing of arithmetic operations such as add/subtract/multiply/divide and logic operations such as
AND/OR as well as others. Supports reading and writing of external equipment to facilitate further numeric conversion and dat a
integration.
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
Memory function in the event of power outages by writing parameters to FRAM automatically
83
Integrated Control Devices
Specifications
Model Number
MS/TP Communication
TDnet Communication
1
PC-MP11
1
AV
BV
500
500
Conversion Command
500
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC power input, capacity demand 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64K RAM, 32K FRAM, and 384K Flash
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
memory space
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection devices, can connect to 32 B-AAC or B-ASC devices
TDnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU/ASCII RS-485 or RS-232 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps
adjustable,
choosing RS-485 network and can connect to 32 master or slave devices; choosing
RS-232 network (DB-9 male connector, supports point-to-point communication) and can connect to 1
master or slave device
Protocol Conversion
(Note: Can only choose one port of the RS-485 and RS-232 networks).
: 500 conversion commands for AV or BV read/write conversion, communication format can be edited
online
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
Installation
„
Power supplies should be configured on a one-to-one basis and do share the same power supply with other controllers or power
adapters.
„
The MODBUS communication port is can be either RS-485 port or RS-232 only as it shares the same system resource. Do not
connect to two types of devices at the same time.
„
MODBUS RTU/ASCII communication port can connect, in field application, to an indefinite number of devices, depending on
device characteristics, data quantity and data format. Generally, an RS-485 network can accommodate a maximum of 32
standard devices. In case of more connected devices, a repeater should be added in; An RS-232 network can allow only one
standard RS-232 device connection. In case of an additional device connection, a PC-MP11 protocol converter should be added
in.
„
The MODBUS communication port uses master mode to connect to slave devices. Slave devices on the same network has to
use the same communication speed and data format.
„
MODBUS network should be properly terminated with 120Ω terminal resistors to avoid signal fading.
„
Devices to be integrated within the network should be ready for MODBUS RS-485 or RS-232 communication, specifically
running as the standard MODBUS RTU or MODBUS ASCII Slave format for the data.
Network Architecture
84
Integrated Control Devices
Wiring
V- 24VAC
-
24VAC
Power
Input
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
power
+
RS-232 network send/
receive status indicator
24VAC/VDC
Rx
GND
D
RS232
PC-MP11
Tx
Add ress switch
●
S wi tch OF F,
S wi tch ON
● Keep t he 8th switch OF F except
doing a fact ory f irmware upload.
MSnet communication
status indicator
T+
T+
T-
T-
TDnet network port
MODBUS RTU RS-485
TDnet
MS/TP communication
status indicator
T+
T–
Data
Da
ata bus
b MS/TP
Rx
D
+
B–
GND
D_G
D-
B-
BGND
B+
B+
BACnet
network port
MS/TP RS485
MAC address DIP switch
Rx
Tx
B+
TDnet connection port/RS-232
connect to at most one 3rd party
MODBUS RTU communication
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC address
Config
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Configure setup end
Failsafe
network failure protection
jumper
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Loader
GND
Modbus t o MS /TP P rot ocol I nt erface
Tx
Equipment status indicator
State
Fig. 1 PC-MP11 Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
85
Integrated Control Devices
Modbus to BACnet Ethernet FCU
Protocol Converter PF-BM Series
Application
The PF-BM series is a network controller series designed for the
Delta Electronics DFC series. It can simultaneously convert common
DFC communication format to BACnet Ethernet and MODBUS/TCP
standard formats to achieve the goal of system integration of the
communications layers. Through a workstation, it can perform group
and individual monitor, set, and control operations such as start/stop
operation, temperature adjustment, fan speed switching, preset
start/stop and other settings and controls as well as status monitoring
like current temperature, system operation, fan speed operation, and
abnormal alarm. The PF-BM series has DDC program control
functions to achieve various onsite requirements such as various
lockup functions, billing and other functions. Through devices like
DAC, it can also achieve the function of a linked software system. The
PF-BM communication format used BACnet standard
communications protocol jointly recognized by the American National
PF-BM15
PF-BM12
Standards Institute (ANSI), the American Society of Heating,
Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), European
Standards, and the global ISO standards for connection with the
BACnet systems of other vendors. The PF-BM12 communication
format can also support MODBUS/TCP at the same time for system
integration with the MODBUS systems from other vendors.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC) class of communications protocol regulations
and compliant with BACnet systems
„
Conforms to MODBUS/TCP standard communications protocol, compliant with BACnet systems
„
Ethernet communication port to be selected as either BACnet Ethernet or BACnet/IP use and also has MODBUS/TCP Server
protocol conversion function for connection with central monitor and control systems
„
Two (five) FCnet RS-485 ports and each port can connect to 32 DFC devices Communication indicator to display sending and
receiving communication status
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through Delta DDC Setup Cable using HyperTerminal to
connect to it
„
Clock function, when connected for monitoring and controlling, it has FCnet network time auto synchronization function. It ca n
accept time adjustment from the central monitoring network to make the FCnet controller have the same time.
„
Can convert operating status and command parameters of the 64 DFC MCU FCU controllers on the network to standard BACnet
objects and can also completely edit the operation controlling parameters. (Note: Each DFC can have up to 60 points
(AI*10/AO*10/AV*10/BI*10/BO*10/BV*10).)
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
Standard BACnet objects like one hardware clock, 2 calendars, 20 schedules, 4 notification classes, and 40 alarm event
enrollments. Schedules and alarm event enrollments support external object access function
„
Memory function of a maximum of 200 (500) BACnet AV and 10 BO objects in the event of power outages by writing parameters
to FRAM automatically to be used as billing or operations of other energy management uses. 10 binary outputs (B00~9) in total
that support Priority functions.
86
Integrated Control Devices
pecifications
Model
Number
Ethernet
Network
FCnet
Network
DDC
Connection
Calendar
Schedule
Notification
Class
Event
Enrollment
AV
PF-BM12
1
2
64
2
20
4
40
200
PF-BM15
1
5
160
2
20
4
40
500
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC power input, capacity demand 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 128K RAM, 1024K Flash, and 32K FRAM
Ethernet Communication
: 100M Ethernet port, compliant with BACnet Ethernet(ISO 8802-3) and MODBUS/TCP Sever standard
memory space
communications protocol
FCnet Communication
: RS-485 network, communication speed, each loop can connect to 32 DFC controllers
Real-Time Clock
: Use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal clock operation after
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
power interruption.
Installation
„
Power supplies should be configured on a one-to-one basis and do share the same power supply with other controllers or power
adapters.
„
FCnet communication port uses Master mode to connect to Slave devices. Connection is provided for Delta Electronics DFC series
and no connection is provided for other series or models from other vendors.
FCnet network should be properly terminated with 120Ω terminal resistors to avoid signal fading.
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
power
GND 24VAC
Wiring
+
–
24VAC
Power
Input
24VAC/VDC
D
GND
Loader DIP switch
PF-BM12
Failsafe
network failure protection
jumper
FCnet communication
status indicator
●
S wi tc h OF F,
S wi tc h ON
● K eep all swit ches OFF except
doing factory sett ing.
● Turn O N the swi tch 2 and 4 to do
a f actory fi rm ware upload.
Config
FCnet1
GND
Tx
FCnet communication
status indicator
Rx
BACnet Ethernet/IP
FCnet2
Data bus
bu F2+
GND
Modbus t o B ACnet E thernet Protocol Int erf ace
Failsafe
network failure protection
jumper
MODBUS /TCP network
F2–
F2-
F2-
F2+
F2+
FCnet-2 network port
MODBUS RS485
BACnet Ethernet
BACnet /IP network
F1+
F1–
F1-
F1-
Rx
F1+
F1+
FCnet-1 network port
MODBUS RS485
1 2 3 4
Configure setup end
Loader switch
ON
ON
1 2 3 4
MAC address
„
Tx
Fig. 1 PF-BM12 Wiring
87
State
Equipment
status indicator
F+
D_G
FCnet-1 network port
MODBUS RS485
connects up to 32 DFC...
Rx
F2+
D
+
F+
F2–
GND F-
DTx
GND
F2-
FCnet-2 network port
MODBUS RS485
connects up to 32
DFC...
GND
FCnet3
GND
F4+
F3+
F4–
F3–
GND
GND
Tx
FCnet-3 network port
MODBUS RS485
connects up to 32
DFC...
F3GND
BACnet Ethernet/
BACnet IP network
Tx
Rx
F5+
D-
Rx
D
+
F-
GND
BACnet Ethernet/IP
F5+
Data bus
bu
D
+
F+
F5–
D-
F-
D_G
GND
GND
F1GND
F3+
F4-
F5-
GND
F2+
FCnet4
FCnet5
FCnet-5 network port
MODBUS RS485
connects up to 32 DFC...
FCnet
communication status indicator
F1+
Rx
F+
FCnet-4 network port
MODBUS RS485
connects up to 32 DFC...
Tx
ON
1 2 3 4
Failsafe
network failure protection jumper
FCnet
communication status indicator
F1–
FCnet2
●
S wi tc h OF F,
S wi tc h ON
● K eep all swit ches OFF except
doing fac tory s ett ing.
● Turn O N the swi tch 2 and 4 to do
a f ac tory fi rm ware upload.
Config
D-
Loader switch
GND F-
F1+
PF-BM15
Configure setup end
F4+
Rx
FCnet1
F
GND
D
ON
1 2 3 4
Loader
DIP switch
24VAC/VDC
F+
–
Failsafe
network failure protection jumper
24VAC
Power
Input
GND F-
+
24VAC/VDC
power
D
+
24VAC GND
GND 24VAC
Integrated Control Devices
GND
Tx
Modbus t o B ACnet E thernet Protoc ol Int erf ace
Equipment status indicator
State
Fig. 2 PF-BM15 Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
88
Integrated Control Devices
Modbus to BACnet MS/TP FCU
Protocol Converter PF-PM Series
Application
The PF-PM is a protocol converter series specifically designed to go with
DFC series FCU controllers. It can convert MODBUS RTU
communication format to BACnet MS/TP communication format to
achieve the goal of system integration.
After the system has been
integrated, the user can manage FCU equipment inside a building.
Through workstation monitor and control software or a network control
panel, users can control group or individual start/stop operation,
PF-PM11
PF-PM12
PF-PM13
PF-PM14
temperature adjustment, A/C mode, fan speed switching, preset
start/stop, scheduled automatic start/stop as well as get grasp of status
like onsite temperature, system operation, fan speed operation, and
abnormal alarm in real time. The PF-PM series also has logic operation
functions to meet customers’ demands such as operating privilege
locking or account billing and other functions. Through programs on
external DAC class controllers, it can perform interlocked control
functions like interlocked start/stop of the main unit and outside air AHU.
The PF-PM series has an MSnet port to connect externally to one control
display to allow the users to manage all the FCU controllers on the
premises. Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet
communications protocol standard, the PF-FM series can communicate
and control any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely
it is the best integrated controller for users to implement a monitor and
control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC) class of communications protocol regulations
and compliant with BACnet systems
„
BACnet MS/TP RS-485 network communication port for connection with central monitor and control systems
„
MSnet communication port to connect to NFC, NFT, DSP, and DST control panels. (Note: The PF-PM14 does not have an
MSnet port.)
„
FCnet ports, each port can connect to 32 various kinds of DFC or DT4211M, DTC4211M devices, recognizes the connected
devices automatically Communication indicator to display sending and receiving communication status
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through Delta DDC Setup Cable using HyperTerminal to
connect to it
„
Time synchronization function, when connected to a central monitor and control system, date and time can be synchronized
through workstation BACsoft software. When not connected to a central monitor and control system, date and time is
synchronized with the internal clock to make all the controllers on the network have the same time.
„
Can convert operating status and command parameters of the 32 DFC FCU controllers on the network to standard BACnet
objects and can also completely edit the operation controlling parameters. Convertible monitored objects are FCU start/stop,
A/C mode, fan speed, indoor temperature, set temperature, scheduled and preset start/stop, fire alarm and temperature
abnormal alarm.
„
(Note: Each DFC can have up to 60 points (AI*10/AO*10/AV*10/BI*10/BO*10/BV*10).)
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root. For example, interlock control operations, group functions, and
group control functions can be achieved through program functions, but there is no support for reading and writing external
equipment.
„
Standard BACnet objects like one hardware clock, 2 calendars, 20 schedules, 4 notification classes, and 40 alarm event
enrollments. Schedules and alarm event enrollments support external object access function
89
Integrated Control Devices
„
Memory function of a maximum of 100 BACnet AV objects in the event of power outages by writing parameters to FRAM
automatically to be used as billing or operations of other energy management uses. 10 binary outputs (B00~9) in total that
support Priority functions.
Specifications
Model
Number
MS/TP
Communication
FCnet
Communication
DDC
Connection
MSnet
Communication
Calendar
Schedule
Notification
Class
Event
Enrollment
AV
PF-PM11
1
1
32
1
2
20
4
40
100
PF-PM12
1
2
64
1
2
20
4
40
200
PF-PM13
1
3
96
1
2
20
4
40
300
PF-PM14
1
4
128
0
2
20
4
40
400
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC power input, capacity demand 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 128K RAM, 1024K Flash, and 32K FRAM memory
space
MS/TP Communication : BACnet MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps autosensing,
transmission distance 1,200 meters
2500 Vrms galvanic isolation and a TVS ARRAY overvoltage protection design
FCnet Communication : MODBUS RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters, can connect to
32 DFC or DT onsite controllers
MSnet Communication : MODBUS RS-485 network, communication speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters, can connect to
control panels
Real-Time Clock
: Real-time clock and use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal clock
operation after power interruption.
Operating Environment : 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
Installation
„
Power supplies should be configured on a one-to-one basis and do share the same power supply with other controllers or power adapters.
„
FCnet communication port can connect, in field application, to an indefinite number of devices, depending on device characteristics, data
quantity and data format. Generally one RS-485 network port can connect up to 32 standard objects
„
When MSnet
„
FCnet communication port uses Master mode to connect to Slave devices. Connection is provided for Delta Electronics DFC serie s and
port is connected to NFC, NFT, DSP, and DST control panels, it can connect to DT4211M or DTC4211M.
no connection is provided for other series or models from other vendors.
„
FCnet network should be properly terminated with 120Ω terminal resistors to avoid signal fading.
90
Integrated Control Devices
Wiring
24VAC
Power
Input
V- 24VAC
+
24VACGND
24VAC/VDC
power
-
24VAC/VDC
GND
D
PF-PM11
Add ress switch
MSnet
V+
M+
M+
MMTx
V-
D
+
B+
F–
Data
Da
ata bus
b MS/TP
B+
D-
GND
D_G
GND
F+
F-
GND
Modbus t o MS /TP P rot ocol I nt erface
\
Tx
FCnet connection port/RS-485
connects up to 32 DFC...
Failsafe
network failure protection
jumper
Tx
B–
B-
B-
Failsafe
network failure
protection jumper
Rx
FCnet
V–
F+
Rx
B+
BACnet network port
MS/TP RS485
FCnet communication
status indicator
M–
V-
MS/TP communication
status indicator
MAC address DIP switch
Rx
COM
F- AO3
F+
V+
M+
ON
●
S wi tch OF F,
S wi tch ON
● Keep t he 8th switch OF F except
doing a fact ory f irmware upload.
V+
MSnet network port
RS-485
Config
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC address
Failsafe
network failure
protection jumper
MSnet communication
status indicator
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Configure setup end
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Loader
State
Equipment status indicator
24VAC/VDC power
–
24VAC
Power
Input
24VAC/VDC
Rx
D
GND
GND
+
D
+
FCnet1
F
F1+
F1-
FF+
D_G
GND
FCnet-1 network port
MODBUS RS485
connects up to 32 DFC...
F2+
D
+
GND
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Rx
+1
+2
+4
FCnet2
+8
+16
+32
+64
Loader
F2+
D-
F2–
Tx
GND
F2GND
F+
Address
DTx
FCnet-2 network port
MODBUS RS485
connects up to 32 DFC...
MSnet
V+
Tx
V-
Rx
B+
MS/TP
B+
D
+
B–
DD_G
GND
GND
V–
Data bus
bu
B-
B-
M+
M–
M-
M-
V+
Rx
M+
M+
B+
BACnet communication
status indicator
F1–
GND
Add ress switch
●
S wi tch OF F,
S wi tch ON
● Keep t he 8th switch OF F except
doing a fact ory f irmware upload.
V-
BACnet network port
MS/TP RS485
PF-PM12
Config
V+
MSnet network port
MODBUS RS-485
ON
Configure setup end
Failsafe
network failure
protection jumper
Msnet communication
status indicator
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC
address DIP switch
Failsafe
network failure protection jumper
FCnet
communication status indicator
F1+
F-
24VAC GND
GND 24VAC
Fig. 1 PF-PM11 Wiring
GND
Tx
Modbus t o MS /TP P rot ocol I nt erfac e
State
Fig. 2 PF-PM12 Wiring
91
Equipment status indicator
Integrated Control Devices
Rx
D
GND
D+
F-
D_G
GND
D+
F-
Tx
GND
GND
Rx
D+
GND
F3+
F3+
F-
F3–
M–
GND
Tx
FCnet-3 QHWZRUNSRUW
MODBUS RS485
FRQQHFWVXSWR32 DFC...
F3-
D-
M+
FCnet-2 QHWZRUNSRUW
MODBUS RS485
FRQQHFWVXSWR32 DFC...
F2-
D-
F2–
GND
V-
MS/TP
Rx
D+
Data
Da
ata bu
bus
B+
B+
B–
B-
D-
B-
F2+
V–
Tx
B+
D-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
M-
M-
F2+
V+
Rx
M+
FCnet-1 QHWZRUNSRUW
MODBUS RS485
FRQQHFWVXSWR32 DFC...
F1GND
Rx
FCnet2
FCnet3
MSnet
V-
D_G
GND
GND
BACnet QHWZRUNSRUW
MS/TP RS485
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
M+
MSnet QHWZRUNSRUW
MODBUS RS-485
Tx
GND
Address swi tch
Config
V+
F1–
PF-PM13
V+
Failsafe QHWZRUNIDLOXUH
SURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
Msnet FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ConfigureVHWXSHQG
Address
F1+
Address ',3VZLWFK
FCnet
FRPPXQLFDWLRQVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
F1+
GND
FCnet1
F+
–
Failsafe
QHWZRUNIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
24VAC/VDC
F+
+
F+
GND 24VAC
24VAC
Power Input
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC SRZHU
BACnet FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
GND
Tx
M od bus to M S/TP Pro toc ol In te rfa ce
(TXLSPHQWVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
State
Fig. 3 PF-PM13 Wiring
24VAC/VDC
Rx
F+
F-
D-
F2GND
D-
F3–
F4–
GND
F3+
D
+
F+
Rx
Tx
F3GND
FCnet-3 network port
MODBUS RS485
Connects up to 32 DFC...
MS/TP
Rx
B+
D
+
Data bus
bu
B+
D-
B-
B–
D_G
GND
GND
Tx
Modbus t o MS /TP P rot ocol I nt erface
Equipment status indicator
State
Fig. 4 PF-PM14 Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
FCnet-2 network port
MODBUS RS485
Connects up to 32 DFC...
GND
Tx
GND
B-
F2+
D
+
Tx
GND
F4+
FCnet-1 network port
MODBUS RS485
Connects up to 32 DFC...
F-
GND
Rx
F+
F4-
D_G
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F2–
F3+
GND
BACnet communication
status indicator
F2+
FCnet4
Fcnet communication
status indicator
F1GND
Rx
+1
+2
+4
FCnet2
+8
+16
+32
+64
Loader
FCnet3
B+
BACnet network port
MS/TP RS485
Tx
GND
Add ress switch
●
S wi tch OF F,
S wi tch ON
● Keep t he 8th switch OF F except
doing a fact ory f irmware upload.
F4+
FCnet-4 network port
MODBUS RS485
㛧⤁怊32ῲDFC...
F1–
PF-PM14
Config
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
Fcnet communication
status indicator
D-
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Configure setup end
Address
F1+
Address
address DIP switch
F1+
D
+
F+
FCnet1
F
GND F-
GND
ND
GND
–
GND F-
GND 24VAC
24VAC/VDC power
Failsafe Network
failure protection jumper
24VAC
Power
Input
24VAC GND
+
47
92
Taiwan NCKU Magic School
LEED Platinum / EEWH Diamond
- 2012 Energy Savings: 73%
- Featured at Routledge 2013 Edition
澦World’s Greenest Buildings澧
- Applied Technologies
- Natural Shading Design
- Natural Ventilation Design
- LED Lighting & Control Systems
- Green Roof & Ceiling Fan Ventilation
- Energy-Efficient AC System
- Solar PV Systems
- Achieved “Net-Carbon” concept by
planting trees in campus
Field Control Devices
BACnet Advanced Application Controller
BACnet AAC VAV Controller
BACnet AAC SMS Alarm Modules
BACnet Application Specific Controller
BACnet Application Specific Controller
BACnet ASC VAV Controller
BACnet PID Temperature Controller
Modbus PID Temperature Controller
Field Control Devices
BACnet Advanced Application
Programmable Controller DAC8864B+
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet
B-AAC, the DAC8864B+ is an advanced programmable and standalone logic
controller. It can be applied to monitor and control electromechanical devices in
a building, such as large AHU (Air Handling Unit), water pump, FCU, fume hood,
pump and so on. With built-in 32-bit processor, its communication speed can be
up to 76,800 bps and the transmission distance can reach 1,200 meters. The
DAC8864B+ has programmable control functions and supports standard objects
like calendar, schedule, notification class, alarm event logging and so on. It has
physical binary inputs (BI), analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), and analog
outputs (AO) and an EIMnet communication port to connect to 12 EIM series
expansion modules, giving you random and flexible combinations to cope with
the point capacity for different occasions. The LCD control panel facilitates
users setting, operating, monitoring and examining equipment operating status
and information any time. Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet
communications protocol standard, the DAC8864B+ can communicate and
control any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely it is the
best equipment for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC) class of communications protocol regulations
and has passed BTL certification.
„
144*64 LCD panel with 4 lines of 9 Chinese characters or 18 English characters or built-in graphics that can be programmed
online by the monitor and control software to display the content.
„
MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port with Peer to Peer functions to read/write external DDC objects and
issue BACnet object read (DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A) functions.
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Binary inputs (BI) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capability and status indicator design
„
Analog inputs (AI) with 12-bit resolution, jumper selectable to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and
like signals
„
Binary outputs (BO) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation, status indicator, and Relay on Board design. Each BO has an
HOA (Hand/Off/Auto) switch that when in Manual mode can convert manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor
and control computer.
„
The Analog Output (AO) has 12-bit resolution and 0~10 VDC output signals. Each AO has an HA (Hand/Auto) switch and a
manual output tuning knob to facilitate onsite testing, commissioning, and maintenance. When in Manual mode, it can convert
manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control computer.
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs to be stored in flash memory
and debug in real time to reduce program editing time. Has entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other
common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
150 binary values (BV) and 150 analog values (AV) that can be used in numerical calculation, set points, timer or alert points
and so on.
„
Standard BACnet objects like one hardware clock, 2 calendars, 12 schedules, 4 notification classes, and 20 alarm event
enrollments. Schedules and alarm event enrollments support external object access function
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory
function in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
All BO, AO and BV support 16-level priority array control function.
95
Field Control Devices
Specifications
Model Number
BI
AI
BO
AO
EIM Module
Calendar
Schedule
Notification Class
Event Enrollment
BV
AV
DAC8864B+
8
8
6
4
12
2
12
4
20
150
150
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA Also includes auxiliary 24 VDC/160 mA output suitable for the power for sensors
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64K RAM, 32K FRAM, and 384K Flash
Binary Input
: 12VDC detection voltage, 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable, accepts dry contact or open
Analog Input
: 12-bit resolution, jumper selectable to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and
Binary Output
: 7 A/250 VAC no-voltage SPST contacts with a Hand/Off/Auto 3-step switch
Analog Output
: 12-bit resolution, standard signal 0~10 VDC output Manual/auto switch and manual output signal tuning
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps autosensing,
memory space
collector input signals
like input signals
knob
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection devices
EIMnet Communication : Modbus RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, can connect to 12 EIM series I/O
expansion modules
Real-Time Clock
: Real-time clock and use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A), BTL (BACnet Testing Laboratory
clock operation after power interruption.
Listed BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC))
Wiring
4~20mA VLJQDOLQSXW
0~10 VDC VLJQDOLQSXW
NTC sensor component
2-wire sensor component 4~20 mA input
BACnet MS/TP QHWZRUNSRUW
BI0~BI7 8 binary inputs
+
– + – +
+
–
–
BI0
BI1
BI2
BI3
BI4
BI5
BI6
BI7
COM
AI0
AI1
AI2
AI3
AI4
AI5
AI6
AI7
COM
AI iQSXWVLJQDOVHOHFWLRQVZLWFK
MS/TPVHQGUHFHLYHLQGLFDWRU
BILQSXWVLJQDOVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
%DFNOLWLCD screen
ġDAC8864B+
SYS
BACnet Advanced Application Controller with display B-AAC class
4 5 6 7 8
MAC Address DIP switch
(TXLSPHQWVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
Made in Taiwam
BO 0DQXDO$XWRPRGHWRJJOHVZLWFK
BO Auto mode status indicator
BO ON status indicator
1 2 3
AO 0DQXDO$XWRPRGHWRJJOHVZLWFK
AO manual signal output tuning knob
AO Auto mode status indicator
ON
BO0
BO0
BO1
BO1
BO2
BO2
BO3
BO3
BO4
BO4
BO5
AO0
BO5
COM
AO1
AO2
AO3
COM
+
–
+
–
+
+
–
+
+
–
+
–
24VDC DX[LOLDU\SRZHU
EIMnet connection port, connects up to
12 EIM modules
(,0QHWFRPPXQLFDWLRQVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
24 VAC/DCSRZHU
BO0~BO5 no-voltage contact output
AO0~AO3 Analog outputs0~10Vdc signal output
NoteƝ 1. Besides BACnet MS/TP GND, other GNDs are interconnected with the joint COM of input/output
2. When AI and AO are used, correct input/output forms should be selected.
3. If EIM expansion module and WC use the same power source, power capacity has to increase.
Fig. 1 DAC8864B+ Wiring
96
Field Control Devices
Unit: mm
147
ġDACU842B+
135
147
Dimensions
SYS
BACnet programmable controller with display
Airtek International Inc.
http://www.airtekgroup.com
We make buildings smart
9
137
164
170
Ø4
97
30
49
10
Field Control Devices
BACnet Advanced Application
Programmable Controller DAC8864B
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B-AAC, the
DAC8864B is an advanced programmable and standalone logic controller. It can be
applied to monitor and control electromechanical devices in a building, such as large
AHU (Air Handling Unit), water pump, FCU, fume hood, pump and so on. With a built-in
32-bit processor, its communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps and the
transmission distance can reach 1,200 meters. The DAC8864B has programmable
control functions and supports standard objects like calendar, schedule, notification
class, alarm event logging and so on. Furthermore it has physical binary inputs (BI),
analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), and analog outputs (AO) and an EIMnet
communication port to connect to 12 EIM series expansion modules, giving you random
and flexible combinations to cope with the point capacity for different occasions. It has
an MSnet communication port to connect to an external LCD control panel to facilitate
operating and examining by onsite personnel any time. Thanks to the compliance of the
international BACnet communications protocol standard, the DAC8864B can
communicate and control any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely it
is the best equipment for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC) class of communications protocol regulations
and has passed BTL certification.
„
MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port with Peer to Peer reading and writing of external DDC objects. Can
issue BACnet object property functions to read (DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Binary inputs (BI) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capability and status indicator design
„
Analog inputs (AI) with 12-bit resolution, jumper selectable to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and
like signals
„
Binary outputs (BO) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation, status indicator, and Relay on Board design. Each BO has an
HOA (Hand/Off/Auto) switch that when in Manual mode can convert manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor
and control computer.
„
The Analog Output (AO) has 12-bit resolution and 0~10 VDC standard signal output signals. Each AO has an HA (Hand/Auto)
switch and a manual output tuning knob to facilitate onsite testing, commissioning, and maintenance. When in Manual mode, it
can convert manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control computer.
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
150 binary values (BV) and 150 analog values (AV) that can be used in numerical calculation, set points, timer or alert points
and so on.
„
Standard BACnet objects like one hardware clock, 2 calendars, 12 schedules, 4 notification classes, and 20 alarm event
enrollments. Schedules and alarm event enrollments support external object access function
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory
function in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
All BO, AO and BV support 16-level priority array control function.
„
Specifications
Model Number
BI
AI
BO
AO
EIM Module
Calendar
Schedule
Notification Class
Event Enrollment
BV
AV
DAC8864B
8
8
6
4
12
2
12
4
20
150
150
98
Field Control Devices
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA Also includes auxiliary 24 VDC/160 mA output suitable for the power for sensors
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64K RAM, 32K FRAM, and 384K Flash
Binary Input
: 12 VDC detection voltage, 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable, accepts dry contact or open
Analog Input
: 12-bit resolution, jumper selectable to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and
Binary Output
: 7 A/250 VAC, SPST contacts, a Manual On/Manual Off/Auto 3-step switch, can send states back to the
Analog Output
: 12-bit resolution, 0~10 VDC output, Manual/Auto switch (can send states back to the monitor and
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,80 bps adjustable,
memory space
collector input signals
like signals
monitor and control computer
control computer) and manual signal tuning knob
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection design
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable,
transmission distance 1,200 meters, can connect to an LCD control panel or an MODBUS Master or
Slave device
EIMnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters,
Real-Time Clock
: Real-time clock and use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A), BTL (BACnet Testing
can connect to 12 EIM series I/O expansion modules
normal clock operation after power interruption.
Laboratory Listed BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC))
Wiring
BO$XWRPRGHVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
BO0DQXDO$XWRRXWSXWWRJJOH
VZLWFK
BO ON status indicator
BILQSXWVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
24VAC/VDC
GND
GND 24VAC
BI2
BI 2
BO 0
BI3
BI 3
BI4
BI 4
BI5
BI 5
AI5
AI6
AI7
COM
AI 6
AI COM
MV-
V–
Address switch
OFF
24 VAC/DCSRZHU
BO0QRYROWDJHFRQWDFWRXWSXW
BO2
BO1
BO1QRYROWDJHFRQWDFWRXWSXW
BO3
BO2
BO2QRYROWDJHFRQWDFWRXWSXW
BO3
BO3QRYROWDJHFRQWDFWRXWSXW
BO4
BO5
BO5
BO4
BO4QRYROWDJHFRQWDFWRXWSXW
AO 2
COM
AO 3
BO5QRYROWDJHFRQWDFWRXWSXW
+
–
AO0 0~10VDCVLJQDORXWSXW
AO1 0~10VDCVLJQDORXWSXW
+
–
AO2 0~10VDCVLJQDORXWSXW
AO3 0~10VDCVLJQDORXWSXW
AO$XWRPRGHVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
1:+1
2:+2
3:+4
4:+8
5:+16
6:+32
7:+64
8:Loader
ON
AO 1
AO manual output signal tuning knob
EIMnet
E+
E–
Auxiliary Power
● Always keep the 8th switch OFF except
doing a factory firmware upload.
24VDC
GND
BACnet Advanced Application Controller
MS/TPFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
4 5 6 7 8
GND
GND
100%
COM
1 2 3
B-
B+
B–
COM
ON
MS/TP
B+
–
M–
0%
Manu
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
M+
50%
Auto
ON
V+
AO si gna l adj uster
AO tog gle sw itch
BO 5
AO 0
AI 7
M+
+
0~10VDC
BO HOA toggle switch
Off
Auto
On
AI 5
V+
–
Thermi sto r
4~20mA
AI 4
MSnet
+
Sig nal setting jumper
AI 3
AOO
AI4
Failsafe QHWZRUNIDLOXUH
SURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
MSnet FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
SRUW
MSnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
BACnet MS/TP
FRPPXQLFDWLRQSRUW
COM
AI signal setting
AI 2
COM
AI3
–
2-wire 4~20 mA VLJQDOLQSXW
+
BO 4
AO1
AI2
4~20mA VLJQDOLQSXW
COM
AO2
AI1
AI 1
COM
AI 0
AO3
AI0
–
BO 3
E+
COM
0~10 VDC VLJQDOLQSXW
BI COM
BI 6
+
–
+
–
EIMnet connection portRS-485 network
FRQQHFWVXSWR(,0PRGXOHV
E-
BI7
+
BI 7
BO 1
COM
BO 2
COM
DAC8864B
GND 24VDC
BI6
3K or 10Kʈ NTC tHPSVHQVRU
FRPSRQHQW
COM
BO0
BI1
BI 1
BO1
BI0
BI0~BI7 ELQDU\LQSXWV
BI 0
BO0
AILQSXWVLJQDOVHOHFWLRQVZLWFK
+
EIMnet cRPPXQLFDWLRQVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
24VDC DX[LOLDU\SRZHU
–
(TXLSPHQWVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
MAC Address DIP switch
ConfigureVHWXSHQG
AO0DQXDO$XWRRXWSXWWRJJOHVZLWFK
NoteƝ
1. Besides BACnet MS/TP GND, other GNDs are interconnected with the joint COM of input/output
2. When AI and AO are used, correct input/output forms should be selected.
3. If EIM expansion module and WC use the same power source, power capacity has to increase.
Fig. 1 DAC8864B Wiring
99
Field Control Devices
Unit: mm
137
164
170
Dimensions
135
147
Ø4
100
9
49
Field Control Devices
BACnet Advanced Application
Programmable Controller DAC8846B+
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -AAC,
the DAC8846B+ is an advanced programmable and standalone logic controller. It
can be applied to monitor and control electromechanical devices in a building, such
as large AHU (Air Handling Unit), water pump, FCU, fume hood, pump and so on.
With a built-in 32-bit processor, its communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps
and the transmission distance can reach 1,200 meters. The DAC8846B+ has
programmable control functions and supports standard objects like calendar,
schedule, notification class, alarm event logging and so on. Furthermore it has
physical binary inputs (BI), analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), and analog
outputs (AO) and an EIMnet communication port to connect to 12 EIM series
expansion modules, giving you random and flexible combinations to cope with the
point capacity for different occasions. The LCD control panel facilitates users
setting, operating, monitoring and examining equipment operating status and
information any time. Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet
communications protocol standard, the DAC8846B+ can communicate and control
any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely it is the best equipment
for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC) class of communications protocol regulations and
has passed BTL certification.
„
144*64 LCD panel with 4 lines of 9 Chinese characters or 18 English characters or built-in graphics that can be programmed online
by the monitor and control software to display the content.
„
MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port with Peer to Peer reading and writing of external DDC objects Can
issue BACnet object property functions of
read (DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Binary inputs (BI) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capability and status indicator design
„
Analog inputs (AI) with 16-bit resolution to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like signals
„
Binary outputs (BO) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation, status indicator, and triac design. Each BO has an HOA
(Hand/Off/Auto) switch that when in Manual mode can convert manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control
computer.
„
The Analog Output (AO) has 16-bit resolution and 0~10 VDC output signals. Each AO has an HA (Hand/Auto) switch and a manual
output tuning knob to facilitate onsite testing, commissioning, and maintenance. When in Manual mode, it can convert manual
states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control computer.
„
DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has entropy value, dew point
temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math operation functions like
logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
Hardware clock, calendar, schedule, notification classes, and alarm event enrollment that supports external object access
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function
in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for 10 years.
„
150 binary values (BV) and 150 analog values (AV) for use as calculating numeric values, set points, alert points and so on. Among
them binary values support 16-level priority array control functions.
Specifications
Model Number
BI
AI
BO
AO
EIM Module
Calendar
Schedule
Notification Class
Event Enrollment
BV
AV
DAC8846B+
8
8
4
6
12
2
12
4
20
150
150
101
Field Control Devices
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: Two 32-bit high-speed microcontroller units (MCU)
Memory
: 128K FRAM, 1M+128K+16K SRAM and 8M+1M+64K Flash memory
Binary Input
: 12VDC detection voltage, 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable, accepts dry contact or open
Analog Input
: 16-bit resolution to accept dry contact, 3K or 10KΩ NTC, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like signals
Binary Output
: 0.5 A/24 VAC/VDC (Hot-switched triac) output Hand/Off/Auto Switch to monitor status using the
Analog Output
: 16-bit resolution, 0~10 VDC output Manual On/Auto Switch and output signal tuning knob to monitor
collector input signals
computer
status using the computer
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection devices
EIMnet Communication : MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters,
can connect to 12 EIM series I/O expansion modules
Real-Time Clock
: Real-time clock and use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A), BTL (BACnet Testing Laboratory
clock operation after power interruption.
Listed BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC))
Wiring
4~20mA signal input
0~10 VDC signal input
2-wire 4~20 mA signal input
3K or 10Kʈ NTC
temp sensor component
Configure setup end
BI0~BI7 binary inputs
MS/TP communication port
+
–
BI0
BI1
BI1
BI2
BI2
BI3
BI3
BI4
BI4
BI5
BI5
BI6
BI6
BI7
BI7
COM
COM
AI0
AI1
AI0
AI1
AI2
AI2
AI3
AI3
AI4
AI4
AI5
AI5
AI6
AI6
AI7
AI7
COM
BI0
+
–
ȉ
,
B+
COM
B+
B–
GND
B-
GND
BI input status indicator
work failure protection jumper
AI input signal selection sw
mmunication status indicator
ġDAC8846B+
Backlit LCD screen
SYS
BACnet Advanced Application Controller with display B-AAC class
Made
M
d in Taiwam
al/Auto output toggle switch
al output signal tuning knob
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
MAC address DIP switch
ON
Equipment status indicator
E-
E+
GND 24VDC
AO4
AO3
COM
AO2
AO1
AOO
COM
BO3
COM
BO2
COM
BO1
COM
BO0 GND 24VAC
–
+
BO0 +
–
BO0 –
BO1 +
BO1 –
BO2 +
BO3
+
BO2 –
BO3 +
AO0
AO1 +
AO2 +
COM –
24 VDC
24VDC auxiliary power
GND
+
–
ection port/ RS-485 network
nects up to 12 EIM modules
AO5
AO3 +
AO4 +
AO5 +
COM –
E+
E–
mmunication status indicator
work failure protection jumper
COM
24 VAC/DC power
BO0~3 24VAC/DC voltage
AO0 0~10Vdc signal output
1. Besides BACnet MS/TP GND, other GNDs are interconnected with the joint COM of input/outpu
2. When AI and AO are used, correct input/output forms should be selected.
3 If EIM expansion module and WC use the same power source power capacity has to increase
Fig. 1 DAC8846B Wiring
102
Field Control Devices
Unit: mm
147
ġDACU842B+
135
147
Dimensions
SYS
BACnet programmable controller with display
Airtek International Inc.
http://www.airtekgroup.com
We make buildings smart
9
137
164
170
Ø4
103
30
49
10
Field Control Devices
BACnet Advanced Application
Programmable Controller DAC8846B
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B-AAC, the
DAC8846B is an advanced programmable and standalone logic controller. It can be
applied to monitor and control electromechanical devices in a building, such as large
AHU (Air Handling Unit), water pump, FCU, fume hood, pump and so on.
With a
built-in 32-bit processor, its communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps and the
transmission distance can reach 1,200 meters. The DAC8846B has programmable
control functions and supports standard objects like calendar, schedule, notification
class, alarm event logging and so on. Furthermore it has physical binary inputs (BI),
analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), and analog outputs (AO) and an EIMnet
communication port to connect to 12 EIM series expansion modules, giving you random
and flexible combinations to cope with the point capacity for different occasions. It has
an MSnet communication port to connect to an external LCD control panel to facilitate
users setting, operating, monitoring and examining equipment operating status and
information any time. Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet
communications protocol standard, the DAC8846B can communicate and control any
brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely it is the best equipment for
users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC) class of communications protocol regulations
and has passed BTL certification.
„
MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port with Peer to Peer reading and writing of external DDC objects Can
issue BACnet object property functions of read (DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment initial setup or parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to
connect to it
„
Binary inputs (BI) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capability and status indicator design
„
Analog inputs (AI) with 16-bit resolution to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like signals
„
Binary outputs (BO) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation, status indicator, and triac design. Each BO has an HOA
(Hand/Off/Auto) switch that when in Manual mode can convert manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control
computer.
„
The Analog Output (AO) has 16-bit resolution and 0~10 VDC output signals. Each AO has an HA (Hand/Auto) switch and a manual
output tuning knob to facilitate onsite testing, commissioning, and maintenance. When in Manual mode, it can convert manual
states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control computer.
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs to be stored in flash memory and
debug in real time to reduce program editing time. Has entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other c ommon
HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
Hardware clock, calendar, schedule, notification classes, and alarm event enrollment that supports external object access
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function
in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
150 binary values (BV) and 150 analog values (AV) for use as calculating numeric values, set points, alert points and so on. Among
them binary values support 16-level priority array control functions.
Specifications
Model Number
BI
AI
BO
AO
EIM Module
Calendar
Schedule
Notification Class
Event Enrollment
BV
AV
DAC8846B
8
8
4
6
12
2
12
4
20
150
150
104
Field Control Devices
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: Two 32-bit high-speed microcontroller units (MCU)
Memory
: 128K FRAM, 1M+128K+16K SRAM and 8M+1M+64K Flash memory
Binary Input
: 12VDC detection voltage, 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable, accepts dry contact or open
Analog Input
: 16-bit resolution to accept dry contact, 3K or 10KΩ NTC, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like signals
Binary Output
: 0.5 A/24 VAC/VDC (Hot-switched triac) output Hand/Off/Auto Switch to monitor status using the
Analog Output
: 16-bit resolution, 0~10 VDC output Manual On/Auto Switch and output signal tuning knob to monitor
collector input signals
computer
status using the computer
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection devices
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable, transmission
distance 1,200 meters, can connect to an LCD control panel or an MODBUS Master or Slave device
EIMnet Communication : MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters,
can connect to 12 EIM series I/O expansion modules
Real-Time Clock
: Real-time clock and use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A), UL196, BTL (BACnet Testing
clock operation after power interruption.
Laboratory Listed BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC))
Wiring
BO Auto mode status indicator
BILQSXWVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
BO0DQXDO$XWRRXWSXWWRJJOHVZLWFK
AI5
–
AI6
0~10VDC
AI 3
AI 4
AI 5
AI 6
AO tog gle sw itch
0%
Manu
M–
V–
100%
Address switch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
M+
OFF
1:+1
2:+2
3:+4
4:+8
5:+16
6:+32
7:+64
8:Loader
COM
BO1
COM
BO2
COM
BO3
COM
AO 2
COM
AO 3
AO4
AO5
COM
Auxiliary Power
24VDC
ON
● Always keep the 8th switch OFF except
doing a factory firmware upload.
GND
EIMnet
E+
E–
1 2 3
B+
GND
De lta Electron ics, Inc. http://ww w.de ltaww.com
4 5 6 7 8
B-
BACnet Advanced Application Controller
ON
B+
MS/TP
B–
GND
AOO
AO 1
50%
ON
MSnet
V+
AO 0
AO si gna l adj uster
Auto
AI 7
AI COM
COM
BO HOA toggle switch
Off
Auto
On
AI 2
V-
B+
B–
GND
Thermi sto r
4~20mA
AI 1
M-
M–
V–
BO 3
Sig nal setting jumper
M+
M+
AI signal setting
AI 0
V+
V+
COM
BI COM
COM
ȉ
,
AI7
BACnet MS/TP
FRPPXQLFDWLRQSRUW
AI4
MSnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
AI3
MSnet FRPPXQLFDWLRQSRUW
AI2
ConfigureVHWXSHQG
Failsafe QHWZRUNIDLOXUH
SURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
AI1
2-wire 4~20 mA VLJQDOLQSXW
+
BI 7
AO1
AI0
4~20mA VLJQDOLQSXW
–
BO 2
AO2
COM
0~10 VDC VLJQDOLQSXW
+
BO 1
COM
COM
BI7
3K or 10Kʈ NTC
7HPSVHQVRUFRPSRQHQW
DAC8846B
AO3
BI6
BI 6
AO4
BI5
BI 5
BO 0
COM
AO5
BI4
BI 4
COM
BI3
BI 3
GND 24VDC
BI2
BI 2
24VAC/VDC
GND
E+
BI1
BI 1
E-
BI0
BI0~BI7 ELQDU\LQSXWV
BI 0
BO0 GND 24VAC
AILQSXWVLJQDOVHOHFWLRQVZLWFK
Failsafe QHWZRUNIDLOXUH
SURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
MS/TPFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
+
–
BO ON status indicator
24 VAC/VDCSRZHU
+
–
+
BO0 24VAC/VDCYROWDJHRXWSXW
–
BO1 24VAC/VDCYROWDJHRXWSXW
+
–
+
BO2 24VAC/VDCYROWDJHRXWSXW
–
BO3 24VAC/VDCYROWDJHRXWSXW
AO0DQXDO$XWRRXWSXWWRJJOHVZLWFK
+
+
+
–
AO0 0~10VDCVLJQDORXWSXW
AO1 0~10VDCVLJQDORXWSXW
AO2 0~10VDCVLJQDORXWSXW
+
+
+
–
+
–
E+
E–
AO3 0~10VDCVLJQDORXWSXW
AO4 0~10VDCVLJQDORXWSXW
AO5 0~10VDCVLJQDORXWSXW
AOPDQXDORXWSXWVLJQDOWXQLQJNQRE
24 VDC
24VDC DX[LOLDU\SRZHU
GND
EIMnet FRQQHFWLRQSRUWRS-485 network
FRQQHFWVXSWR(,0PRGXOHV
Failsafe QHWZRUNIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
EIMnet FRPPXQLFDWLRQVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
$GGUHVV',3VZLWFK
Ethernet VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
(TXLSPHQWVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
1. Besides BACnet MS/TP GND, other GNDs are interconnected with the joint COM of input/output
2. When AI and AO are used, correct input/output forms should be selected.
3. If EIM expansion module and WC use the same power source, power capacity has to increase.
Fig. 1 DAC8846B Wiring
105
Field Control Devices
Unit: mm
137
164
170
Dimensions
135
147
Ø4
106
9
49
Field Control Devices
BACnet Advanced Application
Programmable Controller DACU842B+
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -AAC,
the DACU842B+ is an advanced programmable and standalone logic controller. It
can be applied to monitor and control electromechanical devices in a building, such
as large AHU (Air Handling Unit), water pump, FCU, fume hood, pump and so on.
With a built-in 32-bit processor, its communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps
and the transmission distance can reach 1,200 meters. The DACU842B+ has
programmable control functions and supports standard objects like calendar,
schedule, notification class, alarm event logging and so on. Furthermore it has
physical binary inputs (BI), analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), and analog
outputs (AO) and an EIMnet communication port to connect to 12 EIM series
expansion modules, giving you random and flexible combinations to cope with the
point capacity for different occasions. It has an LCD control panel to facilitate users
setting, operating, monitoring and examining equipment operating status and
information any time. Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet
communications protocol standard, the DACU842B+ can communicate and control
any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely it is the best equipment
for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC) class of communications protocol regulations
and has passed BTL certification.
„
144*64 LCD panel with 4 lines of 9 Chinese characters or 18 English characters or built-in graphics that can be programmed online
by the monitor and control software to display the content.
„
MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port with Peer to Peer reading and writing of external DDC objects Can
issue BACnet object property functions of
read (DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Universal inputs (UI) with 12-bit resolution to accept dry contact, pulse, 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like
binary value (BV) or analog value (AV) signals
„
Binary outputs (BO) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation, status indicator, and Relay on Board design. Each BO has an HOA
(Hand/Off/Auto) switch that when in Manual mode can convert manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control
computer.
„
The Analog Output (AO) has 12-bit resolution and 0~10 VDC output signals. Each AO has an HA (Hand/Auto) switch and a manual
output tuning knob to facilitate onsite testing, commissioning, and maintenance. When in Manual mode, it can convert manual
states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control computer.
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug real time. Has entropy
value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math operation
functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
150 binary values (BV) and 150 analog values (AV) that can be used in numerical calculation, set points, timer or alert points and so
on.
„
Standard BACnet objects like one hardware clock, 2 calendars, 12 schedules, 4 notification classes, and 20 alarm event
enrollments. Schedules and alarm event enrollments support external object access function
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function
in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
All BO, AO and BV support 16-level priority array control function.
107
Field Control Devices
Specifications
Model Number
UI
DACU842B+
8
BO
4
AO
EIM Module
Calendar
Schedule
12
2
12
2
Notification
Event
Class
Enrollment
4
20
BV
AV
150
150
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64K RAM, 32K FRAM, and 384K Flash
Universal Input
: 12-bit resolution, jumper selectable to accept dry contact, pulse, 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA
memory space
or 0~10 VDC and like signals (pulses can accept a maximum 100Hz open collector or dry contact
signals)
Binary Output
: 7 A/250 VAC, SPST contacts, a Manual On/Manual Off/Auto switch, can send states back to the monitor
Analog Output
: 12-bit resolution, 0~10 VDC output, Manual/Auto switch (can send states back to the monitor and control
and control computer
computer) and manual signal tuning knob
Auxiliary Power
: 24 VDC/160 mA output suitable for the power for sensors
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection devices
EIMnet Communication : MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters,
can connect to 12 EIM series I/O expansion modules
Real-Time Clock
: Real-time clock and use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal
clock operation after power interruption.
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A), BTL (BACnet Testing Laboratory
Listed BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC))
Wiring
AI ,QSXWVLJQDOVHOHFWLRQVZLWFK
AI→0~10VDC LQSXW
AI→4~20mA LQSXW
AI→10KʈNTC FRPSRQHQW
2-wire sensor component
AI→4~20 mA LQSXW
BACnet MS/TP QHWZRUNSRUW
BI→GU\FRQWDFWLQSXW
+
+
+
-
+
-
UI0
COM
UI1
COM
UI2
COM
UI3
COM
UI4
AI
AI
AI
AI
AI
AI
AI
COM
UI6
COM
AI
UI5
COM
UI7
COM
||
||
|
||
||
|
||
||
|
||
||
|
||
||
|
||
||
|
||
||
|
||
||
|
MS/TP SRUWFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
UI
UI
UI
UI
UI
UI
UI
UI
%DFNOLW/&'VFUHHQ
BI or AI LQSXWVLJQDOVHOHFWLRQVZLWFK
,QSXWVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
ġDACU842U+
ġDACU842B+
SYS
UACnet programmaUle controller with display
BACnet
Advanced
Application
Controller with display B-AAC class
Airtek International
Inc.
http://www.airtekgroup.com
Made in Taiwam
BO0DQXDO$XWRRXWSXWWRJJOHVZLWFK
1 2 3
Menu↔Auto
BOVWDWXVLQGLFDWRULQ$XWRSRVLWLRQ
BO output ON status indicator
4 5 6 7 8
ON
Menu↔Auto
AOVWDWXVLQGLFDWRULQ$XWRSRVLWLRQ
AOPDQXDORXWSXWVLJQDOWXQLQJNQRE
AO0DQXDO$XWRRXWSXWWRJJOHVZLWFK
(TXLSPHQWVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
MAC DGGUHVV',3VZLWFK
EIMnet SRUWFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
BO0
BO0
BO1
BO1
BO2
BO2
BO3
BO3
AO0
COM
AO1
COM
-
+
+
+
-
+
-
+
-
24 VAC /VDCSRZHU
BO0~BO3ELQDU\RXWSXWV
24VDC DX[LOLDU\SRZHU
EIMnet FRPPXQLFDWLRQSRUWFRQQHFWVXS
WR(,0PRGXOHV
AO0~AO1 DQDORJRXWSXWV0~10VDC VLJQDORXWSXW
NoteƝ 1. Besides BACnet MS/TP GND, other GNDs are interconnected with the joint COM of input/output
2. When AI and AO are used, correct input/output forms should be selected.
3. If EIM expansion module and WC use the same power source, power capacity has to increase.
Fig. 1 DACU842B+ Wiring
108
Field Control Devices
Unit: mm
147
ġDACU842B+
135
147
Dimensions
SYS
BACnet programmable controller with display
Airtek International Inc.
http://www.airtekgroup.com
We make buildings smart
9
137
164
170
Ø4
109
30
49
10
Field Control Devices
BACnet Advanced Application
Programmable Controller DACU842B
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -AAC,
the DACU842B is an advanced programmable and standalone logic controller. It
can be applied to monitor and control electromechanical devices in a building, such
as large AHU (Air Handling Unit), water pump, FCU, fume hood, pump and so on.
With a built-in 32-bit processor, its communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps
and the transmission distance can reach 1,200 meters. The DACU842B has
programmable control functions and supports standard objects like calendar,
schedule, notification class, alarm event logging and so on. Furthermore it has
physical universal inputs (UI), binary outputs (BO), and analog outputs (AO) and an
EIMnet communication port to connect to 12 EIM series expansion modules, giving
you random and flexible combinations to cope with the point capacity for different
occasions. It has an MSnet communication port to connect to an external LCD
control panel to facilitate users setting, operating, monitoring and examining
equipment operating status and information any time. Thanks to the compliance of
the international BACnet communications protocol standard, the DACU842B can
communicate and control any brands of BACnet monitor and control system.
Definitely it is the best equipment for users to implement a monitor and control
system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC) class of communications protocol regulations
and has passed BTL certification.
„
MS/TP(Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port, Peer to Peer reading and writing of external DDC objects, can issue
BACnet object property functions of read (DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Universal inputs (UI) with 12-bit resolution to accept dry contact, pulse, 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 0~10 VDC or 4~20 mA and so
on
„
Binary outputs (BO) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation, status indicator, and Relay on Board design. Each BO has an HOA
(Hand/Off/Auto) switch that when in Manual mode can convert manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control
computer.
„
The Analog Output (AO) has 12-bit resolution and 0~10 VDC standard signal output signals. Each AO has an HA (Hand/Auto)
switch and a manual output tuning knob to facilitate onsite testing, commissioning, and maintenance. When in Manual mode, it can
convert manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control computer.
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug real time. Has entropy
value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math operation
functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
150 binary values (BV) and 150 analog values (AV) that can be used in numerical calculation, set points, timer or alert points and so
on.
„
Standard BACnet objects like one hardware clock, 2 calendars, 12 schedules, 4 notification classes, and 20 alarm event
enrollments. Schedules and alarm event enrollments support external object access function
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function
in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
All BO, AO and BV support 16-level priority array control function.
110
Field Control Devices
Specifications
Model Number
UI
BO
AO
EIM Module
Calendar
Schedule
Notification Class
Event Enrollment
BV
AV
DACU842B
8
4
2
12
2
12
4
20
150
150
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64K RAM, 32K FRAM, and 384K Flash
Universal Input
: 12-bit resolution,
memory space
jumper selectable to accept dry contact, pulse, 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA
or 0~10 VDC and like binary or analog signals (pulse inputs can accept a maximum 100Hz open
collector or dry contact inputs)
Binary Output
: 7 A/250 VAC, SPST dry contacts, a Manual On/Manual Off/Auto switch, can send states back to the
Analog Output
: 12-bit resolution, 0~10 VDC output, Manual/Auto switch (can send states back to the monitor and control
Auxiliary Power
: 24 VDC/160 mA output suitable for the power for sensors
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps autosensing,
monitor and control computer
computer) and manual signal tuning knob
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection devices
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable, transmission
distance 1,200 meters, can connect to an LCD control panel or an MODBUS Master or Slave device
EIMnet Communication : MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters,
can connect to 12 EIM series I/O expansion modules
Real-Time Clock
: Real-time clock and use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal
clock operation after power interruption.
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC (Part 15, Subpart B, Class A), BTL (BACnet Testing Laboratory
Listed BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC))
Wiring
%2a%20DQXDO$XWRRXWSXW
WRJJOHVZLWFKHV
UILQSXWVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
AIRUBI VLJQDOVHOHFWLRQVZLWFK
BO0~BO3 4 indicators with auto
output status
BI
||
||
|
BI
UI6
COM
UI7
COM
V+
Failsafe QHWZRUNIDLOXUH
SURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
UI 5
UI 6
BI
UI 7
COM
GND
BO0
0~10VDC
BO0
BO1
BO1
BO2
BO2
AO 0
BO HOA toggle switch
Off
Auto
On
COM
Menu↔Auto
AO 1
COM
AO si gna l adj uster
AO tog gle sw itch
Auto
Manu
50%
0%
BO3 QRYROWDJHFRQWDFWRXWSXW
AO0~AO10DQXDO$XWRRXWSXWWRJJOHVZLWFK
EIMnet
E+
E–
BACnet Advanced Application Controller
4 5 6 7 8
24VDC
GND
1 2 3
Auxiliary Power
● Always keep the 8th switch OFF except
doing a factory firmware upload.
AO1 0~10VDCVLJQDORXWSXW
AO0~AO1PDQXDORXWSXWVLJQDOWXQLQJNQRE
100%
ON
AO0 0~10VdcVLJQDORXWSXW
-
+
-
EIMnet FRQQHFWLRQSRUW RS-485 Network,
FRQQHFWVXSWR(,0H[SDQVLRQPRGXOHV
EIMnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
ON
OFF
1:+1
2:+2
3:+4
4:+8
5:+16
6:+32
7:+64
8:Loader
+
+
Menu↔Auto
Address switch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
GND
GND
BO2 QRYROWDJHFRQWDFWRXWSXW
BO3
AI si gna l
ON
B-
B+
B–
BO1 QRYROWDJHFRQWDFWRXWSXW
Thermi sto r
4~20mA
M+
MS/TP
BO 3
AI/BI slide switch
BO0 QRYROWDJHFRQWDFWRXWSXW
Sig nal setting jumper
MSnet
V–
BO 3
Dry con ta ct
COM
M–
B+
MS/TPFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
COM
V-
+
–
BI si gna l
˖
M-
BACnet QHWZRUNSRUW
MS/TP RS485
BO 2
Receive AI signal setting
V+
M+
MSnetQHWZRUNSRUW
MODBUS RTU RS-485
MSnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQVWDWXV
LQGLFDWRU
+
–
||
||
|
BO 2
Sig nal setting jumper
UI 4
COM
AI
BO 1
UI signal setting
Receive BI signal setting
AI/BI slide switch
BI
COM
UILQSXWVLJQDOVHOHFWLRQVZLWFK
UI 3
COM
||
||
|
24 VAC/VDCSRZHU
-
BO3
UI5
AI
BO 1
AOO
BI
COM
AI
BO 0
COM
AI
||
||
|
BO 0
DACU842B
COM
AO1
||
||
|
UI 2
COM
COM
AI
+
UI 1
E+
UI4
+
AI→2-wire 4~20 mA LQSXWVLJQDO
BI
COM
-
UI3
+
AI→0~10VDC LQSXWVLJQDO
||
||
|
COM
-
UI2
AI→4~20mA LQSXWVLJQDO
AI
COM
+
BI
24VAC/VDC
GND
E-
UI1
AI→10KΩ NTC component
AI
COM
24VDC
COM
UI 0
||
||
|
24VAC
BI
GND
||
||
|
AI
˖
UI0
BI→GU\FRQWDFWLQSXWVLJQDO
+
-
24VDC Auxiliary power
MAC DGGUHVV',3VZLWFK
(TXLSPHQWVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
Configure setup end
NoteƝ
1. Besides BACnet MS/TP GND, other GNDs are interconnected with the joint COM of input/output
2. When AI and AO are used, correct input/output forms should be selected.
3. If EIM expansion module and WC use the same power source, power capacity has to increase.
Fig. 1 DACU842B+ Wiring
111
Field Control Devices
Unit: mm
137
164
170
Dimensions
135
147
Ø4
112
9
49
Field Control Devices
BACnet Advanced Application
Programmable Controller DACB
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -AAC, the
DACB is an advanced programmable and standalone logic controller. It can be applied to
monitor and control electromechanical devices in a building, such as large AHU (Air
Handling Unit), water pump, FCU, fume hood, pump and so on. With a built-in 32-bit
processor, its communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps and the transmission
distance can reach 1,200 meters. It has no physical I/O points, but an EIMnet
communication port to connect to 12 EIM series expansion modules, giving you random
and flexible combinations to cope with the point capacity for different occasions. Also it
has an MSnet communication port to connect to an external LCD control panel to facilitate
users setting, operating, monitoring and examining equipment operating status and
information any time.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC) class of communications protocol regulations
and has passed BTL certification.
„
MS/TP(Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port, Peer to Peer reading and writing of external DDC objects, can issue
BACnet object property functions of read (DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
MSnet communication port to
„
EIMnet communication port to connect to 12 EIM series expansion modules, but in principle the total points in the loop cannot
connect to an MST, DSP, DST series control panel or an MODBUS RTU Master or Slave device
exceed 100
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
150 binary value (BV) soft points and 150 analog value (AV) soft points that can be used in numerical calculation, set points, timer
or alert points.
„
Standard BACnet objects like one hardware clock, 2 calendars, 12 schedules, 4 notification classes, and 20 alarm event
enrollments. Schedules and alarm event enrollments support external object access function
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function
in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
All BO, AO and BV support 16-level priority array control function.
„
The analog values use standard floating-point operations with a broad range of numeric values and precision so that control
logic programs and the GUI control layer no longer need multiplier operations.
„
Sliding track design that saves configuration space with ease of installation and removal.
Specifications
Model Number
EIM Module
Calendar
Schedule
Notification Class
Event Enrollment
BV
AV
DACB
12
2
12
4
20
150
150
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64K RAM, 32K FRAM, and 384K Flash
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
memory space
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection devices
113
Field Control Devices
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable, transmission
distance 1,200 meters, can connect to an LCD control panel or an MODBUS Master or Slave device
EIMnet Communication : MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters,
can connect to 12 EIM series I/O expansion modules
Real-Time Clock
: Real-time clock and use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE(EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), BTL (BACnet Testing Laboratory Listed BACnet Advanced
normal clock operation after power interruption.
Application Controller (B-AAC))
Wiring
24VAC GND
24VAC
+
-
24VAC
Power Input
V-
24VAC/VDC
SRZHU
24VAC/VDC
GND
DACB
Address swi tch
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
MSnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
MSnet
M–
MS/TPFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFD WRU
Rx
V–
EIMnet
E–
Data bbus MS/TP
B+
D-
B-
D_G
GND
GND
EIM Port
EIMnet connection portRS-485
FRQQHFWVXSWR12 EIM..M
Failsafe
QHWZ RUNIDLOXUH SURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
GND
Tx
E+
E-
Tx
B–
B-
Rx
E+
B+
D+
B+
BACne t QHWZ RUNSRUW
MS/TP RS485
Tx
EIMnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFD WRU
AO3
E+
V-
V-
M+
COM
E-
M-
V+
MAC DGGUH VV',3VZ LWFK
Rx
M-
M+
M+
MSnet QHWZ RUNSRUW
MODBUS RTU RS-485
V+
V+
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC addr ess
Config
Failsafe
QHWZ RUNIDLOXUH SURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ConfigureVH WXSHQG
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
BACnet Advanced Applicati on Cont roller
(TXLSPHQWVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
State
Fig. 1 DACB+ Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
114
Field Control Devices
BACnet Advanced Application
Programmable VAV Controller DACV403B
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -AAC,
the DACV403B is an advanced programmable standalone logic controller. With a
built-in 32-bit processor, its communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps and the
transmission distance can reach 1,200 meters. It is specifically designed to control
the VAV box in a central air conditioning system. Inside the DACV403B is equipped
with a differential pressure transmitter, physical universal inputs (UI) and analog
outputs (AO), EIMnet and MSnet communication ports that are applicable in
controlling different types of VAV boxes. For example, through attaching an
expansion module to the EIMnet communication port, it can control a dual duct VAV
box or a high precision positive/negative pressure room in terms of letting in or out
air to control pressure. Through the MSnet communication port to connect to an
external LCD control panel to facilitate users setting, operating, monitoring and
examining equipment operating status and information any time. Thanks to the
compliance of the international BACnet communications protocol standard, the
DACV403B can communicate and control any brands of BACnet monitor and
control system. Definitely it is the best equipment for users to implement a monitor
and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC) class of communications protocol regulations
and has passed BTL certification.
„
MS/TP(Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port, Peer to Peer reading and writing of external DDC objects, can issue
BACnet object property functions of read (DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment initial setup or parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to
connect to it
„
Universal inputs (UI) with 12-bit resolution to accept dry contact, pulse, 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 0~10 VDC or 4~20 mA and so
on
„
Analog outputs (AO) with 12-bit precision, 0~10 VDC output signal
„
One integrated circuit package, pollution-resistant high precision differential pressure transmitter, directionless pressure sensing
suitable for low air volume scenarios
„
Adjustable parameters built in the program for fine tuning of air pressure transmitter and can be adjusted when onsite air vo lume
reaches an equilibrium
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
150 binary value (BV) soft points and 150 analog value (AV) soft points that can be used in numerical calculation, set points, timer
or alert points.
„
Standard BACnet objects like one hardware clock, 2 calendars, 12 schedules, 4 notification classes, and 20 alarm event
enrollments. Schedules and alarm event enrollments support external object access function
„
The analog values use standard floating-point operations with a broad range of numeric values and precision so that control
logic programs and the GUI control layer no longer need multiplier operations.
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function in the event of power
outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
Binary outs (BO) and binary values (BV) have 16 layers of priority control functions. The actual output will be determined by the
priority of the commands.
115
Field Control Devices
Specifications
Model Number
UI
BO
AO
EIM Module
Calendar
Schedule
Notification Class
Event Enrollment
BV
AV
DACV403B
4
0
3
12
2
12
4
20
150
150
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA (minumum load)
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64K RAM, 32K FRAM, and 384K Flash
Universal Input
: 12-bit resolution, jumper selectable to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and
Analog Output
: 12-bit resolution, 0~10 VDC standard signal output
Flow Sensor
: ±500 Pa differential pressure transmitter, accuracy ±3% of measured values
Auxiliary Power
: 24 VDC/60mA auxiliary power output suitable for the power for sensors
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
memory space
like signals
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection devices
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable, transmission
distance 1,200 meters, can connect to an LCD control panel or an MODBUS Master or Slave device
EIMnet Communication : MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters,
can connect to 12 EIM series I/O expansion modules
Real-Time Clock
: Real-time clock and use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE(EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), BTL (BACnet Testing Laboratory Listed BACnet Advanced Application
clock operation after power interruption.
Controller (B-AAC))
Wiring
UI0
UI 0
COM AO0
AO2 AO1
4~20 m A
0~10 VDC
M+
1AO22 3 4 5 6 7 8
V+
24VAC/VDCSRZHU
ǡ
+
–
+
–
ǡ
+
–
ǡ
(OHFYDOYH
SURSRUWLRQDO
VXSSO\DLU
GDPSHUDFWXD WRU
SURSRUWLRQDO
UH WXUQDLU
GDPSHU
DFWXDWRU
SURSRUWLRQDO
(TXLSPHQWVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
MAC DGGUH VV',3VZ LWFK
M–
HIGH
V–
HIG H
B+
LOW
B–
B-
LOW
GND
BACnet Advanced Applicati on Cont roller
GND
GND
Dr y co nta ct
+
–
MS/TP
B+
Failsafe QHWZ RUNIDLOXUH
SURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
B-
State
Ju mp er
MSnet
Config
B+
COM
The rm istor
V-
BACne t QHWZ RUNSRUW
MS/TP RS485
AO2
AO1
UI signal setti ng
E–
M-
Configure VHWXSHQG
MS/TPFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFD WRU
COM
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
E+
MV-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
M+
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
EIMnet
M+
MSnet QHWZ RUNSRUW
MODBUS RTU RS-485
24VDC
V+
V+
COM
E-
MSnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
-
UI 3
E+
EIMnet connection port RS-485 1HWZRUN
FRQQHFWVXSWR(,0PRGXOHV
+
Address swi tch
UI 2
ON
24VDCDX[LOLDU\SRZHU +
AO0
DACV403B
COM
UI2 COM UI3 24VDC
-
2-wire se nso r compon ent 4~20mA
FXUUH QWLQSXW
EIMnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
UI 1
COM
+
GND
COM
UI1
10KΩ NTC componen t
24VAC/VDC
COM
COM
GU\FRQWDFWLQSXWVLJQDO
0~10VDCYROWD JHVLJQDOLQSXW
GND 24VAC
,QSXWVLJQDOVHOHFWLRQVZLWFK
VAV diffe rential pressu re sen sor
Fig. 1 DACV403B Wiring
116
Field Control Devices
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
117
Field Control Devices
BACnet Advanced Programmable SMS
Alarm Controller DACSMSB
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -AAC, the
DACSMSB is an advanced application programmable controller and capable of
independent operation as well as sending alarms by SMS. Its primary feature is to
enable administrators of the monitor and control system to get a grasp of abnormal
information anytime anywhere without being confined to a location and maximize
efficiency and minimize damage level. It can automatically receive BACnet notification
messages sent by any controller on the network and then send to 10 preset cell phone
numbers by SMS. Users can set up message sending schedule and the recipients of
the notification message can be defined based on its numbering. The message can be
sent in Traditional Chinese, Simplified Chinese or English. Thanks to the compliance of
the international BACnet communications protocol standard, the DACSMSB can
communicate and control any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely
it is the best equipment for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC) class of communications protocol regulations
and has passed BTL certification.
„
MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port with Peer to Peer reading and writing of external DDC objects Can
issue BACnet object property functions of
„
read (DS-RP-A/DS-RPM-A) and write (DS-WP-A)
One GSM communication port that supports RS232 communication format and uses AT commands to connect to the specific GSM
communication module
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Uses GSM 900/1800MHz dual band system and can choose
PIN input mode that is applicable in SIM cards needing PIN
inputs
„
Supports Traditional Chinese (BIG5 encoding) or Simplified Chinese (GB encoding) messages. Content of the message can be up
to 70 Chinese characters or 140 English characters (including alarm time, alarm state and other text).
„
It can automatically receive BACnet notification messages and then send to 10 preset cell phone numbers by SMS. Time segment
of sending can be set by the schedule and the object of the notification message can be determined based on its numbering.
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
150 AV and 150 BV values and 20 of them can be controlled by SMS commands. Supports SMS commands and can query or set
numeric values through SMS. 10 SMS objects, 10 SMS reception notification number choices, 1 PIN setup control, 1 message
center setup control, 1 language choice. Can display signal quality, abnormality code, abnormality message, and number of unsent
messages.
„
Standard BACnet objects like one hardware clock, 2 calendars, 12 schedules, 4 notification classes, and 20 alarm event
enrollments. Schedules and alarm event enrollments support external object access function
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function
in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
All BO, AO and BV support 16-level priority array control function.
Specifications
Model Number
EIM Module
Calendar
Schedule
Notification Class
Event Enrollment
BV
AV
DACSMSB
12
2
12
4
20
150
150
118
Field Control Devices
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 2 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 64K RAM, 32K FRAM, and 384K Flash
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
memory space
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection devices
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable, transmission
distance 1,200 meters, can connect to an LCD control panel or an MODBUS Master or Slave device
EIMnet Communication : MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters,
can connect to 12 EIM series I/O expansion modules
GSM Network
: RS-232 network, DB-9 male connector, supports point-to-point communication and uses AT commands
Real-Time Clock
: Real-time clock and use of supercapacitors for power outage backup that offers up to 48 hours of normal
to connect to the specific GSM SMS module
clock operation after power interruption.
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE(EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), BTL (BACnet Testing Laboratory Listed BACnet Advanced Application
Accessories
: CM310…GSM send/receive module, power supply 5ǡ32 VDC, 200 mA, dimensions 81x55x20 mm,
Controller (B-AAC))
includes an external antenna
-
24VAC
Power Input
V-
24VAC/VDC
SRZHU
24VAC GND
+
24VAC
Wiring
RS-232 network send/receive
status i ndicato r
24VAC/VDC
GSM
Port
GND
Rx
RS232
DACSMSB
Tx
Address swi tch
M+
M-
M–
D-
GND
D_G
E–
Data bu
bus MS/TP
GND
Tx
Rx
E+
B-
GND
EIMnet
B+
B–
B+
B-
V–
D+
Rx
B+
BACne t QHWZ RUNSRUW
MS/TP RS485
Tx
EIMnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
EIM Port
AO3
E+
MS/TPFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFD WRU
9V
SRZHU
MAC DGGUHVV',3VZ LWFK
COM
E-
V-
V-
V+
110ǡ220 VAC
SRZHU
Rx
M+
M-
MSnet
V+
V+
M+
ON
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
MSnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFD WRU
MSnet QHWZ RUNSRUW
MODBUS RTU RS-485
GSM 606
PRGXOH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC addr ess
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Config
Failsafe
QHWZ RUNIDLOXUH
SURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
ON
ConfigureVHWXSHQG
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
E+
E-
EIMnet FRQQHFWLRQ
SRUWRS-485
FRQQHFWVXSWR12 EIM..M
Tx
BACnet Advanced Applicati on Cont roller
State
(TXLSPHQWVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
Fig. 1 DACSMSB Wiring
Installation Tips
„
This SMS alarm advanced application programmable controller includes a GSM module, but does not include a phone number for
the SIM card in the module and a cell phone at the receiving end. The user has to apply for an SIM card number and get a cell
phone with SMS sending and receiving functions.
„
Please install this SMS processor in a location with good sending and receiving of GSM communication signals.
„
This device can operate independently or has to be used with a BACnet controller above the B-AAC class and capable of alarm
processing. One example is Delta Electronics DAC and GC-RB series. Just assign the receiving device of the alarm message to be
sent by SMS to the number of the DACSMSB will do the job.
119
Field Control Devices
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
120
Field Control Devices
BACnet Application Specific
Programmable Controller DSC8864B
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B-ASC, the
DSC8864B is an application specific programmable and standalone logic controller. It
can be applied to monitor and control electromechanical devices in a building, such as
large AHU (Air Handling Unit), water pump, FCU, fume hood, pump and so on. With a
built-in 32-bit processor, its communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps and the
transmission distance can reach 1,200 meters. Furthermore the DSC8864B has 8
binary inputs (BI), 8 analog inputs (AI), 6 binary outputs (BO), and 4 analog outputs
(AO) and an EIMnet communication port to connect to 12 EIM series expansion
modules for users to cope with the point capacity for different occasions. It also has an
MSnet communication port to connect to an external LCD control panel to facilitate
operating and examining by onsite personnel any time. Thanks to the compliance of the
international BACnet communications protocol standard, the DSC8864B can
communicate and control any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely
it is the best equipment for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) class of communications protocol regulations and
has passed BTL certification.
„
One MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port adopting Peer-to-Peer Master-Slave/Token-Passing data
communication transmission method
„
MSnet communication port to connect to an MST, DSP, DST series control panel or an MODBUS RTU Master or Slave d evice
„
EIMnet communication port to connect to 12 EIM series expansion modules, but in principle the total points in the loop cannot
exceed 100
„
One RS-232 communication port, equipment parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Binary inputs (BI) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capability and status indicator design
„
Analog inputs (AI) with 12-bit resolution, jumper selectable to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like
signals
„
Binary outputs (BO) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation, status indicator, and 7 A/250 VAC/SPST Relay design. Each BO has
a Hand/Off/Auto 3-step switch that when in Manual mode can convert manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and
control computer.
„
The Analog Output (AO) has 12-bit resolution and 0~10 VDC output signals. Each AO has a Hand/Auto switch and a manual output
tuning knob to convert manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control computer to facilitate onsite testing,
commissioning, and maintenance.
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
100 binary values (BV) and 100 analog values (AV) that can be used in numerical calculation, set points, timer or alert points and so
on.
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function
in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
All BO, AO and BV support 16-level priority array control function.
Specifications
Model Number
BI
AI
BO
AO
EIM Module
BV
AV
DSC8864B
8
8
6
4
12
100
100
121
Field Control Devices
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 20K RAM, 8K FRAM, and 128K Flash memory
Binary Input
: 12VDC detection voltage, 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable, accepts dry contact or open
Analog Input
: 12-bit resolution, jumper selectable to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and
Binary Output
: 7A/250 VAC no-voltage SPST contacts with a Hand/Off/Auto 3-step switch
Analog Output
: 12-bit resolution, 0~10 VDC standard signal output Manual/auto switch and manual output signal tuning
space
collector input signals
like signals
knob
Auxiliary Power
: 24 VDC/160mA output suitable for the power for sensors
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection design
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps parameter adjustable,
can connect to an MST˚DSP˚DST series control panel or an MODBUS Master or Slave device
EIMnet Communication : MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, can connect to 12 EIM series I/O
expansion modules
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC(Part 15, Subpart B, Class A), BTL (BACnet Testing Laboratory
Listed BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC))
Wiring
BO Auto mode status indicator
BI input status indicator
BO Manual/Auto output toggle switch
AI input signal selection switch
GND 24VAC
BO0
BO0
BO1
BO1
BO 3
AI 0
COM
AI0
AI 1
BO 4
AI1
AI 2
AI2
AI 3
AI3
AI 4
AI4
AI 5
AI5
AI 6
V-
V–
OFF
ON
–
BO1 no-voltage contact output
BO2 no-voltage contact output
BO3
BO3 no-voltage contact output
BO3
AO 3
24 VAC/VDC power
BO0 no-voltage contact output
BO4
BO4
BO5
BO5
AOO
COM
COM
BO4 no-voltage contact output
BO5 no-voltage contact output
+
–
AO0 0~10VDC signal output
AO1 0~10VDC signal output
+
–
AO2 0~10VDC signal output
AO3 0~10VDC signal output
AO Auto mode status indicator
AO manual output signal tuning knob
EIMnet
E+
E–
Auxiliary Power
● Always keep the 8th switch OFF except
doing a factory firmware upload.
24VDC
GND
BACnet Application Specific Controller
MS/TP communication
status indicator
4 5 6 7 8
GND
GND
AO 2
1 2 3
B+
B–
1:+1
2:+2
3:+4
4:+8
5:+16
6:+32
7:+64
8:Loader
AO 1
ON
MS/TP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
M–
100%
Address switch
ON
–
–
M-
+
B-
M+
MSnet communication
status indicator
BACnet MS/TP
communication port
B+
V+
M+
0%
Manu
COM
AO1
COM
V+
+
50%
Auto
MSn et
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
MSnet communication port
AO 0
AO si gna l adj uster
AO tog gle sw itch
COM
AO2
AI COM
BO 5
COM
AI 7
AI7
–
2-wire 4~20 mA signal input
+
BO HOA toggle switch
Off
Auto
On
AI6
4~20mA signal input
0~10VDC
COM
AO3
COM
–
Thermi sto r
4~20mA
E+
BI7
+
0~10 VDC signal input
AI signal setting
Sig nal setting jumper
E-
BI6
3K or 10Kʈ NTC temp sensor
component
DSC8864B
GND 24VDC
BI 5
+
BO2
BI COM
BI 4
BI5
COM
BI 3
BI4
BO 2
BI 7
BI 2
BI3
BI 6
BI 1
BI2
BO 1
COM
BI 0
BI1
BO 0
COM
BI0
BI0~BI7 binary inputs
24VAC/VDC
GND
BO2
BO ON status indicator
+
–
EIMnet connection port/ RS-485
Network, connects up to 12 EIM
expansion modules
+ EIMnet communication status indicator
–
Equipment status indicator
MAC address DIP switch
AO Manual/Auto output toggle switch
Configure setup end
NoteƝ
1. Besides BACnet MS/TP GND, other GNDs are interconnected with the joint COM of input/output
2. When AI and AO are used, correct input/output forms should be selected.
3. If EIM expansion module and WC use the same power source, power capacity has to increase.
Fig. 1 DSC8864B Wiring
122
Field Control Devices
Unit: mm
137
164
170
Dimensions
135
147
Ø4
123
9
49
Field Control Devices
BACnet Application Specific
Programmable Controller DSC8846B
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B-ASC, the
DSC8846B is an application specific programmable and standalone logic controller. It can
be applied to monitor and control electromechanical devices in a building, such as large
AHU (Air Handling Unit), water pump, FCU, fume hood, pump and so on. With a built-in
32-bit processor, its communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps and the transmission
distance can reach 1,200 meters. Furthermore the DSC8846B has 8 binary inputs (BI), 8
analog inputs (AI), 4 binary outputs (BO), and 6 analog outputs (AO) and an EIMnet
communication port to connect to 12 EIM series expansion modules for users to cope with
the point capacity for different occasions. It also has an MSnet communication port to
connect to an external LCD control panel to facilitate operating and examining by onsite
personnel any time.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) class of communications protocol regulations and
has passed BTL certification.
„
One MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port adopting Peer-to-Peer Master-Slave/Token-Passing data
communication transmission method
„
MSnet network port to connect to an MST, DSP, DST series control panel or an MODBUS RTU Master or Slave device
„
One EIMnet communication port to connect to 12 EIMnet series expansion modules in order to cope with different point expansion
needs.
„
RS-232 port, equipment parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Binary inputs (BI) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capability and status indicator design
„
Analog inputs (AI) with 16-bit resolution, jumper selectable to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like
signals
„
Binary outputs (BO) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation, status indicator, and triac design. Each BO has a Hand/Off/Auto
3-step switch that when in Manual mode can convert manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control
computer.
„
The Analog Output (AO) has 16-bit resolution and 0~10 VDC standard signal output signals. Each AO has an HA (Hand/Auto)
switch and a manual output tuning knob to convert manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control computer
to facilitate onsite testing, commissioning, and maintenance.
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function
in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
100 binary values (BV) and 100 analog values (AV) for use as calculating numeric values, set points, alert points and so on. Among
them binary values support 16-level priority array control functions.
Specifications
Model Number
BI
AI
BO
AO
EIM Module
BV
AV
DSC8846B
8
8
4
6
12
100
100
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: Two 32-bit high-speed microcontroller units (MCU)
Memory
: 128K FRAM, 1M+128K+16K SRAM and 8M+1M+64K Flash memory
124
Field Control Devices
Binary Input
: 12VDC detection voltage, 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable, accepts dry contact or open
Analog Input
: 16-bit resolution to accept dry contact, 3K or 10KΩ NTC, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like signals
Binary Output
: 0.5 A/24 VAC/VDC (Hot-switched triac) output Hand/Off/Auto Switch to monitor status using the computer
Analog Output
: 16-bit resolution, 0~10 VDC output Manual On/Auto Switch and output signal tuning knob to monitor status
Auxiliary Power
: 24 VDC/160 mA output suitable for the power for sensors
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable, transmission
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable, can connect to
collector input signals
using the computer
distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage protection devices
a control panel
EIMnet Communication : MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, can connect to 12 EIM series I/O
expansion modules
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC(Part 15,Subpart B,Class A), UL916, BTL(BACnet Testing
Laboratory Listed BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC))
Wiring
BI input status indicator
AI input signal selection switch
BI2
BI 2
BI3
BI 3
BI4
BI 4
BI5
BI 5
BI6
BI 6
AI6
AI7
AI COM
M+
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
V+
MV-
V–
OFF
1:+1
2:+2
3:+4
4:+8
5:+16
6:+32
7:+64
8:Loader
COM
BO1
COM
BO2
COM
BO3
AO5
COM
Auxiliary Power
24VDC
GND
ON
● Always keep the 8th switch OFF except
doing a factory firmware upload.
E+
E–
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B-
BACnet Application Specific Controller
BO2 24VAC/VDC voltage output
BO3 24VAC/VDC voltage output
+
+
AO3 0~10VDC signal output
AO4 0~10VDC signal output
AO5 0~10VDC signal output
+
–
E–
24 VDC
GND
AO manual output signal
tuning knob
24VDC auxiliary power
EIMnet connection port/ RS485 Network, connects up to 12
EIM expansion modules
Failsafe network failure protection
jumper
EIMnet communication status
indicator
DGGUHVV',3VZLWFK
Ethernet status indicator
Equipment status indicator
1. Besides BACnet MS/TP GND, other GNDs are interconnected with the joint COM of input/output
2. When AI and AO are used, correct input/output forms should be selected.
3. If EIM expansion module and WC use the same power source, power capacity has to increase.
Fig. 1 DSC8846B Wiring
Unit: mm
137
164
170
Dimensions
BO1 24VAC/VDC voltage output
AO0 0~10VDC signal output
AO1 0~10VDC signal output
AO2 0~10VDC signal output
+
–
ON
B+
B+
B–
BO0 24VAC/VDC voltage output
+
+
+
–
E+
EIMnet
MS/TP
GND
COM
AO4
24 VAC/VDC power
AO Manual/Auto output toggle switch
AOO
AO 3
100%
Address switch
ON
M+
B–
GND
V+
B+
COM
50%
0%
Manu
MSnet
M–
AO signal adjuster
Auto
AI 6
COM
M–
V–
AO 2
AO2
AO toggle switch
AI 5
AO 1
COM
AI 4
AO3
AI 3
AI 7
M+
AO 0
BO HOA toggle switch
Off
Auto
On
AI 2
+
V+
COM
AO1
AI 1
AI5
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
MS/TP communication
status indicator
AI4
BACnet MS/TP
communication port
AI3
Configure setup end
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
MSnet
communication port
MSnet communication status
indicator
Thermistor
4~20mA
0~10VDC
–
ȉ
,
BO 3
Signal setting jumper
AI 0
AO4
AI2
2-wire 4~20 mA signal input
AI signal setting
AO5
AI1
4~20mA signal input
COM
BI COM
COM
AI0
–
BO 2
BI 7
GND 24VDC
COM
+
0~10 VDC signal input
BO 1
COM
E+
BI7
3K or 10Kʈ NTC
temp sensor component
BO 0
COM
DSC8846B
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
E-
BI0~BI7 binary inputs
+
GND 24VAC
BI1
BI 1
GND
BO0
24VAC/VDC
BI0
BI 0
BO Auto mode status indicator
BO Manual/Auto output toggle switch
BO ON status indicator
135
147
Ø4
125
9
49
Field Control Devices
BACnet Advanced Application Specific
Programmable Controller DSCU842B
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -ASC, the
DSCU842B is a specific programmable and standalone logic controller. It can be applied
to monitor and control electromechanical devices in a building, such as large AHU (Air
Handling Unit), water pump, FCU, fume hood, pump and so on. With a built-in 32-bit
processor, its communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps and the transmission
distance can reach 1,200 meters. Furthermore the DSCU842B has 8 universal inputs
(UI), 4 binary outputs (BO), and 2 analog outputs (AO) and an EIMnet communication
port to connect to 12 EIM series expansion modules, giving users random and flexible
combinations to cope with the point capacity for different occasions. It has an MSnet
communication port to connect to an external LCD control panel to facilitate users
setting, operating, monitoring and examining equipment operating status and
information any time. Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet
communications protocol standard, the DSCU842B can communicate and control any
brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely it is the best equipment for
users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) class of communications protocol regulations and
has passed BTL certification.
„
One MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port adopting Peer-to-Peer Master-Slave/Token-Passing data
communication transmission method
„
MSnet communication port to connect to an MST, DSP, DST series control panel or an MODBUS RTU Master or Slave device
„
EIMnet communication port to connect to 12 EIM series expansion modules, but in principle the total points in the loop cannot
exceed 100
„
One RS-232 port, equipment parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Universal inputs (UI) with 12-bit resolution to accept dry contact, pulse, 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like
binary value (BV) or analog value (AV) signals
„
Binary outputs (BO) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation, status indicator, and 7 A/250 VAC/SPST Relay design.
„
Analog outputs (AO) with 12-bit precision, standard signal 0~10 VDC output
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root. 100 binary values (BV) and 100 analog values (AV) for use in
calculating numeric values, set points, timer or alert points and so on.
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function
in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
All BO, AO and BV support 16-level priority array control function.
Specifications
Model Number
UI
BO
AO
EIM Module
BV
AV
DSCU842B
8
4
2
12
100
100
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 20K RAM, 8K FRAM, and 128K Flash
memory space
126
Field Control Devices
: 12-bit resolution,
Universal Input
jumper selectable to accept dry contact, pulse, 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA
or 0~10 VDC and like binary or analog signals (pulse inputs can accept a maximum 100Hz open
collector or dry contact inputs)
Binary Output
: 7 A/250 VAC/SPST no-voltage contacts output
Analog Output
: 12-bit resolution, 0~10 VDC standard signal output
Auxiliary Power
: 24 VDC/160 mA output suitable for the power for sensors
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection devices
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable, transmission
distance 1,200 meters, can connect to an LCD control panel or an MODBUS Master or Slave device
EIMnet Communication : MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters,
can connect to 12 EIM series I/O expansion modules
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), FCC(Part 15, Subpart B, Class A), BTL (BACnet Testing Laboratory
Listed BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC))
Wiring
UI input status indicator
BO output status indicator
AI or BI signal selection switch
UI5
COM
UI6
COM
UI6
COM
GND
AI si gna l
0~10VDC
0%
100%
Address switch
EIMnet
AO1 0~10VDC
signal output
+
-
EIMnet connection port/
RS-485 network,
connects up to 12 EIM
expansion modules
E+
EIMnet communication
status indicator
E–
Auxiliary Power
ON
● Always keep the 8th switch OFF except
doing a factory firmware upload.
24VDC
GND
BACnet Application Specific Controller
4 5 6 7 8
OFF
1:+1
2:+2
3:+4
4:+8
5:+16
6:+32
7:+64
8:Loader
+
-
24VDC auxiliary power
MAC address DIP switch
Equipment status indicator
Configure setup end
NoteƝ 1. Besides BACnet MS/TP GND, other GNDs are interconnected with the joint COM of input/output
2. When AI and AO are used, correct input/output forms should be selected.
Fig. 1 DSCU842B+ Wiring
Unit: mm
137
164
170
Dimensions
AO0 0~10VDC
signal output
-
50%
1 2 3
GND
B–
GND
+
+
ON
B-
B+
AO 1
COM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B+
MS/TP
COM
AO si gna l adj uster
AO tog gle sw itch
Auto
Manu
ON
V–
AO 0
BO HOA toggle switch
Off
Auto
On
M+
M–
BO3 no-voltage
contact output
Thermi sto r
4~20mA
V+
V-
MS/TP communication
status indicator
+
–
DIP switch
BO2 no-voltage
contact output
Sig nal setting jumper
MSnet
M-
BACnet
MS/TPcommunication port
+
–
M+
MSnet communication
status indicator
COM
V+
MSnetcommunication port
UI 7
BI
BO 3
Receive AI signal setting
COM
UI 6
BO 3
Dry con ta ct
BO3
COM
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
BI si gna l
˖
BO1 no-voltage
contact output
E+
UI4
UI input signal selection switch
||
||
|
BO 2
DIP switch
COM
AI
BO 2
Sig nal setting jumper
UI 5
BO0
BI
AI
BO 1
UI signal setting
Receive BI signal setting
UI 4
COM
BO1
||
||
|
COM
BO1
BI
AI
BO 1
UI 3
BO2
||
||
|
COM
BO0 no-voltage
contact output
BO2
BI
BO 0
BO3
||
||
|
AI
DSCU842B
AOO
BI
UI 2
COM
||
||
|
COM
AO1
AI
BO 0
24 VAC/VDC power
UI 1
COM
BI
COM
+
AI→2-wire 4~20 mA
input signal
||
||
|
+
-
E-
UI3
-
AI
COM
+
AI→0~10VDC input signal
UI2
-
AI→4~20mA input signal
BI
COM
+
||
||
|
24VAC/VDC
GND
24VDC
UI1
AI→10KΩ NTC component
AI
COM
BO0
COM
UI 0
24VAC
BI
GND
||
||
|
AI
˖
UI0
BIʿdry contact input signal
135
147
Ø4
127
9
49
Field Control Devices
BACnet Application Specific
Programmable Controller DSCB
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -ASC, the
DSCB is an application specific programmable and standalone logic controller. It can be
applied to monitor and control electromechanical devices in a building, such as large
AHU (Air Handling Unit), water pump, FCU, fume hood, pump and so on. With a built-in
32-bit processor, its communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps and the
transmission distance can reach 1,200 meters. It has no physical I/O points, but it has
an EIMnet communication port to connect externally to 12 EIM series expansion
modules to cope with different point expansion demands. Also it has an MSnet
communication port to connect to an external LCD control panel to facilitate operating,
examining in real time by onsite personnel. Thanks to the compliance of the
international BACnet communications protocol standard, the DSCB can communicate
and control any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely it is the best
equipment for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) class of communications protocol regulations and
has passed BTL certification.
„
One MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port adopting Peer-to-Peer Master-Slave/Token-Passing data
communication transmission method
„
MSnet network port to connect to an MST, DSP, DST series control panel or an MODBUS RTU Master or Slave device
„
One EIMnet communication port to connect to 12 EIMnet series expansion modules
„
One RS-232 port, equipment parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
100 binary value (BV) soft points and 100 analog value (AV) soft points that can be used in numerical calculation, set points, timer
or alert points.
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function
in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
All BO, AO and BV support 16-level priority array control function.
„
The analog values use standard floating-point operations with a broad range of numeric values and precision so that control
logic programs and the GUI control layer no longer need multiplier operations.
„
Sliding track design that saves configuration space with ease of installation and removal.
Specifications
Model Number
MS/TP Communication
MSnet Communication
EIMnet Communication
EIM Module
BV
AV
DSCB
1
1
1
12
100
100
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 2 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 20K RAM, 8K FRAM, and 128K Flash memory
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
space
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection devices
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable, transmission
distance 1,200 meters, can connect to an LCD control panel or an MODBUS Master or Slave device
128
Field Control Devices
EIMnet Communication : MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters,
can connect to 12 EIM series I/O expansion modules
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), BTL(BACnet Testing Laboratory Listed BACnet Application Specific
Controller (B-ASC))
-
24VAC
Power Input
V-
+
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
SRZHU
24VAC
Wiring
24VAC/VDC
GND
DSCB
Address swi tch
Rx
Rx
EIMnet
E–
Data bu
busMS/TP
D+
DD_G
EIM Port
AO3
E+
E+
EIMnetFRQQHFWLRQSRUW/RS-485
FRQQHFWVXSWREIM..M
Failsafe
QHWZ RUNIDLOXUH SURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
GND
Tx
E+
E-
Tx
B–
GND
GND
V–
B+
B-
B-
B+
B+
BACne t QHWZ RUNSRUW
MS/TP RS485
Tx
EIMnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFD WRU
COM
E-
M–
MS/TPFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFD WRU
ON
M+
V-
V-
V+
M-
M-
MSnet
MAC DGGUH VV',3VZ LWFK
Rx
M+
M+
MAC address
V+
V+
MSnet QHWZ RUNSRUW
MODBUS RTU RS-485
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Config
Failsafe
QHWZ RUNIDLOXUH
SURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
MSnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFD WRU
ON
ConfigureVH WXSHQG
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
BACnet Applicati on Specif ic Controller
(TXLSPHQWVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
State
Fig. 1 DSCB Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
129
Field Control Devices
BACnet Application Specific
Programmable Controller DSC4211B
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -ASC, the
DSC4211B is an application specific programmable and standalone logic controller. It
can be applied to monitor and control electromechanical devices in a building, such as
large AHU (Air Handling Unit), water pump, FCU, fume hood, pump and so on. With a
built-in 32-bit processor, its communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps and the
transmission distance can reach 1,200 meters. Furthermore it has 4 binary inputs (BI),
2 analog inputs (AI), 1 binary output (BO), and 1 analog output (AO) and an MSnet
communication port to connect to an external LCD control panel to facilitate onsite
operation and information examining in real time. Thanks to the compliance of the
international BACnet communications protocol standard, the DSC4211B can
communicate and control any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely
it is the best equipment for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) class of communications protocol regulations and
has passed BTL certification.
„
MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port adopting Peer-to-Peer Master-Slave/Token-Passing data
communication transmission method
„
MSnet network port to connect to an MST, DSP, DST series control panel or an MODBUS RTU Master or Slave device
„
One RS-232 port, equipment initial setup or parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Binary inputs (BI) with 1000 VDC photocoupler separation capability and status indicator design
„
Analog inputs (AI) with 12-bit resolution, jumper selectable to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 0~10 VDC or 4~20 mA signals
„
Binary outputs (BO) with 1000 VDC photocoupler separation, status indicator and Relay on Board design
„
Analog outputs (AO) with 12-bit precision, 0~10 VDC signal output
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
100 binary values (BV) and 100 analog values (AV) that can be used in numerical calculation, set points, timer or alert points and so
on.
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function
in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
All BO, AO and BV support 16-level priority array control function.
„
Sliding track design that saves configuration space with ease of installation and removal.
Specifications
Model Number
BI
AI
BO
AO
BV
AV
DSC4211B
4
2
1
1
100
100
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 20K RAM, 8K FRAM, and 128K Flash memory
space
Binary Input
: 12VDC detection voltage, 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable, accepts dry contact or open
Analog Input
: 12-bit resolution, jumper selectable to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and
collector input signals
like signals
Binary Output
: 7 A/250 VAC no-voltage relay SPST contacts output
130
Field Control Devices
Analog Output
: 12-bit resolution, 0~10 VDC signal output
Auxiliary Power
: 24 VDC/160 mA output suitable for the power for sensors
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection devices
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable, transmission
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), BTL(BACnet Testing Laboratory Listed BACnet Application Specific
distance 1,200 meters, can connect to an LCD control panel or an MODBUS Master or Slave device
Controller (B-ASC))
Wiring
BI 0
24VAC/VDC
COM
GND
AI si gnal jumper
The rm istor
BI3
BO0
COM
4~20 m A
D-
GND
D_G
MS/TP
GND
Rx
B+
B–
AO
GND 24VDC COM
B-
GND
COM
Tx
GND
COM
V–
24VDC
BACnet Applicati on Specif ic Controller
+
-
Fig. 1 DSC4211B Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
131
10KΩ NTC sensor component
Or 0~10Vdc
Or 4~20mA signal
- 2-wire 4~20 mA sensor
+ component
COM
B+
B-
D+
B+
AI 1
M–
AO
V-
Failsafe network failure
protection jumper
MS/TP communication status indicator
M+
+
-
COM
Tx
COM
AI1
Rx
M-
M-
AI 0
V+
M+
M+
0~10 VDC
7A/250VAC
no-voltage contact output
binary signal
AI0
MSnet
V+
V+
No-voltage or open collector
binary input signal
COM
BI 3
COM
COM
COM
BO0
MAC addr ess
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
BI 2
COM
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Address swi tch
Config
V-
BACnet network port
MS/TP RS485
COM
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
Configure setup end
MSnet network port
MODBUS RTU RS-485
DSC4211B
BI2 COM
BI 1
MAC address DIP switch
MSnet communication
status indicator
COM
V-
–
BI1
24VAC
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
power
24VAC
Power Inputt
BI0
I/O status indicator
+
AI analog input signal
selection switch
10KΩ, 0~10Vdc, 4~20mA
0~10Vdc
analog output signal
Field Control Devices
BACnet Application Specific
Programmable Controller DSC24000B
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -ASC, the
DSC24000B is an advanced programmable and standalone logic controller. It can be
applied to monitor and control electromechanical devices in electrical room or mechanical
room and for integration system like lighting, emergency help, or safety. With a built-in
32-bit processor and acting as a network controller, DSC24000B’s communication speed
can be up to 76,800 bps and the transmission distance can reach 1,200 meters. Featured
with 24 binary inputs (BI) in compact design, it can save space and cost of the control box
with sufficient inputs. Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet
communications protocol standard, the DSC24000B can communicate and control any
brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely it is the best equipment for users
to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) class of communications protocol regulations and
has passed BTL certification.
„
One MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port adopting Peer-to-Peer Master-Slave/Token-Passing data
communication transmission method
„
One RS-232 port, equipment parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Binary inputs (BI) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capability and status indicator design to accept dry contact or open
collector input signals
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
100 binary values (BV) and 100 analog values (AV) that can be used in numerical calculation, set points, timer or alert points and so
on.
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function
in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
All BV support 16-level priority array control function.
„
Sliding track design that saves configuration space with ease of installation and removal.
Specifications
Model Number
BI
AI
BO
AO
BV
AV
DSC24000B
24
0
0
0
100
100
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 20K RAM, 8K FRAM, and 128K Flash
Binary Input
: 12VDC detection voltage, 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable, accepts dry contact or open
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed can reach 76,800 bps (autosensing), transmission
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), BTL(BACnet Testing Laboratory Listed BACnet Application Specific
memory space
collector input signals
distance 1,200 meters
Controller (B-ASC))
132
Field Control Devices
Wiring
Com
COM
BI4
BI5
BI6
BI7
BI 7
COM
BI 9
Config
MAC address
BI 6
BI 8
Initi al p arameter setup end
BI10
BI11
BI12
BI13
E-
D_G
E-
MS/TP communication port
Rx
Tx
BI15
B+
B–
BI15
DE+
E+
BI14
BI14
MS/TP
bina ry inpu t
dry con tact or op en
collecto r signa ls
BI13
MAC a ddress DIP switch
BI 5
Com
BI22
BI23
BI23
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
bina ry inpu t
dry con tact or op en
collecto r signa ls
BI8
BI21
BI20
BI 4
BI9
BI20
BI19
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
BI10
BI19
BI18
BI22
BI 3
Address swi tch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BI18
BI17
BI11
BI17
DSC24000B
BI3
BI 2
BI16
BI21
BI1
BI 1
BI2
BI 0
GND
ON
bina ry inpu t
dry con tact or op en
collecto r signa ls
24VAC/VDC
BI12
DSC24000B
Ver1.00
COM
BACnet Applicati on Specif ic Controller
System
Com
GND 24VAC
–
BI16
24VAC/VDC
power inpu t
24VAC
Power Input
BI0
BI in put status indicator
+
Equ ipment sta tus
indi cator
MS/TP communication
status i ndicato r
Fig. 1 DSC24000B Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
133
Field Control Devices
BACnet Application Specific
Programmable Controller DSC0080B
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -ASC, the
DSC0080B is an advanced programmable and standalone logic controller. It can be applied
to monitor and control electromechanical devices in electrical room or mechanical room and
for integration system like lighting, emergency help, or safety. With a built-in 32-bit
processor and acting as a network controller, DSC0080B’s communication speed can be up
to 76,800 bps and the transmission distance can reach 1,200 meters. It has 8 binary
outputs (BO) and an EIMnet communication port to connect externally to 12 EIM series
expansion modules for users to cope with different point expansion demands. Thanks to the
compliance of the international BACnet communications protocol standard, the DSC0080B
can communicate and control any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely
it is the best equipment for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) class of communications protocol regulations and
has passed BTL certification.
„
One MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port adopting Peer-to-Peer Master-Slave/Token-Passing data
communication transmission method
„
EIMnet communication port to connect to 12 EIM series expansion modules, but in principle the t otal points in the loop cannot
exceed 100
„
One RS-232 port, equipment parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Binary outputs (BO), dry contact outpus with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation, status indicator, and 7A/250 VAC/SPST Relay
design. Each BO has a Hand/Off/Auto 3-step switch to convert manual states to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and
control computer.
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
100 binary values (BV) and 100 analog values (AV) that can be used in numerical calculation, set points, timer or alert points and so
on.
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function
in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
All AO/BO/BV support 16-level priority array control function.
„
Sliding track design that saves configuration space with ease of installation and removal.
Specifications
Model Number
BI
AI
BO
AO
EIM Module
BV
AV
DSC0080B
0
0
8
0
12
100
100
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 20K RAM, 8K FRAM, and 128K Flash
Binary Output
: 7 A/250 VAC no-voltage SPST contacts with a Hand/Off/Auto 3-step switch
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed can reach 76,800 bps (autosensing), transmission
memory space
distance 1,200 meters
EIMnet Communication : MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, can connect to 12 EIM series I/O
expansion modules
134
Field Control Devices
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), BTL(BACnet Testing Laboratory Listed BACnet Application Specific
Controller (B-ASC))
24VAC
Power Input
DSC0080B
Ver1.00
24VAC/VDC
BO0
GND
BO0
BO ON status ind ica tor
On
Auto
BO2
BO4
BO4
BO5
Green LED
Light when BO in Auto pos.
BO5
BO5
Red LED
Light when BO action
BO6
BO6
BO6
BO7 BO6
Config
BO7
BO7
MS/TP
Initi al p arameter setup end
DB+
D_G
B-
Tx
BO5 7A/250VAC dry contact
BO6 7A/250VAC dry contact
BO7 7A/250VAC dry contact
EIMnet
B+
B–
BACnet Applicati on Specif ic Controller
E+
E–
Rx
Tx
E+
D_G
E-
B-
Rx
BO4 7A/250VAC dry contact
DE+
B+
BO3 7A/250VAC dry contact
BO7
MAC address
MAC a ddress DIP switch
BO2 7A/250VAC dry contact
BO3 BO2
BO3
On Å Æ Of f
BO Auto mode status in dica tor
MS/TP communication port
Off
BO3
BO3
BO t oggle swit ch
BO2
BO4
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
BO2
BO4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
BO1
BO5
Address swi tch
BO1 7A/250VAC dry contact
BO1
BO1
DSC0080B
BO Manua l/Auto to ggle switch
BO0 7A/250VAC dry contact
BO0
–
BO1
GND 24VAC
+
24VAC/VDC
power inpu t
BO0
Wiring
E-
MS/TP communication
status i ndicato r
EIMnetcon nectio n
port/RS-485, connects
up to 12EIM..M
EIMnet communicati on
status i ndicato r
Fig. 1 DSC0080B Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
135
Field Control Devices
BACnet Application Specific
Programmable VAV Controller DSCV350B
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -ASC, the
DSCV350B is an application specific programmable VAV controller. It has an
independent air pressure transmitter, used to control single-duct VAV boxes. With a
built-in 32-bit processor, its communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps and the
transmission distance can reach 1,200 meters. Its universal inputs can accept binary
or analog signals. The binary outputs could be in the form of hot-switched triacs.
Furthermore it has an MSnet communication port to connect to an external LCD
control panel to facilitate operating, examining in real time by onsite personnel. The
DSCV350B integrates a pressure transmitter and flexible programming functions to
provide comprehensive choices for precision controlled VAV boxes and is absolutely
the best equipment for users to implement monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) class of communications protocol regulations and
has passed BTL certification.
„
One MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port adopting Peer-to-Peer Master-Slave/Token-Passing data
communication transmission method
„
MSnet communication port to connect to an MST, DSP, DST series control panel or an MODBUS RTU Master or Slave device
„
One RS-232 port, equipment parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Universal inputs (UI) with 12-bit resolution to accept dry contact, 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like binary
input (BI) or analog input (AI) signals
„
Binary outputs (BO) use 0.5 A/24 VAC hot-switched triac design and has a status indicator
„
Uses high precision flow differential pressure transmitter, directionless pressure sensing, low air volume requirement, uses all
integrated circuit packages internally, resistant to impact from pollutants
„
Adjustable parameters built in the program for fine tuning of air pressure transmitter and can be adjusted when onsite air volume
reaches an equilibrium
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
100 binary values (BV) and 100 analog values (AV) that can be used as software operation and control parameters.
„
The analog values use standard floating-point operations with a broad range of numeric values and precision so that control
logic programs and the GUI control layer no longer need multiplier operations.
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function in the event of power
outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
Binary outs (BO) and binary values (BV) have 16 layers of priority control functions. The actual output will be determined by the
priority of the commands.
„
Sliding track design that saves space with ease of installation. The terminal connectors are pluggable by design with
communication and equipment status indicators for easy troubleshooting.
Specifications
Model Number
UI
BO
AO
BV
AV
DSCV350B
3
5
0
100
100
136
Field Control Devices
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 5 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 20K RAM, 8K FRAM, and 128K Flash
Universal Input
: 12-bit resolution, jumper selectable to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC
Binary Output
: 0.5 A/24 VAC hot-switched triac
Pressure Transmitter
: ±500 Pa differential pressure transmitter, accuracy ±3% of measured values
Auxiliary Power
: 24 VDC/60 mA auxiliary power output suitable for the power for sensors
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps autosensing,
memory space
signals
transmission distance 1,200 meters
2500 Vrms galvanic isolation and a TVS ARRAY overvoltage protection device
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps parameter adjustable,
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), BTL(BACnet Testing Laboratory Listed BACnet Application Specific
can connect to an MST˚DSP˚DST series control panel or an MODBUS Master or Slave device
Controller (B-ASC))
Wiring
Damper actua tor(floating)
V+
M+
M+
M–
M-
V–
V-
V+
UI 2
The rm istor
4~20 m A
0~10 VDC
Msnet network
MODBUS RTU RS-485
V–
COM
24Vout
HIGH
HIGH
VAV differential
pressure sensor
B+
MS/TP
B+
B–
GND
Equipment status indicator
M+
M–
Dr y co nta ct
B+
B–
B-
BACnet MS/TP
network port
UI signal setti ng
Ju mp er
V+
24VAC/VDC power
MAC address DIP switch
Config
GND
GND
Input signal
selection switch
State
MSnet
–
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC addr ess
Configure
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
+
24VAC GND
UI 1
COM 24VDC
–
+
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
COM
ON
UI 0
UI2
24VDC auxiliary power
Address swi tch
COM
UI1
2-wire sensor component
4~20m A current input
+
+
BO 4
COM
–
0~10VDC voltage
signal input
BO 3
UI0
4~20mA current input
DSCV350B
BO 2
BO4 COM
+
GND
COM
BO3
24VAC
COM
24VAC/VDC
BO 1
BO2
24VAC
CLOSE
OPEN
COM
BO 0
BO1 COM
electric
valve
(floating)
Power Input
BO0
24VAC
24VAC
COM
CLOSE
OPEN
COM
LOW
LOW
BACnet Applicati on Specif ic Controller
Fig. 1 DSCV350B Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
137
Field Control Devices
BACnet PID Temperature Controller DT4211B
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet B -ASC, the
DT4211B is a specific PID temperature controller that can be used to monitor and control
pre-cooling air handling (PAU) units or general constant temperature air handling units
(AHU) in a building. With a built-in 32-bit processor and acting as a network controller, its
communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps and the transmission distance can reach
1200 meters. Furthermore the DT4211B has 4 binary inputs (BI), 2 analog inputs (AI), 1
binary output (BO), and 1 analog output (AO) and a large-size backlit LCD control panel to
provide convenient onsite operation and information examining in real time. Thanks to the
compliance of the international BACnet communications protocol standard, the DT4211B
can communicate and control any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. Definitely
it is the best equipment for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
„
Adopts international standard BACnet ASC class standard communications protocol that is compliant with BACnet systems
One MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port adopting Peer-to-Peer Master-Slave/Token-Passing data
communication transmission method
„
32-bit CPU capable of independent operation, preset with complete control programs to apply directly in your solutions
„
Large LCD screen that can simultaneously display sensor and setting values in two sets of 4-bit numbers and 3-bit characters.
Adopts high intensity
„
backlit design, clear and beautiful
Complete solution with control box included. No need to set up extra space for the control box and can be directly installed on
the wall in the control room.
„
4 binary inputs (BI) to be used in monitoring of fan operating status, overload trip, filter state, smoke detector daisy chaining and so
on.
„
Analog inputs with 2 12-bit resolutions. The first is a temperature sensing point. The second can be connected to 4~20 mA or 0~10
VDC signals like valve position, humidity sensor, CO, CO2 carbon dioxide sensor and monitoring of like devices. The type of input
signals can be selected by the internal software.
„
7 A/250 VAC no-voltage contact binary output (BO) to drive the electromagnetic fan clutch directly
„
One ratio + integral + differential operation control analog output (AO) to be used as 0~10 VDC ratio signal output to control
electric valves or fan motors.
„
8 operation buttons that not only can perform fan start/stop, temperature setting, and alarm confirmat ion operations, but also
can directly set various operating parameters
„
Abnormality alarm function, can program LCD codes, LCD backlight flashing or buzzer method to display the abnormal condition
„
Password protection design, can set restricted personnel operating level by parameters, time display function that can display
current network time synchronously
„
Settings, operation commands, internal parameters and other data can be saved in flash immediately after the operation to achieve
memory function in the event of power outages.
Specifications
Components
DT4211B standard sales kit include
DT4211B-LCD+DT4211-IOB+PPC+TL
Model Number
Name
Model Number
DT4211B-LCD
Controller Panel
PPC01902914
DT4211-IOB
Controller I/O
Board
PGS01902914
138
Name
FRP Control
Box
Metal Control
Box
Model
Number
TL220T24015
TL380T24015
Name
Power adapter
220/24&12,15 VA
Power adapter
380/24&12,15 VA
Field Control Devices
Power
: 220 or 380 VAC input, included in the control box is a 220, 380/24 VAC 15 VA power adapter (factory
default 220 VAC)
Output Power
: 24 VAC 12 VA power to control valve, 12 VAC 3 VA controller internal power, 16 VDC power to 2-wire
Binary Input
: 4 dry contacts output, detection voltage 12 VDC
Binary Output
: 7 A/250 VAC no-voltage relay SPST contacts output
Analog Input
: 2 12-bit resolutions. The first is connected to 10KΩ (25Ԩ) NTC temperature sensor, sensor range 0ǡ70
Analog Output
: 8-bit resolution, 0~10 VDC output signal
LCD Display
: Eight 7-segment number display, six 8-segment text display and display of other graphics, 160 display
MS/TP Communication
: MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps adjustable,
sensor
Ԩ. The second is connected to 0~10 VDC or 4~20 mA sensor component of signal source.
points in total Backlight function
transmission distance 1,200 meters, 2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and TVS ARRAY overvoltage
protection devices
Box Material
: Fire prevention level PC, UL-94V2, gray white (factory default)
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
Installation Tips
„
When the controller shares a power adapter with a ratio control valve, please take care not to connect their common wire
(negative) in the wrong way, or damage might happen to the equipment.
„
When wiring for fan start/stop, it is recommended to use 1.25mm2 control wire in independent piping. Do not put in the same piping
with other wires to prevent mutual interference.
„
Apart from fan start/stop control points, it is recommended to use AWG 18 twisted pair shielded cables for other wires and use EMT
to get the best control effects.
„
Network wiring should be done in a daisy-chain manner (as shown in Network Architecture Diagram). Do not use a junction box
or parallel connection. The beginning and terminal ends of the wires should connect to a 120Ω termination resistor.
„
This controller is an all-in-one controller. Please do not install the panel and the base plate separately to avoid interference to
the controller and the network and cause control malfunctions.
„
To display the time or not can be determined by internal parameters of the DT4211B. The time has to be synchronized by the upper
layer control system.
„
When installing the panel a screwdriver is needed to secure the metal plate in place first and then fit the controller in and push
downward to secure it. When removing the unit, follow the instructions in reverse order.
„
AI input signals are 0~10 VDC or 4~20 mA selectable. The signal selection jumper at t he back of panel needs to be switched to
do so.
„
When connecting the network, each DT4211B has to be set with a unique network address by way of button inputs. Please refer to
the technical manual that came with your device for the way to set the address and other technical data.
139
Field Control Devices
Wiring
L
N
24VAC Com
24VAC
+
AO
0..10VDC
AI
Com 16VDC Com
–
Com
D+
BI 0
D-
BI_G
BI 1
BI_G
BI 2
BI_G
BI 3
BI_G
BO
S1
S2
+ +
+
–
BI 3fire and smoke detection monitoring
dry contact binary input
(NC constantly closed contact)
Next
RS-485 network
communication
BI 2filter status monitoring
dry contact binary input
Signal selection switch located at
back of display screen
J8
1
2
3
–
5
ML70xx
+
humidity sensor
or
carbon dioxide
BO
BO fan start/stop control
dry contact binary output
TS.. NTC10K
temp sensor
valve position
feedback
+
Ther
0..10VDC
or
4..20mA
0..10VDC
–
220 VAC
power
Com
BI 1fan overload monitoring
dry contact binary input
0..10VDC
4..20mA
BI 0fan status monitoring
dry contact binary input
(Input signal)
Fig 1 DT4211B Wiring
Unit: mm (This dimensions chart is based on PC materials)
Dimensions
215 mm
190 mm
2 mm
144 mm
110 mm
2 mm
422mm
190 mm
250 mm
290 mm
120
120
Ȝ 6mm
140
190 mm
Field Control Devices
Modbus PID Temperature Controller DT4211M
Application
The DT4211M is a Modbus PID temperature controller that can be used to monitor and
control pre-cooling air handling (PAU) units or general constant temperature air handling units
(AHU) in a building. With a built-in 16-bit processor and acting as a network controller, its
communication speed can be up to 9,600 bps and the transmission distance can reach 1,200
meters. Furthermore the DT4211M has 4 binary inputs (BI), 2 analog inputs (AI), 1 binary
output (BO), and 1 analog output (AO) for various uses and a large-size backlit LCD control
panel to provide convenient onsite operation and information examining in real time. Thanks
to the compliance of the international Modbus communications protocol standard, the
DT4211M can communicate and control any brands of Modbus monitor and control system.
Definitely it is the best equipment for users to implement a monitor and control system.
Product Features
„
16-bit MCU capable of independent operation, preset with complete control programs to apply directly in your solutions
„
Large LCD screen that can simultaneously display sensor and setting values in two sets of 4-bit numbers and 3-bit characters.
Adopts high intensity
backlit design, clear and beautiful
„
2-wire RC485 network communication function, uses MODBUS RTU communications protocol to read data or control
„
Complete solution with control box included. No need to set up extra space for the control box and can be directly installed on
the wall in the control room.
„
4 status inputs to be used in monitoring of fan operating status, overload trip, filter state, smoke detector daisy chaining and so on.
„
Analog inputs with 2 12-bit resolutions. The first is a temperature sensing point. The second can be connected to 4~20 mA or 0~10
VDC signals like valve position, humidity, CO, CO2 sensor and specific monitoring of like devices. The type of input signals can be
selected by the internal software.
„
7 A/250 VAC no-voltage contact binary output (BO) to drive the electromagnetic fan clutch directly
„
One ratio + integral + differential operation control analog output (AO) to be used as 0~10 VDC ratio signal output to control
„
8 operation buttons that not only can perform fan start/stop, temperature setting, and alarm confirmation operations, bu t also
electric valves or fan motors.
can directly set various operating parameters
„
Abnormality alarm function, can program LCD codes, LCD backlight flashing or buzzer method to display the abnormal condition
„
Password protection design, can set restricted personnel operating level by parameters, time display function that can display
current network time synchronously
„
Settings, operation commands, internal parameters and other data can be saved in flash immediately after the operation to achieve
memory function in the event of power outages.
Specifications
Components
Power
Model Number
Name
Model Number
Name
Model Number
Name
DT4211M-LCD
Controller
Panel
PPC01902914
FRP Control
Box
TL220T24015
Power adapter 220/24 &
12, 15 VA
DT4211-IOB
Controller
I/O Board
PGS01902914
Metal Control
Box
TL380T24015
Power adapter 380/24 &
12, 15 VA
: 220 or 380 VAC input, included in the control box is a 220, 380/24 VAC 15 VA power adapter (factory
default 220 VAC)
Output Power
: 24 VAC 12 VA power to control valve, 12 VAC 3 VA controller internal power, 16 VDC power to 2-wire
Binary Input
: 4 dry contacts output, detection voltage 12 VDC
Analog Input
: 2 analog inputs with 12-bit resolution. The first is connected to 10KΩ (25Ԩ) NTC temperature sensor,
sensor
sensor range 0ǡ70 Ԩ.
The other is connected to 0~10 VDC or 4~20 mA signals.
141
Field Control Devices
Binary Output
: 7 A/250 VAC no-voltage relay SPST contacts output
Analog Output
: One analog output, 8-bit resolution, output signals can be 0~10 VDC
LCD Display
: Eight 7-segment number display, six 8-segment text display and display of other graphics, 160 display
FCnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 transmission, transmission speed 9,600 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters
Box Material
: Fire prevention level PC, UL-94V2, gray white (factory default)
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
points in total Backlight function
Installation
When the controller shares a power adapter with a ratio control valve, please take care not to connect their common wire
„
(negative) in the wrong way, or damage might happen to the equipment.
When wiring for fan start/stop, it is recommended to use 1.25mm2 control wire in independent piping. Do not put in the same piping
„
with other wires to prevent mutual interference.
Apart from fan start/stop control points, it is recommended to use AWG 22 twisted pair shielded cables for other wires and use EMT
„
to get the best control effects.
Network wiring should be done in a daisy-chain manner (as shown in Network Architecture Diagram). Do not use a junction box
„
or parallel connection. The beginning and terminal ends of the wires should connect to a 120Ω termination resistor.
This controller is an all-in-one controller. Please do not install the panel and the base plate separately to avoid interference to the
„
controller and the network and cause control malfunctions.
To display the time or not can be determined by internal parameters of the DT4211M. The time has to be synchronized by the upper
„
layer control system.
When installing the panel a screwdriver is needed to secure the metal plate in place first and then fit the controller in and push
„
downward to secure it. When removing the unit, follow the instructions in reverse order.
„
AI input signals are 0~10 VDC selectable. The signal selection jumper at the back of panel needs to be switched to do so.
„
When connecting the network, each DT4211M has to be set with a unique network address by way of button inputs. Please refer to
the technical manual that came with your device for the way to set the address and other technical data.
Wiring
L
N
24VAC Com
AO
Com
0..10VDC
24VAC
+
Com 16VDC Com
–
Com
D+
BI 0
D-
BI_G
BI 1
BI_G
BI 2
BI_G
BI 3
BI_G
S1
TS.. NTC10K
temp sensor
+ +
S2
2
3
5
ML70xx
0..10VDC
input signal
–
+
–
RS-485Network
communication
BI 2 filter status monitoring
dry contact binary input
+
BI 1 fan overload monitoring
dry contact binary input
0..10VDC
humidity sensor
or
carbon dioxide
4..20mA
BI 0 fan status monitoring
dry contact binary input
(input signal)
Fig 1 DT4211M Wiring
Unit: mm
215 mm
190 mm
2 mm
144 mm
110 mm
2 mm
422mm
190 mm
120
250 mm
290 mm
Dimensions
BO
BI 3 fire and smoke detection monitoring
dry contact binary input
(NC constantly closed contact)
1
H
[
W
Signal selection switch located at
back of display screen
J8
1
BO
BO fan start/stop control
dry contact binary output
valve position
feedback
+
Ther
0..10VDC
or
4..20mA
0..10VDC
–
220 VAC
power
AI
120
Ȝ 6mm
142
190 mm
Field Control Devices
Modbus PID Temperature Controller DTC4211M
Application
The DTC4211M is a Modbus PID temperature controller that can be used to monitor
and control pre-cooling air handling (PAU) units or general constant temperature air
handling units (AHU) in a building. With a built-in 32-bit processor and acting as a
network controller, its communication speed can be up to 9,600 bps and the
transmission distance can reach 1,200 meters. Furthermore the DTC4211M has 4
binary inputs (BI), 2 analog inputs (AI), 1 binary output (BO), and 1 analog output
(AO) for various uses and an MSnet communication port to connect to an MST or
DST onsite LCD control panel to provide convenient onsite operation and information
examining in real time.
Product Features
„
2-wire RC485 network communication function, uses MODBUS RTU communications protocol to read data or control, compliant
with MODBUS standard communications protocol
„
Independent MCU,
„
FCnet network port to connect to 32 DFC FCU controllers or DT AHU controllers
preset with complete programs to be used directly.
„
MSnet HMI network to connect to MST20V or MST20S control panels
„
One RS-232 port, equipment parameters modifiable through AD-Linker using a null modem to connect to it
„
4 binary inputs (BI) to be used in monitoring of fan operating status, overload trip, filter state, smoke detector daisy chaining and so
on.
„
Analog inputs with 2 12-bit resolutions. The first is a temperature sensing point. The second can be connected to 4~20 mA or 0~10
VDC signals like valve position, humidity sensor, CO2 carbon dioxide sensor and monitoring of like devices. The type of input
signals can be selected by the internal software.
„
7 A/250 VAC no-voltage contact binary output (BO) to drive the electromagnetic fan clutch directly
Specifications
Model Number
BI
AI
BO
AO
Comment
DTC4211M
4
2
1
1
Can connect externally to an MST20V or MST20S onsite control panel. This has to be
purchased separately.
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC, 2 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that includes 10K RAM, 8K FRAM, and 64K Flash memory
space
Binary Input
: Photocoupler separation binary input, detection voltage 12VDC
Analog Input
: 12-bit resolution, jumper selectable to process signals like dry contacts, thermistors, 4~20 mA or 0~10
Binary Output
: 7 A/250 VAC no-voltage relay SPST contacts output
Analog Output
: 12-bit resolution, 0~10 VDC signal output
Auxiliary Power
: 24 VDC/160 mA output suitable for the power for sensors
FCnet Communication
: RS-485 transmission MODBUS RTU, transmission speed 9,600 bps, transmission distance 1,200 meters
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps parameter adjustable,
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
VDC
can connect to an MST20V, MST20S control panel
143
Field Control Devices
Wiring
24VAC/VDC
COM
DTC4211M
Tx
COM
BI3
COM
COM
F+
F–
GND
GND
AO
GND 24VDC COM
Rx
F-
Tx
BO 0 fan start/stop control
dry con tact bi nary ou tpu t
+
-
FCnet
COM
24VDC
10KΩ NTC sensor
componen t
Modb us PID Te mperatu re Contro ler
+
+
-
COM
F+
F-
BO0
AI 1
M–
AO
V-
FCn et network po rt
MODBUS RTU RS485
AI 0
COM
MSnet
Modbus RTU
F+
BO0
COM
M+
V–
MS/TP communication
status i ndicato r
COM
V+
BI 3 fire and smoke detection
monitoring dry contact bin ary
inpu t (NC consta nt closed
contact)
AI1
Rx
M-
V-
0~10 VDC
M+
M-
BI 3
COM
4~20 m A
BI 2 filte r sta tus mo nitoring
dry con tact bi nary in put
AI0
MAC addr ess
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
AI si gnal jumper
The rm istor
V+
MSnet networ k port
MODBUS RTU RS-485
ON
Config
V+
COM
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
MSnet communication
status i ndicato r
M+
BI 2
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
COM
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Configure se tup end
COM
Address swi tch
BI 1 fan ove rload monitoring
dry con tact bi nary in put
BI2 COM
BI 1
MAC a ddress DIP switch
BI 0 fan status monitoring
dry con tact bi nary in put
COM
BI 0
GND
V-
–
BI1
24VAC
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
power
24VAC
Power Input
BI0
I/O status in dicato r
+
Failsafe network failur e
protection jumper
Humidity sensor or
carbon dio xid e
AI a nalog inpu t signal selection
switch 10KΩ˚0~10Vdc˚
4~20mA
0~10VDC
Ana log output signa l
Failsafe network failur e
protection jumper
Fig. 1 DTC4211M Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
144
Delta Tainan Plant (Phase II)
EEWH Diamond
- Energy Savings: 34%
- Applied Technologies
- Natural Lighting & Ventilation
- Underground Ventilation
- Ice Storage AC Systems
- LED Lighting & Solar PV Systems
- Energy-Efficiency Elevator Solution
- Rainwater Harvesting Systems
I/O Expansion Module
Input/Output Expansion Module for BACnet MS/TP Network
Input/Output Expansion Module for EIMnet Network
EIMnet Communications Protocol Module
I/O Expansion Module
BACnet MS/TP Binary Input/Output
Expansion Module DIM...B
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet
B-ASC, the DIM...B is a binary input/output expansion module capable of
independent operations. The module is suitable for monitoring or controlling
simple or scattered electromechanical equipment inside a building and can
be used in expanding points in the MS/TP layer. With a built-in 32-bit
processor, its communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps and the
DIM8000B
DIMP800B
DIM0040B
DIM4020B
transmission distance can be up to 1,200 meters. The binary and pulse inputs
are designed with photocoupler separation capable of efficient isolation of
interfering signals. The binary outputs have SPST Relay dry contact outputs
using 7 A/250 VAC to control onsite equipment directly. Thanks to the
compliance of the use of the international BACnet MS/TP communications
protocol standard, the DIM...B can communicate and control with other
brands of the BACnet monitor and control system. The DIM...B is a product
series with diversified and different point capacity and provides you flexible
and economical system configuration alternatives. It is definitely the best
product for your monitor and control system implementation.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) class of communications protocol regulations and
compliant with BACnet systems
„
One MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port adopting Peer-to-Peer Master-Slave/Token-Passing data
communication transmission method
„
Binary inputs (BI) and pulse inputs (PI) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capability and status indicator design
„
The Binary Output (BO) has 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation, status indicator, and Hand/Off/Auto switch devices and can
transform the manual state to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control computer to facilitate onsite commissioning and
adjustment as well as maintenance.
„
Each module has an 8 MAC Address DIP switch with addressable range of 0~127.
„
Each module has communication and equipment status indicators to facilitate onsite engineers getting hold of system operation
status and performing troubleshooting in real time.
„
Applicable in MS/TP network scenarios and can flexibly adjust points to reduce equipment cost.
„
Sliding track design that saves space with ease of installation. The terminal connectors are pluggable by design with
communication and equipment status indicators for easy troubleshooting.
Specifications
Model Number
BI
BO
PI
DIM8000B
8
0
0
DIMP800B
0
0
8
DIM0040B
0
4
0
DIM4020B
4
2
0
MS/TP loop connected DIM limit of each unit
GC-RB01
GC-DB01
GC-RT12
GC-RB21/23
16
16
32
32
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC input, 2 VA
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU)
Binary Input
: 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable, accepts dry contact or open collector input signals
Pulse Input
: 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable, accepts maximum 100Hz open collector or dry contact
signals
147
I/O Expansion Module
Binary Output
: 7 A/250 VAC voltage-less SPST relay and 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable
MS/TP Communication
: BACnet MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps autosensing,
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
transmission distance 1,200 meters
Wiring
8 bina ry inpu ts
BI 0
24VAC/VDC
COM
GND
EIM8000
Ver1.00
BI 1
DIM8000B
Address swi tch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC addr ess
ON
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC
add ress DIP
switch
COM BI3
BI3 COM
COM BI2
BI2 COM
COM BI1BI1 COM
COM BI0BI0
C0M
–
24VAC
Power Input
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
COM
BI 2
COM
BI 3
COM
BI7 COM
COM BI6
BI6 COM
COM BI5
BI5 COM
COM BI4
BI4
BI7
+
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
power
BI 4
Config
COM
Configure
setu p e nd
BI 5
COM
BI 6
Commu nicatio n
status i ndicato r
B-
GND
GND
D_G
B-
B–
BACne t
commu nicatio n p ort
MS/TP RS485
MS/TP
B+
BI 7
B–
COM
GND
COM
C0M
B+
B+
B+
Data bus
COM
BI 0
CO M
BI 1
CO M
BI 2
CO M
BI 3
CO M
BI 4
CO M
BI 5
CO M
BI 6
CO M
BI 7
CO M
Input statu s indicator
Digital I/O Modu el with 8 binar yinp uts
State
Fig.1 DIM8000B Product Wiring
148
Equ ipment sta tus indicator
I/O Expansion Module
GND 24VAC
GND
EIM0040
Ver1.00
BO0
MAC addr ess
COM
BO1
BO1
BO2
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
Off
COM
BO3 BO3
BO3
On
BO3
Auto
BO3
Configure
setup end
BO 2
BO2
BO toggle switch
Config
BO 1
BO2
BO2
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BO1
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
BO 0
BO1
BO1
BO0
DIM0040B
Address swi tch
MAC
add ress DIP switch
COM
BO0
24VAC/VDC
COM
BO2
–
BO0
BO0
4 inde pedent dry contacts
+
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
power
Green LED
Light when BO in Auto pos.
Auto
Output
p
BO 3
BO0~BO3
4 indi cators with auto o utp ut status
Red LED
Light when BO action
BO0~BO3
4 Hand/Auto output togg le switches
Commu nicatio n
status i ndicator
MS/TP
B+
B+
B-
B–
B-
B–
GND
D_G
GND
GND
BACnet
communication port
MS/TP RS485
Data bus
B+
B+
On←Off→Auto
Digital I/O Modu el with 4 binar yo utputs
State
BO0~BO3
4 indicators with ON o utput status
Equ ipment sta tus indicator
Fig. 2 DIM0040B Product Wiring
8 pulse inpu ts
PI 0
24VAC/VDC
COM
GND
EIMP800
Ver1.00
PI 1
DIMP800B
Address swi tch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC addr ess
ON
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC
add ress DIP switch
COM PI3
BI3 COM
COM PI2
BI2 COM
COM PI1BI1 COM
COM PI0BI0
C0M
–
24VAC
Power
Input
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
COM
PI 2
COM
PI 3
COM
COM
BI7 COM
COM PI6
BI6 COM
COM PI5
BI5 COM
COM PI4BI4
C0M PI7
24VAC GND
+
24VAC/VDC
power
PI 4
Config
COM
Configure
setu p e nd
PI 5
COM
PI 6
Commu nicatio n
status i ndicato r
Data bus
B+
B+
B+
B-
B+
PI 7
B–
COM
GND
State
Fig. 3 ᷰ DIMP800B Product Wiring
149
CO M
PI 1
CO M
PI 2
CO M
PI 3
CO M
PI 4
CO M
PI 5
CO M
PI 6
CO M
PI 7
CO M
Input statu s indicator
Digital I/O Modu el with 8 pulse input s
GND
GND
D_G
B-
B–
BACne t
commu nicatio n p ort
MS/TP RS485
COM
MS/TP
PI 0
Equ ipment sta tus indicator
I/O Expansion Module
4 binary inputs
BI 0
24VAC/VDC
GND
EIM4020
Ver1.00
COM
BI 1
DIM4020B
Address swi tch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
MAC addr ess
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
COM
BI 3
COM
On
Off
Auto
Configure
setu p e nd
BO0
BI 3
CO M
BO1
BO1
Communication
status i ndicato r
Data bus
BO 0
2 inde peden t dry contacts
BO 1
COM
BO1
Red LED
Light when BO action
BO0~BO1
2 indi cators with auto o utp ut status
B+
MS/TP
B+
GND
D_G
B-
B–
GND
CO M
BO1
BO1
Green LED
Light when BO in Auto pos.
B-
CO M
BI 2
Input statu s indicator
BO0
B+
BI 1
BO toggle switch
Config
BACnet
communication port
MS/TP RS485
BI 2
CO M
BO0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
MAC
address DIP switch
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
COM
BI 0
COM
BO0
–
24VAC
Power Input
COM BI3
BI3 COM
COM BI2
BI2 COM
COM BI1BI1 COM
COM BI0BI0
C0M
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC power
GND 24VAC
+
B+
BO0~BO1
2 Hand/Auto output togg le switches
B–
GND
On←Off→Auto
Digital I/O Modu el with 4BI & 2 BO
BO0~BO1
2 indi cators with ON o utpu t status
State
Equipment status indicator
Fig. 4 DIM4020B Product Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
150
I/O Expansion Module
BACnet MS/TP Analog Input/Output
Expansion Module DIM...B
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet
B-ASC, the DIM...B is an analog input/output expansion module capable of
independent operations. The module is suitable for monitoring or controlling
simple or scattered electromechanical equipment inside a building and can
be used in expanding points in the MS/TP layer. With a built-in 32-bit
processor, its communication speed can be up to 76,800 bps and the
DIM0800B
DIM0004B
transmission distance can be up to 1,200 meters. The analog input has 12-bit
resolution to give you accurate monitoring of various physical values. The
analog output also has 12-bit resolution to give you accurate control over
terminal equipment. Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet
MS/TP communications protocol standard, the DIM...B can communicate and
control any brands of BACnet monitor and control system. The DIM...B is a
product series with diversified and different point capacity and provides you
flexible and economical system configuration alternatives. Therefore it is
definitely the best product for your monitor and control system
DIM0402B
implementation.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) class of communications protocol regulations and
compliant with BACnet systems
„
One MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port adopting Peer-to-Peer Master-Slave/Token-Passing data
communication transmission method
„
The Analog Input (AI) has 12-bit resolution. Each input is jumper selectable to accept 0~10 VDC, 4~20 mA and 10 K or 10 KΩ NTC
thermistor input signals.
„
The Analog Output (AO) has 12-bit resolution. Every AO on the DIM0402M can be switched to 0~10 VDC or 4~20 mA output
signals by a DIP switch. And every AO on the DIM0004M AO is a 0~10 VDC/2~10 VDC output signal with a manual/auto switch
device to transform the manual state to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control computer to facilitate onsite
commissioning and adjustment as well as maintenance.
„
Each analog input/output expansion module has an 8 MAC Address DIP switch with addressable range of 0~127.
„
Applicable in MS/TP network scenarios and can flexibly adjust points to reduce equipment cost.
„
Sliding track design that saves space with ease of installation. The terminal connectors are pluggable by d esign with
communication and equipment status indicators for easy troubleshooting.
Specifications
AO
Model
Number
AI
DIM0800B
Auxiliary Power
24 VDC output
0~10 VDC
4~20 mA
8
0
0
Y
DIM0004B
0
4
0
N
DIM0402B
4
2 (optional)
MS/TP loop connected DIM limit of each unit
GC-RB01
GC-DB01
16
16
GC-RB21/23
Y
Power
:
24 VAC/VDC input, 2 VA
Processor
:
32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU)
Analog Input
:
12-bit resolution to accept 3K or 10KΩ NTC thermistor, 4~20 mA or 0~10 VDC and like signals
151
32
I/O Expansion Module
Analog Output :
12-bit resolution, selectable to 0~10 VDC, 4~20 mA and like output signals. The lowest load impedance
of the voltage signals is 1,000Ω and the highest load impedance of the current signals is 500Ω.
MS/TP Communication
: BACnet MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps autosensing,
Auxiliary Power
: 24 VDC/160 mA output suitable for the power for sensors
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
transmission distance 1,200 meters
Wiring
„
The DIM..B should use the exclusive 24 VAC/VDC power supply and it is forbidden to share the same power supply with other
devices.
„
If the DIM..B is installed independently inside a control box, EMT is recommended as the communication piping to have best
protection against interference.
„
The communication line for the DIM..B should be 2C#AWG 18 shielded cables and its length cannot exceed 1,200 m eters. The
both ends of the communication line should be connected to a 120Ω termination resistor to get excellent communication effects.
„
Please take caution that the MSnet and EIMnet ports of the DAC controller cannot be connected to the DIM series of products.
„
It is recommended that the analog input/output piping of the DIM..B
COM
GND
EIM0800
Ver1.00
AI 1
DIM0800B
Address swi tch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC addr ess
ON
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC
add ress DIP switch
COM
AI3 COM
COM AI2
AI2 COM
COM AI1
AI1 COM
COM AI0AI0
C0M AI3
AI 0
24VAC/VDC
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
COM
AI 2
COM
AI 3
COM
AI si gnal jumper
The rm istor
Config
COM
4~20 m A
0~10 VDC
Configure
setu p e nd
AI 5
COM
AI 6
COM
Commu nicatio n
status i ndicato r
MS/TP
B+
B-
GND
GND
GND
B–
D_G
B-
AI 7
B+
B–
BACne t
commu nicatio n p ort
MS/TP RS485
Data bus
B+
B+
COM
Auxi lary
Power
24VDC
GND
Digital I/O Modu el with 8 analog ni puts
State
Fig. 1 DIM0800B Product Wiring
152
+
3KΩ NTC se nso r
–
+
–
10KΩ NTC se nso r
+
–
0~5VDC signa l
+
–
0~10VDC signa l
Input signal toggle swi tch
AI 4
COM
AI7 COM
COM AI6
AI6 COM
COM AI5
AI5 COM
COM AI4AI4
C0M AI7
–
24VAC
Power Input
GND
24Vout
GND 24VDC
+
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
power
should be EMT and #AWG 22 shielded cables.
+
–
4~20mA sig nal
+
–
4~20mA sig nal
+
–
4~20mA sig nal
–
+
+
–
4~20mAsignal
24VDCauxiliary power
Equ ipment sta tus indicator
I/O Expansion Module
24VAC GND
AO0
GND
COM
COM
–
Manu↔Auto
AO2
100%
COM
Green LED
Light when BO in Auto pos.
Configure
setu p e nd
Commu nicatio n
status i ndicato r
+
–
Manu↔Auto
B+
B+
B+
B-
B-
–
Manu Output
0%↔100%
B–
B–
GND
GND
D_G
GND
AO is A uto sta tus
indi cator
+
COM
COM AO3
AO3
AO3
COM
MS/TP
0~10VDC
output sign al
Manu Output
0%↔100%
Auto
Data bus
0~10VDC
output sign al
Manu Output
0%↔100%
Auto
+64
50%
T est
Auto
+
COM AO1
MAC addr ess
AO1
AO+32
adjust er
0%
Config
Auto
ON
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
+1 Lo ad er
+2
●
Switch O FF,
Switch
ON
+4
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF+8ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re+16
up loa d.
Manu
B+
0~10Vdc
output sign al
Manu↔Auto
Address swi tch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
DIM0004B
AO t oggle sw.
BACne t
commu nicatio n p ort
MS/TP RS485
–
Manu Output
0%↔100%
EIM0004
Ver1.00
MAC
add ress DIP switch
+
COM AO2
–
Auto
24VAC/VDC
COM AO0
24VAC
Power Inputt
GND 24VAC
+
24VAC/VDC
power
AO Manua l/Auto to ggle switch
Manu↔Auto
Digital I/O Modu el with 4 analog outputs
0~10VDC
output sign al
AO manua l tuning knob
State
Equ ipment sta tus indicator
Fig. 2 DIM0004B Product Wiring
Input signa l toggl e switch
COM
Address swi tch
MAC addr ess
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
ON
1 2
0-10V / 4-20mA Sel
COM
0~10 VDC
Data bus
MS/TP
B+
BD_G
GND
GND
GND
50%
+
–
+
AO0
AO1
0% 100% COM
100%
Green LED
Light when BO in Auto pos.
–
24VDC
GND
10KΩ NTC se nso r
0~10VDC signa l
4~20mA sig nal
2-wire 4~20mAsignal
+
24VDC au xili ary po wer
AO is Auto status in dica tor
0~10VDC or
2~10VDCsig nal
Manu Output
0%↔100%
Auto
Auxi lary
Power
Digital I/O Modu el with 4AI & 2AO
–
COM
AO adjust er
B–
B–
B-
ON : 0~10 V
OF F: 4~20 m A
B+
B+
B+
Auto
+
–
Manu↔Auto
COM
COM AO3
AO1
1 2
ON
Manu
Commu nicatio n
status i ndicato r
+
–
Auto
AO signal select switch
Config
AO t oggle sw.
BACne t
commu nicatio n p ort
MS/TP RS485
AI 3
COM
The rm istor
4~20 m A
Configure
setu p e nd
AI 2
COM
AO0
AI si gnal jumper
+
–
AI7 COM
COM AI2
AI6 COM
COM AI1
AI5 COM
COM AI0
AI3
AI 1
DIM0402B
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
AO
signal selectio n switch
COM
GND
EIM0402
Ver1.00
MAC
add ress DIP switch
AI 0
24VAC/VDC
COM
C0M
–
24VAC
Power Input
GND
AO2 24VDC
GND
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
power
24VAC
+
0~20mA or
4~20mA sig nal
Manu Output
0%↔100%
State
AOMan ual/Auto to ggle switch
Manu↔Auto
AOman ual tun ing kn ob
Equ ipment sta tus indicator
Fig. 3 DIM0402B Product Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
153
I/O Expansion Module
EIMnet Analog Input/Output
Expansion Module EIM...M
Application
The input/output expansion module of the EIM...M series is used
for point expansion of Delta Electronics DAC and DSC series
programmable controllers. It uses MODBUS RTU communication
format to connect to the EIMnet port of Delta Electronics
programmable controllers. The EIM...M has a 32-bit high-speed
microprocessor. The binary input expansion module has
EIM24000M
EIM8000M
EIMP800M
EIM0080M
EIM0040M
EIM4020M
photocoupler separated binary inputs and the pulse input
expansion module has photocoupler separated pulse inputs. The
binary output module has SPST 7 A/250 VAC dry contacts.
Through EIMnet network connection, Delta Electronics
programmable controllers can directly convert physical points on
the EIM expansion module to BI/BO/PI. All control programs can
run on the same controller so that it not only has the
completeness of independent operation, but also can reduce the
overall cost. The EIM series has diversified and different point
capacity and provides you flexible and economical system
configuration alternatives. It is definitely the best product for your
monitor and control system implementation.
Product Features
„
EIMnet communication port that follows MODBUS RTU communication format, uses RS-485 transmission and the distance can
reach 1,200 meters
„
Binary inputs (BI) and pulse inputs (PI) with 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capability and status indicator design
„
The Binary Output (BO) has 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation, status indicator, and Hand/Off/Auto switch devices and can
transform the manual state to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control computer to facilitate onsite commissioning and
adjustment as well as maintenance.
„
Each module has an 8 MAC Address DIP switch with addressable range of 0~127.
„
Each module has communication and equipment status indicators to facilitate onsite engineers getting hold of system operation
status and performing troubleshooting in real time.
„
When coupled with a Delta Electronics DAC microcomputer programmable controller, it can adjust points flexibly as well as reduce
equipment cost and increase the completeness of the control programs.
„
Through connection with the EIMnet of a DAC it can directly convert physical points on the EIM to BI/BO on the EIM. Conversion of
physical PI to AI on the DAC does not need complex setting and conversion.
„
Sliding track design that saves space with ease of installation. The terminal connectors are pluggable by design with
communication and equipment status indicators for easy troubleshooting.
Specifications
Model Number
BI
BO
PI
EIM24000M
24
0
0
EIM8000M
8
0
0
EIMP800M
0
0
8
EIM0080M
0
8
0
EIM0040M
0
4
0
EIM4020M
4
2
0
EIMnet port connected EIM number limit for various controllers
DAC….B
DSCB
DACB
GC-DB01
WC-RB11
12
12
12
24
24
154
I/O Expansion Module
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC input, 1 VA(Min)/3 VA(MAX)
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU)
Binary Input
: 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable, accepts dry contact or open collector input signals
Pulse Input
: 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable, accepts maximum 100Hz open collector or dry contact
Binary Output
: 7 A/250 VAC voltage-less SPST relay and 1,000 VDC photocoupler separation capable
EIMnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
signals
Wiring
„
The EIM..M can use the exclusive 24 VAC or 24 VDC power supply and it is forbidden to share the same power supply with other
devices.
„
The EIM..M communication network uses RS-485 transmission method. It is recommended to use AWG 18~22
electromagnetically shielded twisted pair cables and put inside EMT metal conduits. The line cannot be shared with other powe r
lines or put in the same conduit with other power lines to avoid interference.
„
The RS-485 network cable has to be run in a daisy-chain manner. Do not use a tree or star topology. Both ends of the network
should be terminated with a 120Ω termination resistor. The total length of the network cables cannot exceed 1,200 meters.
„
The input/output control line of the EIM..M is recommended to use #AWG 22 shielded cables to get the best control quality.
„
The BO Manual/Auto switch of the EIM..M has to be set to Auto to receive commands. When manual tests are complete, it has to
be set back to Auto.
The binary outputs on the EIM..M are 7 A/250 VAC dry contacts. Do not use electromechanical equipment exceeding this capacity.
Should it be exceeded, an auxiliary relay or electromagnetic switch is needed.
O FF,
Switch O N
BI21 ●● Kee pSwitch
the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
BI22
BI22
BI23
BI23
Com
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
COM
BI0
BI1
BI4
BI5
BI6
BI 6
BI 7
COM
BI 9
Config
MAC address
BI10
BI11
BI12
BI13
E-
Rx
Tx
BI15
E–
COM
E+
Exp ansion I/O Modu el with 24 binar yinp uts
BI15
E+
EIMnet
commu nicatio n p ort
BI14
BI14
EIMnet
bina ry inpu t
dry con tact or op en
collecto r signa ls
BI13
MAC a ddress DIP switch
BI 5
BI 8
Initi al p arameter setup end
bina ry inpu t
dry con tact or op en
collecto r signa ls
BI7
BI21
BI20
BI 4
Com
BI19
BI 3
BI9
BI19
BI18
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
BI8
Address swi tch
BI10
BI18
BI17
BI11
BI17
EIM24000M
BI3
BI 2
BI16
D84
BI2
BI 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BI20
BI 0
GND
ON
bina ry inpu t
dry con tact or op en
collecto r signa ls
24VAC/VDC
BI12
DSC24000B
Ver1.00
System
Com
–
24VAC
Power Input
BI16
24VAC/VDC
power inpu t
GND 24VAC
BI in put status indicator
+
D_G
DEE+
„
Equ ipment sta tus
indi cator
EIMnet communicati on
status i ndicato r
Fig. 1 EIM24000M Product Wiring
155
24VAC
Power Input
DSC0080B
Ver1.00
24VAC/VDC
BO 0
GND
BO 0
BO On status indicator
Address swi tch
BO Auto mode status
indi cator
Auto
BO 3
BO3
BO 4
BO4
BO 3
BO 4
BO4
On
BO 2
BO 5
BO5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
BO t oggle swit ch
Off
BO 2
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
BO2
BO 1
BO3 BO2
BOMan ual/Auto to ggle switch
BO1
BO 1
EIM0080M
Green LED
Light when BO in Auto pos.
BO 5
BO5
Red LED
Light when BO action
BO 6
BO6
BO 6
Initi al p arameter setup end
BO2 7A/250VAC dry contact
BO3 7A/250VAC dry contact
BO4 7A/250VAC dry contact
BO5 7A/250VAC dry contact
BO6 7A/250VAC dry contact
BO 7
BO7 7A/250VAC dry contact
E–
Tx
D_G
E-
E-
BO1 7A/250VAC dry contact
E+
Rx
DE+
E+
BO7
BO 7
EIMnet
BO0 7A/250VAC dry contact
BO7 BO6
Config
MAC addr ess
On Å Æ Of f
MAC a ddress DIP
switch
EIMnet communicati on port
BO0
–
BO1
GND 24VAC
+
24VAC/VDC
power inpu t
BO0
I/O Expansion Module
Expansion I/O Modu el with 8 binar yo utputs
EIMnet communicati on
status i ndicato r
Equ ipment sta tus indicator
Fig. 2 EIM0080M Product Wiring
–
24VAC
Power Input
8 binary inputs
24VAC/VDC
COM BI3
BI3 COM
COM BI2
BI2 COM
COM BI1BI1 COM
COM BI0BI0
C0M
+
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
power
BI 0
GND
COM
EIM8000
Ver1.00
BI 1
EIM8000M
COM
Address swi tch
MAC address
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
BI 2
COM
BI 3
COM
BI7 COM
COM BI6
BI6 COM
COM BI5
BI5 COM
COM BI4
BI4
BI7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC
address DIP switch
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
BI 4
Config
COM
Configure
setup end
BI 5
COM
BI 6
Data bus
DD_G
EIMnet
E+
BI 7
E–
COM
GND
State
Fig. 3 EIM8000M Product Wiring
156
BI 1
CO M
BI 2
CO M
BI 3
CO M
BI 4
CO M
BI 5
CO M
BI 6
CO M
BI 7
CO M
Input status indicator
Exp ansion I/O Modu el with 8 binar yinp uts
GND
GND
E–
E–
COM
COM
C0M
E+
E+
EIMnet
communication port
MODBUS RTU
RS485
E+
Communication
status indicator
BI 0
CO M
Equipment status
indicator
I/O Expansion Module
GND 24VAC
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
GND
EIM0040
Ver1.00
BO0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC addr ess
ON
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
BO1
BO2
BO3
Configure
Setup end
Green LED
Light when BO in Auto pos.
Auto Output
Red LED
Light when BO action
Communication
status indicator
Data bus
E–
D-
E–
E–
GND
On←Off→Auto
Exp ansion I/O Modu el with 4 binar yo utputs
GND
D_G
GND
BO 3
BO0~BO3
4 indicators with auto
output status
BO0~BO3
4 Hand/Auto output
toggle switches
E+
E+
EIMnet
communication port
MODBUS RTU RS485
BO 2
EIMnet
E+
E+
BO 1
BO2
BO3
Config
BO 0
BO1
COM
BO2
BO2 BO2
Address swi tch
MAC
address DIP switch
COM
BO1
BO1 BO1
BO0
EIM0040M
COM
BO3 BO3
BO3
–
COM
BO0 BO0
4 indepedent dry contacts
+
24VAC/VDC
power
State
BO0~BO3
4 indicators with ON
output status
Equipment status
indicator
Fig. 4 EIM0040M Product Wiring
–
24VAC
Power Input
8 pulse inputs
24VAC/VDC
COM PI3
BI3 COM
COM PI2
BI2 COM
COM PI1BI1 COM
COM PI0BI0
C0M
24VAC GND
+
24VAC/VDC
power
PI 0
GND
COM
EIMP800
Ver1.00
PI 1
EIMP800M
COM
Address swi tch
MAC addr ess
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
PI 2
COM
PI 3
COM
COM
BI7 COM
COM PI6
BI6 COM
COM PI5
BI5 COM
COM PI4BI4
C0M PI7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC
address DIP switch
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
PI 4
Config
COM
Configure
setup end
PI 5
COM
PI 6
E+
Data bus
E+
EIMnet
PI 7
E+
D-
GND
COM
State
Fig. 5 EIMP800M Product Wiring
157
PI 1
CO M
PI 2
CO M
PI 3
CO M
PI 4
CO M
PI 5
CO M
PI 6
CO M
PI 7
CO M
Input status indicator
Exp ansion I/O Modu el with 8 pulse input s
GND
GND
COM
E–
D_G
E–
E–
EIMnet
communication port
MODBUS RTU
RS485
E+
Communication
status indicator
PI 0
CO M
Equipment status
indicator
I/O Expansion Module
–
24VAC
Power Input
4 binary inputs
BI 0
24VAC/VDC
GND
EIM4020
Ver1.00
COM BI3
BI3 COM
COM BI2
BI2 COM
COM BI1BI1 COM
COM BI0BI0
C0M
24VAC GND
GND 24VAC
+
24VAC/VDC
power
COM
BI 1
EIM4020M
COM
Address swi tch
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC address
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC
address DIP switch
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
BI 2
COM
BI 3
COM
Auto
BO1
BO1
Green LED
Light when BO in Auto pos.
BO1
COM
BO1
Red LED
Light when BO action
BO1
E+
Data bus
E+
E+
Communication
status indicator
D-
BO 0
2 indepedent dry contacts
BO 1
EIMnet
E+
BO0~BO1
2 Hand/Auto output toggle switches
GND
On←Off→Auto
Exp ansion I/O Modu el with 4BI & 2 BO
GND
GND
BI 3
CO M
BO0~BO1
2 indicators with auto output status
E–
D_G
E–
E–
EIMnet
communication port
MODBUS RTU
RS485
BO0
BO0
Configure
setup end
BI 2
CO M
BO0
Off
COM
BO0
On
BI 1
CO M
Input status indicator
BO t oggle swit ch
Config
BI 0
CO M
State
BO0~BO1
2 indicators with ON output status
Equipment status indicator
Fig. 6 EIM4020M Product Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
158
I/O Expansion Module
EIMnet Analog Input/Output
Expansion Module EIM...M
Application
The input/output expansion module of the EIM series is used for point expansion of
Delta Electronics DAC and DSC series of programmable controllers. It uses
MODBUS RTU communication format to connect to the EIMnet port of Delta
Electronics programmable controllers. The EIM...M has a high-speed 32-bit
processor. The analog input has 12-bit resolution to give you accurate monitoring of
various physical values. The analog input also has 12-bit resolution to give you
EIM0800M
EIM0004M
accurate control over terminal equipment. Through EIMnet network connection,
Delta Electronics programmable controllers can directly convert physical points on
the EIM expansion module to AI/AO. All control programs can run on the same
controller so that it not only has the completeness of independent operation, but
also can reduce the overall cost. The EIM series has diversified and different point
capacity and provide you flexible and economical system configuration alternatives.
Therefore it is definitely the best product for your monitor and control system
implementation.
EIM0402M
Product Features
„
EIMnet communication port that follows MODBUS RTU communication format, uses RS-485 transmission and the distance can
reach 1,200 meters
„
The Analog Input (AI) has 12-bit resolution. Each input is jumper selectable to accept 0~10 VDC, 4~20 mA and 3 K or 10 KΩ NTC
thermistor input signals.
„
The Analog Output (AO) has 12-bit resolution. Every AO on the EIM0402M can be switched to 0~10 VDC or 4~20 mA output
signals by a DIP switch. And every AO on the EIM0004M AO is a 0~10 VDC output signal with a manual/auto switch and an
adjustable manual output knob to transform the manual state to I/O points to be sent back to the monitor and control computer to
facilitate testing, repairing or maintenance by onsite personnel.
„
Each analog input/output expansion module has an 8 MAC Address DIP switch with addressable range of 0~127.
„
When coupled with a Delta Electronics DAC microcomputer programmable controller, it can adjust points flexibly as well as reduce
equipment cost and increase the completeness of the control programs.
„
Through connection with the EIMnet of a DAC it can directly convert physical AI/AO on the EIM to AI/AO on the DAC without
complex setting and conversion.
„
Sliding track design that saves space with ease of installation. The terminal connectors are pluggable by design with
communication and equipment status indicators for easy troubleshooting.
Specifications
EIMnet port connected EIM number limit for
Model
No.
Number
of AI
No. of AO
Auxiliary Power
24 VDC output
0~10 VDC
4~20 mA
EIM0800M
8
0
0
Y
EIM0004M
0
4
0
N
EIM0402M
4
2 (optional)
various controllers
DAC….B
DSCB
DACB
GC-DB01
WC-RB11
12
12
12
24
24
Y
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC input, 1.5 VA(Min)/6.5 VA(Max)
Microprocessor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU)
Analog Input
: 12-bit resolution, selectable to 0~10 VDC, 4~20 mA and 3K/10KΩ NTC thermistor and like inputs, can be
programmed to corresponding values of the input values
159
I/O Expansion Module
: 12-bit resolution, selectable to 0~10 VDC, 4~20 mA and like output signals. The load impedance of 0~10
Analog Output
VDC voltage signals is 1,000Ω.
The highest load impedance of 4~20 mA is 500Ω.
EIMnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600/19,200/38,400 bps adjustable
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
Wiring
„
EIM..M should use the exclusive 24 VAC/VDC power supply and it is forbidden to share the same power supply with other devices .
„
If the EIM..M is installed independently inside a control box, EMT is recommended as the communication piping t o have best
protection against interference.
„
The communication line for the EIM..M should be 2C#AWG 18 shielded cables and the length cannot exceed 1,200 meters. The both
ends of the communication line should be connected to a 120Ω termination resistor to get excellent communication effects.
„
Please take caution that the MSnet port of the DAC controller cannot be connected to the DIM series of products.
„
The EIM..M can accept 0~10 VAC, 0~20 mA, thermistor signals.
COM
ON
–
MAC addr ess
ON
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
Auto
AO1
COM
Config
Auto
50%
100%
–
AO2
COM
Green LED
Light when AO in Auto pos.
+
–
Manu↔Auto
E+
E+
E–
GND
D_G
GND
E+
COM
Manu Output
0%↔100%
E–
D-
E–
COM
COM AO3
AO3
AO3
EIMnet
GND
Manu↔Auto
Exp ansion I/O Modu el with 4 analog outputs
State
Fig. 1 EIM0004M Product Wiring
160
0~10VDC
output signal
Manu Output
0%↔100%
Auto
Data bus
0~10VDC
output signal
Manu↔Auto
AO adjust er
Auto
+
Manu Output
0%↔100%
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
0%
E+
0~10VDC
output signal
Manu↔Auto
Address swi tch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
EIM0004M
Manu
EIMnet
communication port
MODBUS RTU
RS485
+
Manu Output
0%↔100%
AO t oggle sw.
Configure
setup end
Communication
status indicator
COM
AO0
GND
EIM0004
Ver1.00
MAC
address DIP switch
AO0
Auto
24VAC/VDC
COM AO1
–
24VAC
Power Input
COM AO2
24VAC GND
GND 24VAC
+
24VAC/VDC
power
AO is Auto status indicator
+
–
0~10VDC
output signal
AO Manual/Auto
toggle switch
AO manual tuning knob
Equipment status indicator
I/O Expansion Module
AI 0
24VAC/VDC
COM
GND
EIM0800
Ver1.00
AI 1
EIM0800M
COM
Address swi tch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
ON
MAC address
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC
address DIP switch
AI 2
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
COM
AI 3
COM
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
COM
The rm istor
4~20 m A
AI 5
0~10 VDC
Configure
setup end
COM
AI 6
COM
E+
GND
D-
10KΩ NTC sensor
+
–
0~5VDC signal
+
–
0~10VDC signal
+
–
4~20mA signal
+
–
4~20mA signal
+
–
4~20mA signal
–
+
Auxi lary Power
24VDC
GND
Exp ansion I/O Modu el with 8 analog ni puts
GND
D_G
GND
COM
E–
E–
E–
AI 7
E+
Data bus
E+
E+
EIMnet
communication port
MODBUS RTU
RS485
EIMnet
+
–
GND
24Vout
GND 24VDC
Communication
status indicator
3KΩ NTC sensor
–
+
–
Input signal toggle switch
AI 4
AI si gnal jumper
Config
+
COM
AI3 COM
COM AI2
AI2 COM
COM AI1
AI1 COM
COM AI0AI0
C0M AI3
–
24VAC
Power Input
COM
AI7 COM
COM AI6
AI6 COM
COM AI5
AI5 COM
COM AI4AI4
C0M AI7
24VAC GND
+
24VAC/VDC
power
State
2-wire 4~20mA signal
24VDCauxiliary power
Equipment status
indicator
Fig. 2 EIM0800M Product Wiring
COM
EIM0402
Ver1.00
COM
C0M
MAC addr ess
1 2
ON
Communication
status indicator
ON : 0~10 V
OFF: 4~20 m A
Data bus
EIMnet
AO1
50%
100%
COM
Green LED
Light when AO in Auto pos.
E+
E+
E–
D-
E–
GND
D_G
GND
4~20mA signal
Manu↔Auto
+
–
Manu Output
0%↔100%
E+
+
2-wire 4~20mA signal
AO is Auto status indicator
0~10VDC or
2~10VDC signal
24VDC
GND
Exp ansion I/O Modu el with 4AI & 2AO
State
0~20mA or
4~20mA signal
AO Manual/Auto toggle switch
Manu↔Auto
Auxi lary Power
E–
0~10VDC signal
+
–
–
COM
Auto
AO adjust er
0%
+
–
Manu Output
0%↔100%
AO signal select switch
Auto
10KΩ NTC sensor
+
AO0
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0~10 VDC
+
–
–
Auto
AO0
COM
4~20 m A
Manu
GND
AI 3
COM
The rm istor
AO t oggle sw.
EIMnet
communication port
MODBUS RTU RS485
COM
AI si gnal jumper
Config
E+
AI 2
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
0-10V / 4-20mA Sel
Configure
setup end
COM
Address swi tch
ON
1 2
AO
signal selection
switch
AI 1
EIM0402M
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC
address DIP switch
AI 0
GND
COM
COM AO3
AO1
–
24VAC/VDC
+
–
GND 24VDC
24VAC
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
power
24VAC/VDC
Power Input
AI7 COM
COM AI2
AI6 COM
COM AI1
AI5 COM
COM AI0
AI3
Input signal toggle switch
+
AO manual tuning knob
24VDC auxiliary power
Equipment status indicator
Fig. 3 EIM0402M Product Wiring
92
27
22
99
103
Unit: mm
100
103
Dimensions
47
161
I/O Expansion Module
EIMnet Communications
Protocol Module EIMXM
Application
The EIMXM is a remote control unit that follows the MODBUS RTU communication
format. It is primarily used for integrated expansion of WC, GC, DAC, DSC and other
series of products. The major application is equipment integration of inverters, two-wire
sensors, multimeters and the like that follow the MODBUS RTU format. The EIMXM has
a 32-bit high-speed microprocessor. When coupled with Delta Electronics products,
there would be various combinations to complement the various integration needs.
Through connection with the EIMnet port of the controller, it can directly convert the
BI/AI/BO/AO/PI on the EIM to the BI/AI/BO/AO/PI on the DAC so that control
procedures can be completed on the same DAC to ensure the feature of independent
operation to increase completeness of the programs and even reduce the overall cost.
Product Features
„
EIMnet communication port that follows MODBUS RTU communication format, uses RS-485 transmission and the distance can
reach 1,200 meters
„
Each module has an Address DIP switch to set addresses in the range of 1~24, but each controller is recommended to connect to
one EIMXM only.
„
Each module has communication and equipment status indicators to facilitate onsite engineers getting hold of system op eration
status and performing troubleshooting in real time.
„
When coupled with a Delta Electronics WC, GC, DAC or DSC microcomputer programmable controller, it can adjust points flexibly
as well as reduce equipment cost and increase the completeness of the control programs.
„
Through connection with the EIMnet of a DAC, it can directly convert the BI/AI/BO/AO soft points on the EIM to BI/AI/BO/AO on the
controller without complex setting and conversion.
„
Each module can convert a maximum of BI*32 or AI*32 or BO*16 or AO*16, that is also the physical hard points 4 EIM..M devices
can connect to. Please be noted that points over the amount cannot be mapped. And the amount of EIM..M devices EIMXM
corresponds to will take up the total amount of the EIMnet communication connections. This is to be noted in its application.
„
When connected to a Delta Electronics CP2000 inverter, please choose the EIMDM inverter specific module to save editing work on
the corresponding points.
„
Sliding track design that saves space with ease of installation. The terminal connectors are pluggable by design with
communication and equipment status indicators for easy troubleshooting.
„
RS-232 communication port with communication parameters modifiable through AD-Linker coupled with the specific EIMXM editor
„
Analog data reads and writes support floating point, double-precision floating point, long integer, BCD encoding and many
nonstandard numeric value forms
„
Each analog read/write command supports one add/minus/multiply/divide operation for use in numeric shift or multiplier
adjustment.
Specifications
Maximum Switchable I/O Points
Maximum EIMnet port connected EIM number limit for various controllers
BI
AI
BO
AO
DAC….B
DSCB
DACB
GC-DB01
WC-RB11/12
32
32
16
16
12
12
12
24
24
Model Number
EIMXM
Power
: 24 VAC/VDC input, 1 VA(Min)/3 VA(MAX)
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU)
EIMnet Communication
: Delta Electronics RS-485 (Slave mode) network, transmission speed 38,400 bps, 2,500 Vrms galvanic
TDnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 (Master mode) network to connect to Slave devices,
isolation and one TVS ARRAY overvoltage protection device
9,600/19,200/38,400 bps tunable by parameters
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
162
communication speeds
I/O Expansion Module
Wiring
„
EIM..M can use the exclusive 24 VAC/VDC power supply and it is forbidden to share the same power supply with other devices.
„
The EIM..M communication network uses RS-485 transmission method. It is recommended to use AWG 18~22 electromagnetically
shielded twisted pair cables and put inside EMT metal conduits. The line cannot be shared with other power lines or put in the same
conduit with other power lines to avoid interference.
The RS-485 network cable has to be run in a daisy-chain manner. Do not use a tree or star topology. Both ends of the network should
+
-
24VAC GND
24VAC/VDC
SRZHU
24VAC
be terminated with a 120Ω termination resistor. The total length of the network cables cannot exceed 1,200 meters.
24VAC
Power Input
24VAC/VDC
V-
GND
EIMXM
Address swi tch
ON
+1
+2
+4
+8
+16
+32
+64
Lo ad er
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MAC addr ess
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Config
Failsafe
QHWZRUNIDLOXUH
SURWHFWLRQMXPSHU
TDnetFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
ON
Configure VHWXSHQG
●
Switch O FF,
Switch O N
● Kee p the 8th swit ch O FF ex cep t
do ing a fact or y fir mwa re up loa d.
MAC DGGUHVV',3VZLWFK
Rx
T+
T–
GND
TDnet
Tx
EIMnet FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
Rx
Data bbus
buus
us
E+
E–
GND
EIMnet
E-
E-
E+
E+
EIMnet QHWZRUNSRUW
RS485
T+
T-
T-
T+
TDnet QHWZRUNSRUW
MODBUS RTU RS-485
Tx
Modb us Expansion Integ rated Mo dule
(TXLSPHQWVWDWXVLQGLFDWRU
State
Fig. 1 EIMXM Product Wiring
92
99
103
Unit: mm
27
22
Dimensions
100
103
„
47
163
Networking FCU Controller
BACnet Application Specific Programmable
FCU Controller DSx1150B
Application
Certified by BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) and classified as BACnet
B-ASC, the DSx1150B series is a specific programmable stand-alone logic
controller. With a built-in 32-bit processor, its communication speed can be
up to 76,800 bps and its transmission distance can reach 1,200 meters. The
DSx1150B has analog inputs (AI) and binary outputs (BO) for various uses
and has an MSnet communication port that can be externally connected to
an LCD touch panel. It can connect onsite to one-to-one or one-to-many
group control panels to facilitate operation and examination in real time by
onsite personnel. Thanks to the compliance of the international BACnet
MS/TP communications protocol standard, the DSx1150B series can
communicate and control any brands of BACnet monitor and control
system. It is the best equipment to implement an energy-saving monitor and
control system.
Product Features
„
Adopts international standard BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) class of communications protocol regulations and
has passed BTL certification.
„
One MS/TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) communication port adopting Peer-to-Peer Master-Slave/Token-Passing data
communication transmission method
„
One MSnet communication port, parameter selectable to connect to MODBUS RTU Slave equipment or NFT/MFT/NFC/MFC and
like panels
„
One RS-232 communication port (inside the outer case), equipment parameters modifiable through Delta DDC Setup Cable using
HyperTerminal to connect to it
„
Binary inputs (BI) can accept dry contact or open collector input signals. Analog inputs (AI) have 12-bit precision and 10KΩ NTC
thermistor signal specific, Binary outputs (BO) adopt voltage output design. When used in lighting control applications, the contacts
use large-capacity dry contact bistable output design.
„
Online firmware update and DDC control function to edit online, download control logic programs and debug in real time. Has
entropy value, dew point temperature, PID control and other common HVAC operation functions. It also has advanced math
operation functions like logarithm, trigonometry and square root.
„
100 binary values (BV) and 100 analog values (AV) that can be used in numerical calculation, set points, timer or alert points and so
on.
„
All analog inputs (AI), binary outputs (BO), analog outputs (AO), binary values (BV), and analog values (AV) have memory function
in the event of power outages by writing to FRAM automatically. Data can be retained for more than 10 years.
„
All BO, AO and BV support 16-level priority array control function.
„
Watch dog wakeup function when programs freeze, terminal connectors are pluggable for easy installation commissioning and
maintenance
165
Networking FCU Controller
Specifications
Model
Number
AC mode
Fan Speed
Mode
Binary
Input
Analog
Input
Fan
Output
Valve
Output
Lighting
Output
Heating/
Cooling Switch
Description
DSF1150B
Auto/Cooling/
Heating/Fan
Auto/Hi/
Med/Lo
1
1
3
2
X
Manual/Auto
2/4 piping control
system
DSL1150B
Auto/Cooling/
Heating/Fan
Auto/Hi/
Med/Lo
1
1
3
1
1
Manual/Auto
2 piping + lighting
control system
Power
: 220 VAC/VDC input, 1 VA(Min)/3 VA(MAX)
Processor
: 32-bit high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU)
Binary Input
: 12 VDC detection, accepts dry contact or open collector signals
Analog Input
: 12-bit resolution with one extended [email protected] NTC thermistor, sensing range
Fan Output
: 10 A/250 VAC SPST contacts, UL/CUL/TUV certified, can control the four modes of High, Medium, Low
Valve Output
: 7 A.NO/ 5A.NC, 250 VAC SPDT contacts, UL/CUL/TUV certified, can control 2/3 piping control valve drives
Lighting Output
: 16 A/250 VAC, Latching Relay SPST contacts, UL/CUL/TUV certified, can control light fixtures
MS/TP Communication
: BACnet MS/TP RS-485 network, communication speed 9,600/19,200/38,400/76,800 bps autosensing,
0Ԩǡ50Ԩ
and Auto modes of the fan
transmission distance 1,200 meters
2,500 Vrms galvanic isolation and a TVS ARRAY overvoltage protection device
MSnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU RS-485 network, transmission speed 9,600 bps, can connect to NFT/MFT/NFC/MFC and
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC), BTL(BACnet Testing Laboratory Listed BACnet Application Specific
other panels
Controller (B-ASC))
Related Products
NFC32VƐGroup LCD Control Panel
(Can control multiple devices)
MFC32VƐSingle Machine LCD Control Panel
(Can control one device)
NFTC28VƐGroup LCD Touch Panel
(Can control multiple devices)
MFT28UƐSingle Machine LCD Touch Panel
(Can control one device)
Wiring
„
When the power supply and the FCU use the same power source, please confirm if the voltage is correct first.
„
Please secure the controller to the ceiling that is easy to examine and repair next to the FCU . Do not secure it to the FCU to avoid
controller malfunctioning.
„
Please use 2-wire AWG #22 twisted pair shielded cable to wire the cable between two DSx1150B controllers in a daisy-chain
manner (refer to the wiring and architecture diagrams). Do not use a junction box or parallel connection. When wiring is
conducted, please take note to make sure the electrical polarity is consistent, or the network might not connect.
„
All network cables should be in independent EMT and must keep some distance from power lines to avoid interference and
ensure good network communication quality.
„
This controller has a 2/3 piping iced/hot water control valve design. When used in 2 piping electric valve control scenarios, just
connect the electric valve control point to OPEN.
„
The juncture of the electric valve and the fan should be connected to the ground wire of the power source. Incorrectly wired
equipment will not operate normally.
166
Networking FCU Controller
UP
NEXT
DSx1150B DSx1150B
5A
D-
D+
D-
D+
3
2
1
+L 0HG /R *1' /LYH
5
COM
ON
OFF
G Y BR * < % 5
4
A CL
5
A CN
6
2Q 2II *1'
A ddress DIP
S wi tch
return air temp
sensing
7
LFA N
8
9
HFA N
10
V+
MF AN
M+
A CN
M-
CLOS E
11
V-
OP EN
21 20 15 14 13 12
CLOS E
19 18 17 16
OP EN
dry contact input
4
3
2
1
LFHZDWHUYDOYH
group control panel
NFT
)DQ
&RRO LQJ )&8
WHUPLQDWRU
single control panel
MFT
POWER
220V 50/60Hz
Fig. 1 DSF1150B Cooling ON-OFF Control Valve Method
UP
NEXT
DSx1150B DSx1150B
5A
D-
D+
D-
D+
3
4
2
A CL
5
A CN
6
LFA N
7
HFA N
8
9
10
MF AN
M+
A CN
M-
CLOS E
11
V-
OP EN
OP EN
21 20 15 14 13 12
CLOS E
19 18 17 16
1
V+
A ddress DIP
S wi tch
GND Hi Med
Off
On
dry contact
G Y BR G Y BR
input
5
4
3
2
Live
1
COM
ON
group control panel single control panel
MFT
NFT
OFF
return air
temp
sensing
Lo GND
floating control valve
Cooling FCU Fan
terminator
POWER
220V 50/60Hz
Fig. 2 DSF1150B Cooling FLOATING Control Valve Method
UP
NEXT
DSx1150B DSx1150B
5A
Address
DIP
switch
D-
D-
D+
4
3
2
A CL
5
A CN
GND
COM
ON
Hot water
valve
Single control panel
MFT
Off GND
On
OFF
COM
ON
Group control panel
NFT
6
1
V+
OFF
G Y BR G Y BR
7
LFA N
Off
8
MF AN
On
9
HFA N
10
M+
A CN
11
M-
CLOS E
21 20 15 14 13 12
OP EN
OP EN
CLOS E
19 18 17 16
V-
Dry
return air
contact
temp
input
sensing
D+
Hi Med
5
4
Ice water
valve Cooling
FCU
Fan
terminator
Fig. 3 DSF1150B Cooling/Heating ON-OFF Control Valve Method
167
Lo GND Live
3
2
1
POWER
220V 50/60Hz
Networking FCU Controller
UP
NEXT
DSx1150B DSx1150B
5A
D-
D+
D-
D+
7
6
5
4
3
2
A CL
8
A CN
9
LFA N
10
HFA N
11
MF AN
M+
A CN
Dry
contact
input
M-
CLOS E
V-
OP EN
19 18 17 16
21 20 15 14 13 12
1
V+
Off GND
On
On
Hi Med
Lo GND Live
Fixture
5
G Y BR G Y BR
4
3
2
1
COM
ON
OFF
return
air temp
sensing
OP EN
Address
DIP switch
Fixture power
Control valve
Cooling FCU Fan
Group control Single control
POWER
panel NFT
panel MFT 110V or 220V 50/60Hz terminator
Fig. 4 DSF1150B Cooling ON-OFF Control Valve + Lighting Method
Unit: mm
Ø4
137
100
Ø4
76
Dimensions
12
10
50
168
POWER
220V 50/60Hz
Networking FCU Controller
RS485 Network FCU Controller DFC.…A
Application
The RS485 Network FCU Controller is a multifunction, high
performance, stand-alone microcomputer controller in the DFC series.
Through 2-wire RS485 communication transmission method, it can
connect a maximum of 32 FCU controllers to an LCD group control
panel or to a communications protocol converter to form a local area
network. Through a remote or a local browser or an onsite one-to-many
group control panel, it can realize central management of the FCU
equipment scattered in different places and can execute community,
group and single machine commands as well as has various kinds of
monitoring logs. It has standard built-in programs to run scheduled
on/off, change AC operation mode, switch fan speed, change set
temperature, execute energy saving, monitor operating status, perform
stats of running hours and even calculate energy consumption and
other functions. It is suitable for use in office buildings, five-star hotels,
sci-tech buildings, academic research institutions or manufacturing
plants that need centralized management of small FCU equipment in
different locations.
Product Features
„
Independent high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that can operate independently.
„
Abnormal status code display and self wakeup function (WATCH DOG) when programs freeze
„
FCnet communication port to connect to a PF series communication interface converter or a WC-FB FCU integrated controller to
perform centralized management of the whole area.
„
FCnet with online firmware update function to perform firmware update on controllers in the loop to elevate functions of the
controller any time without being confined to the existing designed functions
„
SCnet communication port to connect to an MFC32V, MFT28U and others to control independently, or can connect to an NFC32V,
NFT28U and other group control panels to control a small region
„
2 binary inputs for connection with mobile (infrared) sensors, room access card interlocking, water leak sensors or fan status
monitoring
„
Return air temperature control so that the temperature control function is not affected by the location where the control pan el is
installed
„
Binary outputs for 3 speeds of the fan, 2 piping (cooling or heating), 4 piping (cooling and heating) or 2 piping + electric interlock
output control points
„
AC operating modes of cooling, heating and fan. Additional energy-saving operating function to save energy and increase
comfort.
„
Scheduled on/off functions. Additionally a quick 0~24 hour timed shutdown function that is suitable for office occasions.
„
When connected, it has network time auto synchronization function. It can accept time adjustment from the monitoring network
to make all controllers in the system have the same time.
„
Delayed automatic recovery function by order of power outage. If the unit was on before the outage, automatic start will be
delayed according to the address sequence when power comes back on.
„
Can connect to monitor and control points, fan on/off, AC mode, fan speed, indoor and set temperatures, timed shutdown and
scheduled on/off, water leak, fire alarm, abnormal temperature alarm and others. Parameters can be stored when power for the
controller is cut off. When power comes back on normally, it will be restarted to operate according to the stored memory data.
169
Networking FCU Controller
Specifications
Model
Number
AC mode
Fan Speed Binary Analog
Mode
Input Input
Binary
Output
Fan
Heating/
Water Pipe
Output Cooling Switch System
Description
DFC0140A
Cooling/
Heating/Fan
Auto/Hi
/Med/Lo
0
1
1
3
Manual
2 piping
suitable for 2 piping
iced water or hot
water control
DFC2150A
Auto/Cooling/
Heating/Fan
Auto/Hi/
Med/Lo
2
1
2
3
Manual/Auto
4 piping
2 piping + interlock
control or 4 piping
control
Power
:
85ǡ265 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 5 VA, 5 A fuse included
Processor
:
High-speed microcontroller unit with memory space
FCnet Communication
:
MODBUS RTU standard format RS-485 (Slave mode) communication transmission, maximum network
length 1,1,200 meters
SCnet Communication
:
MODBUS RTU standard format RS-485 (Slave mode) communication transmission, maximum network
length 1,1,200 meters
Binary Input
:
12 VDC detection, accepts dry contact or open collector signals (Note: only DFC2150A has this function)
Analog Input
:
Comes with one extended [email protected] NTC temperature sensing unit, sensing range
Binary Output
:
Adopts UL/CUL/TUV certified 7 A.NO/5 A.NC, 250 VAC SPDT contacts that can control 2/3 wire valve
control drives
Fan Output
:
Adopts UL/CUL/TUV certified 10 A/250 VAC SPST contacts that can control High, Medium and Low
modes of the fan
Range and Accuracy
:
Temperature control range 15ǡ30Ԩ, accuracy ±1Ԩ
Operating Environment
:
0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
:
CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
0Ԩǡ50Ԩ
Application
„
When the power supply and the FCU use the same power source, the first step is to confirm if the voltage is correct first. The power
line, fan 3-speed control line and electric valve control line should use control lines in the range 0.5~1.25mm 2. Too big a wire diameter
will cause damage to the controller terminator and too small a wire diameter might not withstand the current of the equipment.
„
The DFC is applicable in central air conditioning 2 piping or 4 piping fan coils and direct expansion air conditioners. Setting of internal
DFC parameters is needed for different forms of control functions. Please refer to technical manuals for more information.
„
Please use 2-wire AWG #22 twisted pair shielded cable to wire the cable between two DFC controllers in a daisy-chain manner (refer
to the wiring and architecture diagrams). Do not use a junction box or parallel connection. When wiring is conducted, please take note
to make sure the electrical polarity is consistent, or the network might not connect.
„
Please use 4-wire AWG #22 twisted pair shielded cables in wiring the cable between NFC32V and DFC controllers, in which two wires
act as power lines for the NFC32V.
„
All network cables should be in independent EMT and must keep some distance from power lines to avoid interference and ensure
good network communication quality.
„
Binary inputs must be the dry contacts. If equipment like a mobile sensor that needs external power is used, please provide a
power source for it.
„
The DFC can control 2 or piping electric iced/hot water valves. When used in 2 piping valve control scenarios, just connect the
electric valve to OPEN.
„
The juncture of the electric valve and the fan should be connected to the ground wire of the power source. Incorrectly wired
equipment will not operate normally.
„
The DFC is equipped with an 5A fuse as factory default. When equipment needing more than 5A of current is used, an auxiliary relay is
needed, or it might cause the fuse to blow.
170
Networking FCU Controller
Network Architecture
FCnet - Modbus RS485 bus, Up to 32 DFCs, Max. length 1200m
DFC0140A
DFC2150A
SCnet
DFC0140A
DFC0140A
SCnet
SCnet - RS485 bus,
Up to 32 DFCs,
Max. leng th 120 0m
MFC32V
MFT28U
NFT28U
NFC32V
Fig. 1 Control Network Architecture for less than 16 FCUs
WEB BRO WSER
NOTE BOOK
TABLET PC
SMART PHONE
Internet/WAN
WC-FB11
FCnet(a) - Modbus RS485 bus, Up to 32 DFCs(Total a+b+c+d+…), Max. length 1200m
DFC0140A
BACnet web server
embedded FCU
controller
3.wired network
loop
DFC0140A
DFC2150A
BACnet network
touch panel
MFC32V
DFC0140A
BACsoft
WIFI
FCn et(c) - Modbu s RS485 bus
1.wired network
loop
NFC32V
WIFI AP
NGC32V
2.wired network
loop
SCnet
NVP70PE
NGC32V
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus
BACnet ETHERNET/IP 100Mbps
DFC2150A
MFC32V
DFC2150A
WORKSTATION
MFC32V
MFC32V
Fig. 2 Control Network Architecture for less than 32 FCUs
WEB BRO WSER
NOTE BOOK
TABLET PC
SMART PHONE
Internet/WAN
WC-FB13
FCnet(a) - Modbus RS485 bus, Up to 32 DFCs(Total a+b+c+d+…), Max. length 1200m
DFC0140A
BACnet web
server embedded
FCU controller
SCnet
NGC32V
3. wired network
loop
DFC0140A
DFC2150A
NVP70PE
BACnetnetwork touch
panel
MFC32V
DFC0140A
BACsoft
MFC32V
DFC2150A
WORKSTATION
MFC32V
Fig. 3 Control Network Architecture for less than 96 FCUs
171
MFC32V
FCn et(c) - Modbu s RS485 bus
1. wired network
loop
NFC32V
WIFI
WIFI AP
NGC32V
2. wired network
loop
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus
BACnet ETHERNET/IP 100Mbps
DFC2150A
Networking FCU Controller
WEB BRO WSER
NOTE BOOK
TABLET PC
SMART PHONE
Internet/WAN
FCnet(a) - Modbus RS485 bus, Up to 32 DFCs(Total a+b+c+d+…), Max. length 1200m
PF-BM12/15
DFC2150A
DFC0140A
PF-BM12/15
NGC32V
2. wired network
loop
3. wired network
loop
DFC0140A
DFC2150A
SCnet
BACnet ETHERNET/IP 100Mbps
NFC32V
MFC32V
DFC0140A
BACnet web server
embedded building controller
DFC0140A
BACsoft
FCn et(c) - Modbu s RS485 bus
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus
1. wired network
loop
Modbus to BACnet
Et hernet FCU
protocol converter
WC-RB10
NGC32V
MFC32V
DFC2150A
DFC2150A
WIFI
WIFI AP
WORKSTATION
MFC32V
MFC32V
Fig. 4 Control Network Architecture for more than 96 FCUs
Dimensions
Unit: mm
76
100
Ø4
12
Ø4
10
137
50
Wiring
FCnet
To next
DFC
F- F+ Action indicator
5
4
3
2
A CL
6
A CN
7
LFA N
8
MF AN
9
HFA N
Fan
Med
E lect ric
v alve Fan
Fan
Lo
F+ open Hi
CLOS E
OP EN
F- F+ F-
5A
To last
Temp DFC
sensor
F- F+
1
V- M- M+ V+
SCnet
MFC
Control
panel
J oint
connect ion Fan
term inator
+1 +2 + 4 +8 +16 +32
ON
1
ON
OF F
COM
GYB
BR
On Off Hi Med Lo GND Live
Address DIP switch:
澿Switch settings:
2
3
4
5
6
switch switch
ON
OFF
澿 Address range 1~32
Ice/Hot
water valve
Fig. 5 DFC0140A Wiring
172
Fan
power
85ǡ265VAC
50/60Hz
Networking FCU Controller
FCnet
E lect ric
To next valve open
DFC
Action
F- F+ indicators
4
3
A CL
5
A CN
6
LFA N
7
MF AN
8
HFA N
9
CLOS E
Int erlocke Fan
d poi nt
open Med
OP EN
NO.
1
Fan NO.
2
Lo
CLOS E
F- F+ F- F+
OP EN
Fan
Hi
DI
DI
5A
To last
Temp
DFC
sensor
F- F+
2
1
J18
V- M- M+ V+
J17
GYB
BR
On Off
On
Address DIP switch:
澿Switch settings:
Hi Med Lo GND Live
Interlocked point
Joint
Fan
contactterm inator
+1 +2 + 4 +8 +16 +32
SCnet
ON
OF F
COM
ON
R
1
MFC
2
3
4
5
6
Fan
Switch Switch
ON
OFF
澿 Address range 1~32
Control
panel
Ice water valve
Power
85ǡ265VAC
50/60Hz
Fig. 6 DFC2150A 2 Piping Cooling or Heating + Interlock Control Wiring
FCnet
DI
DI
To next
DFC
Action
F- F+ indicator
5A
3
A CL
4
A CN
Control
panel
5
LFA N
MFC
6
MF AN
2
1
J17
On Off
Address DIP switch
澿Switch settings:
On Off
Hi
Med Lo
ON
1
2
3
4
5
GND Live
Joint
contact
+1 +2 + 4 +8 +16 + 32
ON
OF F
COM
SCnet
7
HFA N
GYB
BR
8
CLOS E
9
J18
OP EN
NO.
1
F- F+ F- F+
V- M- M+ V+
CLOS E
OP EN
Fan
NO.
E lec.
Fan
Hi
2
Lo
V alve
open E lec.
valve Fan
open Med
Fan
term inator
ON
OF F
COM
To last
Temp DFC
sensor
F- F+
6
Switch Switch
ON
OFF
澿 Address range 1~32
Fan
Hot water valve
Ice water valve
Fig. 7 DFC2150A 4 Piping Cooling and Heating Wiring
173
power
85ǡ265VAC
50/60Hz
Networking FCU Controller
RS485 Network DC Variable Frequency
FCU Controller DFC…D
Application
The DFC...D series RS485 Network DC variable Frequency FCU Controller
is a multifunction, high performance, stand-alone microcomputer controller
in the DFC series. Through 2-wire RS485 communication transmission
method, it can connect a maximum of 32 FCU controllers to an LCD group
control panel or to a communications protocol converter to form a local area
network. Through a remote or a local browser or an onsite one-to-many
group control panel, it can realize central management of the FCU
equipment scattered in different places and can execute community, group
and single machine commands as well as has various kinds of monitoring
logs to go with DC variable frequency motor controls. It has standard built-in
programs to run scheduled on/off, change AC operation mode, adjust fan
speed in a stepless manner, change temperature setting, execute energy
saving, monitor operating status, perform stats of running hours and even
calculate energy consumption and other functions. It is suitable for use in
office buildings, five-star hotels, sci-tech buildings, academic research
institutions or manufacturing plants that need centralized management of
small FCU equipment in different locations.
Product Features
„
Independent high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that can operate independently.
„
Abnormal status code display and self wakeup function (WATCH DOG) when programs freeze
„
FCnet communication port to connect to a PF series communication interface converter or a WC-FB series FCU integrated
controller or an NFC group control panel to perform centralized management of the whole area.
„
FCnet with online firmware update function to perform firmware update on controllers in the loop to elevate functions of the
controller any time without being confined to the existing designed functions
„
SCnet communication port to connect to an MFC32V, MFT28U and others to control independently, or can connect to an NFC32V,
NFT28U and other group control panels to control a small region
„
Two PWM outputs to go with DC variable frequency motors to control speed change in a stepless manner or manually adjust the
speed in 5 steps. A single module can at most control 2 motors.
„
2 binary inputs for connection with mobile sensors, room access card interlocking, water leak sensors or fan status monitorin g
„
Return air temperature control so that the temperature control function is not affected by the location where the control panel is
installed
„
2 binary outputs for 2 piping (cooling or heating), 4 piping (cooling and heating) or 2 piping + electric interlock output co ntrol
points
„
AC operating modes of cooling, heating and fan. Additional energy saving, comfort sleep (only in cooling mode) operating
function to save energy and increase comfort.
„
Scheduled on/off functions. Additionally a quick 0~24 hour timed shutdown function that is suitable for office occasions.
„
When connected, it has network time auto synchronization function. It can accept time adjustment from the monitoring network
to make all controllers in the system have the same time.
„
Delayed automatic recovery function by order of power outage. If the unit was on before the outage, automatic start will be
delayed according to the address sequence when power comes back on.
„
Can connect to monitor and control points, fan on/off, AC mode, fan speed, indoor and set temperatures, timed shutdown and
scheduled on/off, water leak, fire alarm, abnormal temperature alarm and others. Parameters can be stored when power for the
controller is cut off. When power comes back on normally, it will be restarted to operate according to the stored memory data.
174
Networking FCU Controller
Specifications
Model
Number
AC mode
Fan Speed
Mode
Binary
Input
Analog PWM
Input
Input
Binary PWM
Heating/
Output Output Cooling Switch
Description
DFC0110D
Cooling/
Heating/Fan
Auto/Manual
5-speed
0
1
2
1
2
Manual
suitable for 2 piping iced
water or water controlled
system
DFC2120D
Auto/Cooling/
Heating/Fan
Auto/Manual
5-speed
2
1
2
2
2
Manual/Auto
2 piping + interlock
control or 4 piping
control system
Power
: 85ǡ265 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 5 VA, 1 A fuse included
Processor
: High-speed microcontroller unit with memory space
FCnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU standard format RS-485 (Slave mode) communication transmission, maximum network
SCnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU standard format RS-485 (Slave mode) communication transmission, maximum network
Binary Input
: 12 VDC detection, accepts dry contact or open collector signals (Note: only DFC2120D has this
Analog Input
: Comes with one extended [email protected] NTC temperature sensing unit, sensing range
Fan Input
: PWM signal input, depending on fan operation status
Fan Output
: PWM signal output to control the 5 manual steps of the fan and the automatic stepless speed change
Binary Output
: Adopts UL/CUL/TUV certified 7 A.NO/5 A.NC, 250 VAC SPDT relays that can control 2/3 wire electric
Range and Accuracy
: Temperature control range 15ǡ30Ԩ, accuracy ±1Ԩ
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
length 1,1,200 meters
length 1,1,200 meters
function)
0Ԩǡ50Ԩ
function
control valves or control other equipment by interlocking
Wiring
„
When the power supply and the FCU use the same power source, please confirm if the voltage is correct first. The power line and
electric valve control line should use control lines in the range 0.5~1.25mm2. Too big a wire diameter will cause damage to the
controller terminator and too small a wire diameter might not withstand the current of the equipment.
„
The PWM variable frequency fan control line and the number o fans are configured according to the size of the model. Please refer to
the variable frequency motor manufacturer's manual for wiring method and how to connect to the fan.
„
The DFC is applicable in central air conditioning 2 piping or 4 piping fan coils and direct expansion air conditioners. Setting of internal
DFC parameters is needed for different forms of control functions. Please refer to technical manuals for more information.
„
Please use 2-wire AWG #22 twisted pair shielded cable to wire the cable between two DFC controllers in a daisy-chain manner (refer
to the wiring and architecture diagrams). Do not use a junction box or parallel connection. When wiring is conducted, please take
note to make sure the electrical polarity is consistent, or the network might not connect.
„
Please use 4-wire AWG #22 twisted pair shielded cables in wiring the cable between NFC32V and DFC controllers, in which two
wires act as power lines for the NFC32V.
„
All network cables should be in independent EMT and must keep some distance from power lines to avoid interference and ensure
good network communication quality.
„
Binary inputs must be the dry contacts. If equipment like a mobile sensor that needs external power is used, please provide a
power source for it.
„
The DFC can control 2 or piping electric iced/hot water valves. When used in 2 piping valve control scenarios, just connect the
electric valve to OPEN.
175
Networking FCU Controller
Int erlocked E lec. valve
point open open
NO.
NO.
2
J43
1
J44
F- F+ F- F+
R
Y
O
B
V- M- M+ V+
P WM_H
P WM_L
FG _H
FG _L
7
P WM
output
P WM
speed
feedback
SCnet
1
MFC
2
3
4
5
6
ON
OF F
COM
ON
GND Live
v. f.
fan
Fan
term inator
Ice water
valve
Switch Switch
ON
OFF
澿 Address range 1~32
Control
panel
1
Joint
contact
CB
CB
+1 +2 + 4 +8 +16 +32
2
On Off
Address DIP switch:
澿Switch settings:
Comm. G Y B
BR
indicator
6
A CL
fan
v. f.
A CN
fan
v. f.
CLOS E
PW
M
OP EN
PW
M
1A
To next
DFC
F- F+
Action
indicators
FCnet
To last
Temp DFC
sensor
F- F+
Power
85ǡ265VAC
50/60Hz
Fig. 1 DFC0110D Wiring
FCnet
To next Action
DFC indicators
F- F+
DI
J43
F- F+ F- F+
9
J44
J18
V- M- M+ V+
On
2
v. f. fan
1
2
3
4
5
On Off
GND Live
R
Ice water valve
6
Switch Switch
ON
OFF
澿 Address range 1~32
Control
panel
1
J oint
Fan
c ontac t
term inator
ON
OF F
COM
ON
MFC
6
Int erlocked point
CB
CB
+1 +2 + 4 +8 +16 +32
SCnet
7
J17
Address DIP switch:
澿Switch settings:
B YB
BR
G
8
A CL
1
A CN
NO.
2
CLOS E
NO.
OP EN
fan
v. f.
CLOS E
Fan
v. f.
OP EN
NO. NO.
2
1
Int erlock E lec.
ed poi nt v alve
open
open
Comm .
indicator
PWM PWM
DI
1A
To last
Temp DFC
sensor
F- F+
Power
85ǡ265VAC
50/60Hz
Fig. 2 DFC2120D 2 Piping Cooling or Heating + Interlock Control Wiring
FCnet
To next
DFC
Action
F- F+ indicators
9
J44
8
7
6
2
A CL
Control
panel
J43
J18
A CN
MFC
1
CLOS E
1
J17
On Off
Address DIP switch:
澿Switch settings:
v.
ON
f.
fa
1 2 3 4 5 6
n
Switch Switch
ON
OFF
澿 Address range 1~32
On Off
GND Live
J oint
c ontac t
ON
OF F
COM
+1 +2 + 4 +8 +16 +32
ON
OF F
COM
SCnet
NO.
2
CB
GYB
BR
NO.
CB
Comm .
indicator
fan
v. f.
OP EN
V- M- M+ V+
NO. NO.
2
1
fan
v.f.
CLOS E
F- F+ F- F+
PWM PWM
DI
OP EN
Int erlock E lec.
ed poi nt valve
open
open
DI
1A
To last
Temp DFC
sensor
F- F+
Ice water valve
Hot water valve
Fig. 3 DFC2120D 4 Piping Cooling and Heating Wiring
176
Fan
term inator
Power
85ǡ265VAC
50/60Hz
Networking FCU Controller
Network Architecture
FCnet - Modbus RS485 bus, Up to 32 DFCs, Max. length 1200m
DFC0110D
DFC2120D
SCnet
DFC0110D
DFC0110D
SCnet
SCnet - RS485 bus,
Up to 32 DFCs,
Max. length 1200m
NFT28U
MFC32V
MFT28U
NFC32V
Fig. 4 Control Network Architecture for less than 16 FCUs
WEB BRO WSER
NOTE BOOK
TABLET PC
SMART PHONE
Internet/WAN
WC-FB11
DFC2120D
DFC0110D
BACnet web
server embedded
FCU controller
3. wired network
loop
DFC0110D
DFC2120D
BACnet network
touch panel
MFC32V
DFC0110D
BACsoft
WIFI
FCn et(c) - Modbu s RS485 bus
1. wired network
loop
NFC32V
WIFI AP
NGC32V
2. wired network
loop
SCnet
NVP70PE
NGC32V
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus
BACnet ETHERNET/IP 100Mbps
FCnet(a) - Modbus RS485 bus, Up to 32 DFCs(Total a+b+c+d+…), Max. length 1200m
MFC32V
DFC2120D
WORKSTATION
MFC32V
MFC32V
Fig. 5 Control Network Architecture for less than 32 FCUs
WEB BRO WSER
NOTE BOOK
TABLET PC
SMART PHONE
Internet/WAN
WC-FB13
FCnet(a) - Modbus RS485 bus, Up to 32 DFCs(Total a+b+c+d+…), Max. length 1200m
BACnet web
server embedded
FCU controller
NVP70PE
DFC0110D
SCnet
NGC32V
3. wired network
loop
DFC0110D
DFC2120D
NFC32V
BACnet network
touch panel
MFC32V
DFC0110D
WIFI
WIFI AP
MFC32V
DFC2120D
WORKSTATION
MFC32V
Fig. 6 Control Network Architecture for less than 96 FCUs
177
MFC32V
FCn et(c) - Modbu s RS485 bus
1. wired network
loop
BACsoft
NGC32V
2. wired network
loop
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus
BACnet ETHERNET/IP 100Mbps
DFC2120D
Networking FCU Controller
WEB BRO WSER
NOTE BOOK
TABLET PC
SMART PHONE
Internet/WAN
PF-BM12/15
FCnet(a) - Modbus RS485 bus, Up to 32 DFCs(Total a+b+c+d+…), Max. length 1200m
DFC2120D
DFC0110D
PF-BM12/15
SCnet
NGC32V
2.wired network
loop
3.wired network
loop
DFC0110D
DFC2120D
BACnet ETHERNET/IP 100Mbps
WC-RB10
MFC32V
DFC0110D
BACnet web server embedded
building controller
DFC0110D
BACsoft
MFC32V
DFC2120D
DFC2120D
WIFI
WIFI AP
WORKSTATION
MFC32V
MFC32V
Fig. 7 Control Network Architecture for more than 96 FCUs
Unit: mm
Ø4
137
100
Ø4
76
Dimensions
12
10
50
178
FCn et(c) - Modbu s RS485 bus
NFC32V
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus
1.wired network
loop
Modbus to BACnet Ethernet
FCUprotocol converter
NGC32V
Networking FCU Controller
RF Network FCU Controller DFR…A
Application
The DFR...A series RF Network FCU Controller is a multifunction,
economical, stand-alone controller. Through RF communication, it can
connect a maximum of 16 FCU controllers to a PF series protocol
converter to form a wireless local area network to realize central
management of equipment in different locations. It can also connect to a
panel to perform single machine or group control. Through HMI operation
the user can change the action of a group or individual DFR controllers.
Examples are fan on/off, AC mode, fan speed, temperature setup,
shutdown timer and scheduled on/off actions. It can also monitor DFR
statuses like onsite temperature, system operation, fan speed, malfunction
alarm, and so on. This controller is applicable for use in office buildings,
hotels, shopping malls, factories, or energy-saving improvement projects.
Product Features
„
Independent high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that can operate independently.
„
Abnormal status code display and self wakeup function (WATCH DOG) when programs freeze
„
RFnet bidirectional communication channel with directionless transmission and reception. Forming a wireless local area network
when connected with PF series protocol converters.
„
Another SCnet communication port
to connect to an MFC32V, MFT28U and others to control independently, or can connect to an
NFC32V, NFT28U and other group control panels to control a small region
„
Externally connected antenna design with signals able to go through common light partitions or ceilings that can shield radio waves.
In obstructed areas the communication distance can reach 100 meters.
„
2 binary inputs for connection with mobile sensors, room access card interlocking, water leak sensors or fan status monitoring
„
Return air temperature control so that the temperature control function is not affected by the location where the control pan el is
installed
„
Binary outputs for 3 speeds of the fan, 2 piping (cooling or heating), 4 piping (cooling and heating) or 2 piping + electric interlock
output control points
„
AC operating modes of cooling, heating and fan. Additional energy saving operating function to save energy and increase
comfort.
„
Scheduled on/off functions. Additionally a quick 0~24 hour timed shutdown function that is suitable for office occasions.
„
When connected, it has network time auto synchronization function. It can accept time adjustment from the monitoring network
to make all controllers in the system have the same time.
„
Delayed automatic recovery function by order of power outage. If the unit was on before the outage, automatic start will be
delayed according to the address sequence when power comes back on.
„
Can connect to monitor and control points, fan on/off, AC mode, fan speed, indoor and set temperatures, timed shutdown and
scheduled on/off, water leak, fire alarm, abnormal temperature alarm and others. Parameters can be stored when power for the
controller is cut off. When power comes back on normally, it will be restarted to operate according to the stored memory data.
179
Networking FCU Controller
Specifications
Model
Number
AC mode
Fan Speed
Mode
Binary Analog Binary Fan
Heating/
Input Input
Output Output Cooling Switch
Water Pipe
System
Description
DFR0140A
Cooling/
Heating/Fan
Auto/Hi/
Med/Lo
0
1
1
3
Manual
2 piping
suitable for 2 piping
iced water or hot
water control systems
DFR2150A
Auto/Cooling/
Heating/Fan
Auto/Hi/
Med/Lo
2
1
2
3
Manual/Auto
4 piping
2 piping + interlock
control or 4 piping
control system
Power
:
85ǡ265 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 5 VA, 1 A fuse included
Processor
:
High-speed microcontroller unit with memory space
Network Communication
:
Transmitted by wireless communications with the distance reaching 100 meters in unobstructed areas
Channels and Addresses
:
Can set 16 channels with each channel able to address 16 DFR units
SCnet Communication
:
MODBUS RTU standard format RS-485 (Slave mode) communication transmission, maximum network
Binary Input
:
12 VDC detection, accepts dry contact or open collector signals (Note: only DFR2150A has this
and a maximum of 16 DFR microcomputer fan controller connections
length 1,1,200 meters
function)
Analog Input
:
Comes with one extended [email protected] NTC temperature sensing unit, sensing range
Binary Output
:
Adopts UL/CUL/TUV certified 7 A.NO/5 A.NC, 250 VAC SPDT relays that can control 2/3 wire control
Fan Output
:
Range and Accuracy
:
Temperature control range 15ǡ30Ԩ, accuracy ±1Ԩ
Operating Environment
:
0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
:
CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
0Ԩǡ50Ԩ
valves or interlock output controls
Adopts UL/CUL/TUV certified 10 A/250 VAC SPST relays that can control High, Medium and Low
modes of the fan
Wiring
„
When the power supply and the FCU use the same power source, please confirm if the voltage is correct first. The power line, fan
3-speed control line and electric valve control line should use control lines in the range 0.5~1.25mm2. Too big a wire diameter will
cause damage to the controller terminator and too small a wire diameter might not withstand the current of the equipment.
„
The DFR is applicable in central air conditioning 2 piping or 4 piping fan coils and direct expansion air conditioners. Please refer to
technical manuals for more information.
„
Please use 4-wire AWG #22 twisted pair shielded cables to wire the communication line between DFR and MFC/NFC control
panels.
„
All network cables should be in independent EMT and must keep some distance from power lines to avoid interference and ensure
good network communication quality.
„
The DFR uses RF communications so care has to be taken regarding partition obstruction and interference when installing it. T he
radio frequencies the DFR uses can go through 1-2 light partitions or 1 concrete wall, but cannot go through a metal compartment
(clean room compartment or steel/aluminum compartment). In an open, unobstructed and interference-free area, it can transmit
around 100 meters.
„
Binary inputs must be the dry contacts. If equipment like a mobile sensor that needs external power is used, please provide a power
source for it.
„
The DFR can control 2 or
electric valve to OPEN.
„
The juncture of the electric valve and the fan should be connected to the ground wire of the power source. Incorrectly wired
equipment will not operate normally.
„
When the DFR is used in a local area network, a different channel and address has to be set. It uses DIP switches to set the
channel from 0~15 (16 in total) and the network address from 0~15 (16 in total) in a binary manner. Controllers sharing the s ame
channel cannot use the same address.
„
The DFR is equipped with an 5A fuse as factory default. When equipment needing more than 5A of current is used, an auxiliary
relay is needed, or it might cause the fuse to blow.
piping electric iced/hot water valves. When used in 2 piping valve control sc enarios, just connect the
180
Networking FCU Controller
+1 +2 + 4 +8
ON
1 2 3 O4N
5A
Temp sensor
Action indicators
6
5
On
Off
4
3
Med
Lo
A CL
7
A CN
8
LFA N
9
MF AN
Fan Fan
E lec.
Hi
Lo
valve
Fan
open
Med
HFA N
CLOS E
OP EN
Channel
DIP
switch
2
1
GND
Liv e
V- M- M+ V+
Address DIP switch:
澿Switch settings:
GYB
BR
+1 +2 + 4 +8 +16
ON
SCnet
E xt. ant.
conn.
J oint
c ontac t
NO USE
1
MFC
2
3
4
5
6
Swit
Swit
ch
ch
ON
OFF
澿 Address range 1~16
Control
panel
Fan
term inator
ON
OF F
COM
Comm .
indicator
Hi
Power
85ǡ265VAC
50/60Hz
Fan
Ice/hot water valve
Fig. 1 DFR0140D Wiring
+1 +2 + 4 +8
ON
1 2 3 O4N
DI
NO.
2
NO.
1
5A
DI
4
3
Med
Lo
A CL
5
A CN
6
LFA N
7
MF AN
8
HFA N
9
CLOS E
OP EN
Fan
Fan
E lec. Hi
Lo
v alve Fan
open Med
Int erlocked
point open
CLOS E
Temp sensor Action indicators
OP EN
Channel
DIP
s witc h
2
1
GND
Liv e
V- M- M+ V+
E xt. ant.
conn.
GYB
BR
On Off
Hi
Int erlocked point
+1 +2 + 4 +8 +16
SCnet
R
1
MFC
2
3
4
5
Fan
term inator
6
Fan
Switch Switch
ON
OFF
澿 Address range1~16
Control
panel
Joint
contact
NO USE
ON
ON
OF F
COM
Comm .
indicator
On
Address DIP switch:
澿Switch settings:
Power
85ǡ265VAC
50/60Hz
Ice water valve
Fig. 2 DFR2150A 2 Piping Cooling or Heating + Interlock Control Wiring
+1 +2 + 4 +8
ON
1 2 3 O4N
5A
Temp sensor
DI
Action indicators
4
3
Med
Lo
A CL
5
A CN
6
LFA N
7
MF AN
8
HFA N
9
CLOS E
NO.
1
OP EN
CLOS E
Fan
NO.
Int erlock ed
Med
2
point open E lec.
valve Fan Fan
open Hi
Lo
OP EN
Channel
DIP
s witc h
DI
2
1
GND
Liv e
V- M- M+ V+
SCnet
MFC
Control
panel
+1 +2 + 4 +8 +16
2
3
4
5
Hi
Joint
Fan
contact term inator
NO USE
ON
1
On Off
ON
OF F
COM
E xt. ant.
conn.
GYB
BR
ON
OF F
COM
Comm .
indicator
On Off
Address DIP switch:
澿Switch settings:
6
Switch Switch
ON
OFF
澿 Address range1~16
Fan
Hot water valve
Ice water valve
Fig. 3 DFR2150A 4 Piping Cooling and Heating Wiring
181
Power
85ǡ265VAC
50/60Hz
Networking FCU Controller
Network Architecture
FCnet
DFR0140A
DFR2150A
SCnet
SCnet
MFC32V
NGC32V
DFR0140A
DFR0140A
SCnet
MFC32V
SCnet
MFT28U
MFT28U
Fig. 4 Control Network Architecture for less than 16 FCUs
WEB BROWSER
NOTE BOOK
TABLET PC
SMART PHONE
Internet/WAN
WC-FB11
FCnet(a) - Modbus RS485 bus, Up to 32 DFCs+DFRs(Total a+b+c+d+…), Max. length 1200m
DFC2150A
DFC0140A
NGC32V
BACnet web
server embedded
FCU controller
SCnet
DFR0140A
A
DFR2150A
A
BACnet ETHERNET/IP 100Mbps
MFC32V
DFR0140A
DFR0140A
DFR0140A
DFR2150A
DFR2150A
DFR2150A
DFR2150
R
A
MFC32V
MFC32V
CHANEL 1,
UP TO 16 DFR. MFC32V
BACsoft
WIFI
WIFI AP
WORKSTATION
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus, Max. leng th 120 0m
NFC32V
FCnet max
=(a+b+c+d+…)
=32 (DFCs or DFRs)
BACnet network touch
panel
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus, Max. leng th 120 0m
1. wired network
loop
NVP70PE
NGC32V
3. wireless
network loop
2. wireless
network loop
MFC32V
DFR2150
R
A
DFR2150A
DFR2150A
MFC32V
Fig. 5 Control Network Architecture for less than 32 FCUs
WEB BROWSER
NOTE BOOK
TABLET PC
SMART PHONE
Internet/WAN
WC-FB13
FCnet(a) - Modbus RS485 bus, Up to 32 DFCs+DFRs(Total a+b+c+d+…), Max. length 1200m
DFC2150A
DFC0140A
NGC32V
2. wireless
network loop
SCnet
DFR0140A
A
NVP70PE
NFC32V
FCnet max
=(a+b+c+d+…)
=32 (DFCs or DFRs)
BACnetnetwork touch
panel
MFC32V
DFR0140A
DFR0140A
DFR0140A
DFR2150A
DFR2150A
DFR2150A
DFR2150
R
A
MFC32V
MFC32V
CHANEL 1,
UP TO 16 DFR. MFC32V
BACsoft
WIFI
WIFI AP
WORKSTATION
Fig. 6 Control Network Architecture for less than 96 FCUs
182
DFR2150A
A
MFC32V
DFR2150
R
A
DFR2150A
DFR2150A
MFC32V
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus, Max. leng th 120 0m
1. wired network
loop
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus, Max. leng th 120 0m
BACnet ETHERNET/IP 100Mbps
BACnet web
server embedded
FCU controller
NGC32V
3. wireless
network loop
Networking FCU Controller
WEB BROWSER
NOTE BOOK
TABLET PC
SMART PHONE
Internet/WAN
PF-BM12/15
FCnet(a) - Modbus RS485 bus, Up to 32 DFCs+DFRs(Total a+b+c+d+…), Max. length 1200m
DFC2150A
DFC0140A
NGC32V
2. wireless
network loop
FCnet
SCnet
DFR0140A
A
DFR2150A
A
NFC32V
Modbus to BACnet
Ethernet FCUprotocol
converter
FCnet max
=(a+b+c+d+…)
=32 (DFCs or DFRs)
WC-RB10
BACnetweb server embedded
building controller
MFC32V
DFR0140A
DFR0140A
DFR0140A
DFR2150A
DFR2150A
DFR2150A
DFR2150
R
A
MFC32V
MFC32V
CHANEL 1,
UP TO 16 DFR. MFC32V
BACsoft
WIFI
WIFI AP
WORKSTATION
Unit: mm
Ø4
100
76
Ø4
137
12
10
50
183
DFR2150A
MFC32V
Fig. 7 Control Network Architecture for more than 96 FCUs
Dimensions
MFC32V
DFR2150A
DFR2150
R
A
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus, Max. leng th 120 0m
1. wired network
loop
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus, Max. leng th 120 0m
BACnet ETHERNET/IP 100Mbps
PF-BM12/15
NGC32V
3. wireless
network loop
Networking FCU Controller
RF Network DC Variable Frequency
FCU Controller DFR…D
Application
The DFR...D series RF Network DC Variable Frequency FCU Controller is a
multifunction, economical, stand-alone controller. Through RF
communication, it can connect a maximum of 16 FCU controllers to a PF
series protocol converter to form a wireless local area network to realize
central management of scattered equipment. It can also connect to a panel
to perform single machine group control. Through HMI operation the user
can change the action of a group or individual DFR controllers. Examples
are fan on/off, AC mode, fan speed, temperature setup, shutdown timer and
scheduled on/off actions. It can also monitor DFR statuses like onsite
temperature, system operation, fan speed, malfunction alarm, and so on.
This controller is applicable for use in office buildings, hotels, shopping
malls, factories, or energy-saving improvement projects.
Product Features
„
Independent high-speed microcontroller unit (MCU) that can operate independently.
„
Abnormal status code display and self wakeup function (WATCH DOG) when programs freeze
„
RFnet bidirectional communication channel with directionless transmission and reception. Forming a wireless local area network
when connected with PF series protocol converters.
„
Another SCnet communication port to connect to an MFC32V, MFT28U and others to control independently, or can connect to an
NFC32V, NFT28U and other group control panels to control a small region
„
Externally connected antenna design with signals able to go through common light partitions or ceilings that can shield radio waves.
In obstructed areas the communication distance can reach 100 meters.
„
Two PWM outputs to go with DC variable frequency motors to control speed change in a stepless manner or manually adjust the
speed in 5 steps. A single module can at most control 2 motors.
„
2 binary inputs for connection with mobile sensors, room access card interlocking, water le ak sensors or fan status monitoring
„
Return air temperature control so that the temperature control function is not affected by the location where the control pan el is
installed
„
2 binary outputs for 2 piping (cooling or heating), 4 piping (cooling and heating) or 2 piping + electric interlock output control
points
„
AC operating modes of cooling, heating and fan. Additional energy saving operating function to save energy and increase
comfort.
„
Scheduled on/off functions. Additionally a quick 0~24 hour timed shutdown function that is suitable for office occasions.
„
When connected, it has network time auto synchronization function. It can accept time adjustment from the monitoring network
to make all controllers in the system have the same time.
„
Delayed automatic recovery function by order of power outage. If the unit was on before the outage, automatic start will be
delayed according to the address sequence when power comes back on.
„
Can connect to monitor and control points, fan on/off, AC mode, fan speed, indoor and set temperatures, timed shutdown and
scheduled on/off, water leak, fire alarm, abnormal temperature alarm and others. Parameters can be stored when power for the
controller is cut off. When power comes back on normally, it will be restarted to operate according to the stored memory data.
184
Networking FCU Controller
Specifications
Model
Number
AC mode
Fan Speed
Mode
Binary Analog PWM Binary PWM Heating/
Description
Input Input
Input Output Output Cooling Switch
DFR0110D
Cooling/Heating/
Fan
Auto/Manual
5-speed
0
1
2
1
2
Manual
suitable for 2 piping iced
water or water controlled
system
DFR2120D
Auto/Cooling/
Heating/Fan
Auto/Manual
5-speed
2
1
2
2
2
Manual/Auto
2 piping + interlock
control or 4 piping
control system
Power
: 85ǡ265 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 5 VA, 5 A fuse included
Network Communication
: Transmitted by wireless communications with the distance reaching 100 meters in unobstructed areas
Channels and Addresses
: Can set 16 channels with each channel able to address 16 DFR units
SCnet Communication
: MODBUS RTU standard format RS-485 (Slave mode) communication transmission, maximum network
Binary Input
: 12 VDC detection, accepts dry contact or open collector signals (Note: Only DFR2...D has this)
Analog Input
: Comes with one extended [email protected] NTC temperature sensing unit, sensing range
Fan Input
: PWM signal input, depending on fan operation status
Fan Output
: PWM output to control the 5 manual steps of the fan and the automatic stepless speed change function
Binary Output
: Adopts UL/CUL/TUV certified 7 A.NO/5 A.NC, 250 VAC SPDT relays that can control 2/3 wire electric
Range and Accuracy
: Temperature control range 15ǡ30Ԩ, accuracy ±1Ԩ
Operating Environment
: 0ǡ50Ԩ, 20ǡ90% RH non-condensing
Product Certificates
: CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)
and a maximum of 16 DFR microcomputer fan controller connections
length 1,1,200 meters
0Ԩǡ50Ԩ
control valves or control other equipment by interlocking
Wiring
„
When the power supply and the FCU use the same power source, please confirm if the voltage is correct first. The power line, fan
3-speed control line and electric valve control line should use control lines in the range 0.5~1.25mm 2. Too big a wire diameter will
cause damage to the controller terminator and too small a wire diameter might not withstand the current of the equipment.
„
The DFR is applicable in central air conditioning 2 piping or 4 piping fan coils and direct expansion air conditioners. Please refer to
technical manuals for more information.
„
Please use 4-wire AWG #22 twisted pair shielded cables to wire the communication line between DFR and MFC/NFC control panels.
„
All network cables should be in independent EMT and must keep some distance from power lines to avoid interference and ensure
good network communication quality.
„
The DFR uses RF communications so care has to be taken regarding partition obstruction and interference when installing it. The
radio frequencies the DFR uses can go through 12 light partitions or 1 concrete wall, but cannot go through a metal compartment
(clean room compartment or steel/aluminum compartment). In open, unobstructed and interference-free areas, it can transmit around
100 meters. Binary inputs must be the dry contacts. If equipment like a mobile sensor that needs external power is used, please
provide a power source for it.
„
The DFR can control 2 or
piping electric iced/hot water valves. When used in 2 piping valve control scenarios, just connect the
electric valve to OPEN.
„
The juncture of the electric valve and the fan should be connected to the ground wire of the power source. Incorrectly wired
equipment will not operate normally.
„
When the DFR is used in a local area network, a different channel and address has to be set. It uses DIP switches to set the channel
from 0~15 (16 in total) and the network address from 0~15 (16 in total) in a binary manner. Controllers sharing the same channel
cannot use the same address.
„
The DFR is equipped with an 5A fuse as factory default. When equipment needing more than 5A of current is used, an auxiliary relay
is needed, or it might cause the fuse to blow.
185
Networking FCU Controller
+1 +2 + 4 +8
ON
1 2 3 O4N
P WM
fan
v.
f.
NO.
v.
f.
NO.
P WM_H P WM
P WM_L output
FG _H P WM
FG_L
speed
feedback
R
Y
O
B
V- M- M+ V+
7
CB
NO USE
ON
OF F
COM
ON
1
MFC
2
3
4
5
6
Fan
term inator
Ice
water
valve
Switch Switch
ON
OFF
澿 Address range 1~16
Control
panel
1
GND Live
joint
contact
CB
+1 +2 + 4 +8 +16
2
On Off
Address DIP switch:
澿Switch settings: v. f. Fan
Comm. G Y B
BR
indicator
Ext. ant.
SCnet
conn.
6
A CL
1
J44
A CN
J43
CLOS E
2
Int erlocked E lec. valve
point open open
OP EN
Channel Temp sensor
Action indicator
DIP
switch
1A
P WM
fan
Power
85ǡ265VAC
50/60Hz
Fig. 1 DFR0110D Wiring
+1 +2 + 4 +8
ON
DI
1 2 3 O4N
PWM PWM
DI
Action indicators
V- M- M+ V+
+1 +2 + 4 +8 +16
NO USE
ON
SCnet
1
MFC
Control
panel
6
2
v. f.
fan
2
3
4
5
On Off
1
GND Live
joint
contact
Int erlocked point
ON
OF F
COM
GYB
BR
7
On
Address DIP switch:
澿Switch settings:
CB
Comm.
indicator
8
J17
CB
E xt. ant.
Conn.
9
A CL
J44
A CN
J43
J18
CLOS E
1
OP EN
2
CLOS E
fan
v.
f.
NO.
OP EN
NO. NO.
1
Int erlock ed E lec. v alve 2
point open open
Tem p
sensor
fan
v.
f.
NO.
1A
Channel DI P Swit ch
R
6
Fan
term inator
Ice water
valve
Switch Switch
ON
OFF
澿 Address range 1~16
Power
85ǡ265VAC
50/60Hz
Fig. 2 DFR2120D 2 Piping Cooling or Heating + Interlock Control Wiring
+1 +2 + 4 +8
ON
1 2 3 O4N
DI
PWM PWM
fan
fan
Action
indicators
v.f.
MFC
Control
panel
2
A CL
On Off
+1 +2 + 4 +8 +16
NO USE
ON
1
v. f.
Fan
2
3
4
5
On Off
1
GND Live
Joint
contact
ON
OF F
COM
SCnet
6
CB
GYB
BR
7
J17
Address DIP switch:
澿Switch settings:
CB
Comm .
indic ator
E xt. ant.
conn.
8
A CN
V- M- M+ V+
9
CLOS E
J44
J18
OP EN
J43
1
CLOS E
switch
v.f
NO.
OP EN
NO. NO. NO.
1
Int erlocked E lec. v alve 2
2
point open open
6
Switch Switch
ON
OFF
澿 Address range 1~16
ON
OF F
COM
Temp
sensor
1A
Channel
DIP
DI
Ice water
valve
Hot water valve
Fig. 3 DFR2120D 4 Piping Cooling and Heating Wiring
186
Fan
term inator
Power
85瀧265VAC
50/60Hz
Networking FCU Controller
Network Architecture
FCnet
DFR0110D
DFR2120D
SCnet
SCnet
MFC32V
NGC32V
DFR2120D
DFR0110D
SCnet
SCnet
MFT28U
MFT28U
MFC32V
Fig. 4 Control Network Architecture for less than 16 FCUs
WEB BROWSER
NOTE BOOK
TABLET PC
SMART PHONE
Internet/WAN
WC-FB11
FCnet(a) - Modbus RS485 bus, Up to 32 DFCs+DFRs(Total a+b+c+d+…), Max. length 1200m
DFC2150A
DFC0140A
NGC32V
2. wireless
network loop
SCnet
DFR0110D
D
NVP70PE
NFC32V
FCnet max
=(a+b+c+d+…)
=32 (DFCs or DFRs)
BACnet network touch
panel
MFC32V
DFR0110D
DFR0110D
DFR0110D
DFR2120D
DFR2120D
DFR2120
R
D
DFR2120D
MFC32V
MFC32V
BACsoft
WIFI
WIFI AP
WORKSTATION
CHANEL 1,
UP TO 16 DFR. MFC32V
Fig. 5 Control Network Architecture for less than 32 FCUs
187
DFR2120D
DFR
F 2120D
D
MFC32V
DFR2120D
DFR2120D
MFC32V
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus, Max. leng th 120 0m
1. wired network
loop
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus, Max. leng th 120 0m
BACnet ETHERNET/IP 100Mbps
BACnet web
server embedded
FCU controller
NGC32V
3. wireless
network loop
Networking FCU Controller
WEB BROWSER
NOTE BOOK
TABLET PC
SMART PHONE
Internet/WAN
WC-FB13
FCnet(a) - Modbus RS485 bus, Up to 32 DFCs+DFRs(Total a+b+c+d+…), Max. length 1200m
DFC2150A
DFC0140A
NGC32V
2. wireless
network loop
BACnet web
server embedded
FCU controller
SCnet
DFR0110D
D
DFR
F 2120D
DFR2120D
BACnet ETHERNET/IP 100Mbps
NFC32V
FCnet max
=(a+b+c+d+…)
=32 (DFCs or DFRs)
BACnet network touch
panel
MFC32V
DFR0110D
DFR0110D
DFR0110D
DFR2120D
DFR2120D
DFR2120
R
D
DFR2120D
MFC32V
MFC32V
BACsoft
WIFI
WIFI AP
WORKSTATION
MFC32V
DFR2120D
DFR2120D
CHANEL 1,
UP TO 16 DFR. MFC32V
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus, Max. leng th 120 0m
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus, Max. leng th 120 0m
1. wired network
loop
NVP70PE
NGC32V
3. wireless
network loop
MFC32V
Fig. 6 Control Network Architecture for less than 96 FCUs
WEB BROWSER
NOTE BOOK
TABLET PC
SMART PHONE
Internet/WAN
PF-BM12/15
FCnet(a) - Modbus RS485 bus, Up to 32 DFCs+DFRs(Total a+b+c+d+…), Max. length 1200m
DFC2150A
DFC0140A
NGC32V
2. wireless
network loop
FCnet
SCnet
DFR0110D
D
NFC32V
Modbus to BACnet
Ethernet FCU protocol
converter
WC-RB10
BACnet web server
embedded
building controller
BACsoft
FCnet max
=(a+b+c+d+…)
=32 (DFCs or DFRs)
MFC32V
DFR0110D
DFR0110D
DFR0110D
DFR2120D
DFR2120D
DFR2120
R
D
DFR2120D
MFC32V
MFC32V
WIFI
:,),$3
WORKSTATION
DFR2120D
D
CHANEL 1,
UP TO 16 DFR. MFC32V
Unit: mm
Ø4
100
76
Ø4
137
12
10
50
188
DFR2120D
MFC32V
Fig. 7 Control Network Architecture for more than 96 FCUs
Dimensions
MFC32V
DFR2120D
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus, Max. leng th 120 0m
1. wired network
loop
FCn et(b) - Modbu s RS485 bus, Max. leng th 120 0m
BACnet ETHERNET/IP 100Mbps
PF-BM12/15
NGC32V
3. wireless
network loop
Delta Shanghai R&D Center
LEED Gold
- Energy Savings: 35%
- Water Savings: 46%
- Delta’s Integrated Solutions Applied
- Energy Management Solution
- LED Lighting Solution
- Solar PV Systems
- “IntraSuite” Datacenter Solution
- Only PUE of 1.43 at in-house Datacenter
Components
Delta Electronics Product Setup Toolkit
Accessory
Delta Electronics Product Setup Toolkit
AD-Linker suite
Application
AD-Linker suite is a tool exclusive for setting Delta Electronics controllers. Before setting up Delta Electronics controllers, this tool
is necessary to connect and set product parameters.
Product Features
The Delta Electronics Product Setup Toolkit contains the following products:
„
Hardware:
1. One Delta Electronics DDC Setup Cable.
2. One U232-P9 USB to RS232 cable.
„
Software:
1. Delta Electronics Terminal application.
2. U232-P9 driver.
Delta Electronics DDC
Setup Cable
U232-P9
Specifications
Model Number
Product Name
Product Specs
Delta Electronics DDC Setup
Cable
Delta Electronics DDC Setup
Cable
RS232 to P5, cable length 1.8M
Connecting Configure
port
U232-P9
USB to RS232 cable
USB to RS232, cable length
1.8M
For computers with no
RS232
Installation
Comment
Installation Diagrams
For computers in Windows XP environment with an RS232 port
Use an Delta Electronics DDC Setup Cable cable to connect to the
RS232 port of a computer and the Configure port of a Delta
Electronics DDC, then launch HyperTerminal from All Programs in
Windows XP to start setting initial DDC parameters.
WINDOW XP
&
RS232
Configure port
H
Te ype
rm r
ina
l
Delta Electronics
DDC Setup Cable
RS232
For computers in Windows 7 environment with an RS232 port
First install the Hyper Terminal Software provided by Delta
Electronics and use an Delta Electronics DDC Setup Cable to
connect to the RS232 port of a computer and the Configure port of a
Delta Electronics DDC, then launch Delta Electronics Hyper Terminal
from All Programs in Windows 7 to start setting initial DDC
parameters.
WINDOW 7
&
RS232
191
Configure port
Delta Electronics
DDC Setup Cable
RS232
For computers in Windows 7 environment without an RS232
port, but has a USB port
First install the Hyper Terminal Software provided by Delta
Electronics and use a U232-p9 cable and an Delta Electronics DDC
Setup Cable cable to connect to the RS232 port of a computer and
the Configure port of a Delta Electronics DDC, then launch Delta
Electronics Hyper Terminal from All Programs in Windows 7 to start
setting initial DDC parameters.
'HOWD
(OHFWURQLFV
Terminal
'HOWD(OHFWURQLFV
Terminal
&
U232-P9 Driver
Configure port
WINDOW 7
&
USB
U232-P9 + Delta Electronics
DDC Setup Cable
RS232
US
B
RS232
Index
Arrange in alphabetical order
A
AD-Linker suite
191
B
DSC8846B
125
DSC8864B
121
DSCB
128
DSCU842B
126
DSCV350B
136
DSF1150B
165
DSL1150B
165
DSP20U
28
DST28U
26
DST28U-H
26
BACems
68
DST35U
24
BACemsPro
68
DST70P
22
7
DT4211B
138
DT4211M
141
DTC4211M
143
BACsoft
M
W
43
WC8846P
53
MFT28U
46
WC-FB11
73
MST20S
33
WC-FB13
73
MST20V
30
WC-RB10
49
MST20V-H
30
WC-RB11
49
WC-RB12
49
MFC32V
N
D
E
NFC32V
38
NFT28U
36
DAC8846B
104
NGC32V
41
DAC8846B+
101
NVP20V
20
DAC8864B
98
EIM0004M
159
NVT28U
17
DAC8864B+
95
EIM0040M
154
NVT28U-H
17
DACB
113
EIM0080M
154
NVT35U
15
DACSMSB
118
EIM0402M
154
NVT70P
13
DACU842B
110
EIM0800M
159
NVT70PE
11
DACU842B+
107
EIM24000M
154
DACV403B
115
EIM4020M
154
DFC0110D
174
EIM8000M
154
DFC2120D
174
EIMP800M
154
DFC2120D
174
EIMXM
162
DFC2150A
169
DFR0140A
179
DFR0140A
179
DFR2120D
184
PC-ME10
80
DFR2150A
179
GC8846
62
PC-ME11
77
DIM0004B
151
GC8846P
59
PC-MP11
83
DIM0040B
147
GC-DB01
64
PF-BM12
86
DIM0402B
151
GC-RB01
66
PF-BM15
86
DIM0800B
151
GC-RB21
57
PF-PM11
79
DIM4020B
147
GC-RB23
55
PF-PM12
89
DIM8000B
147
GC-RT55
71
PF-PM13
89
DIMP800B
147
GC-RT15
71
PF-PM14
89
DSC0080B
134
DSC24000B
132
DSC4211B
130
Green Buildings
Delta Taoyuan R&D Center
Tainan Plant (Phase I)
1
Delta Taipei Headquarters
5
Taiwan NCKU Magic School
G
164
93
Delata Tainan Plant (Phase II)
145
Delata Shanghai R&D Center
189
Namasia Elementary School
P
Inside
front cover
Inside
back cover
Namasia Elementary School
EEWH Diamond
- 2012 Energy Savings: 73%
- Library reached ”Net-Zero Energy” with Delta’s Solar PV Systems
- :KINTURUMOKY'VVROKJ
- 4GZ[XGR2OMNZOTM<KTZORGZOUT
- LED 2OMNZOTM6<9_YZKSY
- =GZKXYG\OTMJK\OIKY8GOT]GZKX8KI_IROTM
- ,KGZ[XKJGZ4GZOUTGR-KUMXGVNOI\OJKUHXUGJIGYZKJOTIU[TZXOKY
- Served as shelter for 1,200 people under adverse weather threat in 2012
Delta Electronics, Inc.
256 Yangguang Road, Neihu,Taipei 11491, Taiwan
TEL : +886-2-8797-2088
FAX : +886-2-2659-8731
Email: [email protected]